Test conversion to TQt3 from Qt3 8c6fc1f8e35fd264dd01c582ca5e7549b32ab731

58 files changed, 22917 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/src/sql/README.module b/src/sql/README.module
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..308098bf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/README.module
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+Before building the Qt library, the Qt SQL module can be enabled for
+specific databases using 'configure'.  'configure' is located at the
+top of your QTDIR.
+
+Specific databases drivers can be enabled using one of the following
+options:
+
+	./configure [-qt-sql-<driver>] [-plugin-sql-<driver>]
+
+or disabled using the following option:
+
+	./configure [-no-sql-<driver>]
+
+Where <driver> is the name of the driver, for example 'psql'.  This
+will configure the Qt library to compile the specified driver into
+the Qt lib itself.
+
+For example, to build the PostgreSQL driver directly into the Qt
+library, configure Qt like this:
+
+	./configure -qt-sql-psql
+
+In addition, you may need to specify an extra include path, as some
+database drivers retquire headers for the database they are using,
+for example:
+
+	./configure -qt-sql-psql -I/usr/local/include
+
+If instead you need to build the PostgreSQL driver as a dynamically
+loaded plugin, configure Qt like this:
+
+	./configure -plugin-sql-psql
+
+To compile drivers as dynamically loaded plugins, see the
+QTDIR/plugins/src/sqldrivers directory.  Use 'configure -help'
+for a complete list of configure options.  See the Qt documentation
+for a complete list of supported database drivers.
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/cache/qsqlcachedresult.cpp b/src/sql/drivers/cache/qsqlcachedresult.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5e46b9b49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/cache/qsqlcachedresult.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of cached TQt SQL result classes
+**
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqlcachedresult.h"
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+static const uint initial_cache_size = 128;
+
+class TQtSqlCachedResultPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQtSqlCachedResultPrivate();
+    bool seek(int i);
+    void init(int count, bool fo);
+    void cleanup();
+    TQtSqlCachedResult::RowCache* next();
+    void revertLast();
+
+    TQtSqlCachedResult::RowsetCache *cache;
+    TQtSqlCachedResult::RowCache *current;
+    int rowCacheEnd;
+    int colCount;
+    bool forwardOnly;
+};
+
+TQtSqlCachedResultPrivate::TQtSqlCachedResultPrivate():
+    cache(0), current(0), rowCacheEnd(0), colCount(0), forwardOnly(FALSE)
+{
+}
+
+void TQtSqlCachedResultPrivate::cleanup()
+{
+    if (cache) {
+	for (int i = 0; i < rowCacheEnd; ++i)
+	    delete (*cache)[i];
+	delete cache;
+	cache = 0;
+    }
+    if (forwardOnly)
+	delete current;
+    current = 0;
+    forwardOnly = FALSE;
+    colCount = 0;
+    rowCacheEnd = 0;
+}
+
+void TQtSqlCachedResultPrivate::init(int count, bool fo)
+{
+    cleanup();
+    forwardOnly = fo;
+    colCount = count;
+    if (fo)
+	current = new TQtSqlCachedResult::RowCache(count);
+    else
+	cache = new TQtSqlCachedResult::RowsetCache(initial_cache_size);
+}
+
+TQtSqlCachedResult::RowCache *TQtSqlCachedResultPrivate::next()
+{
+    if (forwardOnly)
+	return current;
+
+    Q_ASSERT(cache);
+    current = new TQtSqlCachedResult::RowCache(colCount);
+    if (rowCacheEnd == (int)cache->size())
+	cache->resize(cache->size() * 2);
+    cache->insert(rowCacheEnd++, current);
+    return current;
+}
+
+bool TQtSqlCachedResultPrivate::seek(int i)
+{
+    if (forwardOnly || i < 0)
+	return FALSE;
+    if (i >= rowCacheEnd)
+	return FALSE;
+    current = (*cache)[i];
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+void TQtSqlCachedResultPrivate::revertLast()
+{
+    if (forwardOnly)
+	return;
+    --rowCacheEnd;
+    delete current;
+    current = 0;
+}
+
+//////////////
+
+TQtSqlCachedResult::TQtSqlCachedResult(const TQSqlDriver * db ): TQSqlResult ( db )
+{
+    d = new TQtSqlCachedResultPrivate();
+}
+
+TQtSqlCachedResult::~TQtSqlCachedResult()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+void TQtSqlCachedResult::init(int colCount)
+{
+    d->init(colCount, isForwardOnly());
+}
+
+bool TQtSqlCachedResult::fetch(int i)
+{
+    if ((!isActive()) || (i < 0))
+	return FALSE;
+    if (at() == i)
+	return TRUE;
+    if (d->forwardOnly) {
+	// speed hack - do not copy values if not needed
+	if (at() > i || at() == TQSql::AfterLast)
+	    return FALSE;
+	while(at() < i - 1) {
+	    if (!gotoNext(0))
+		return FALSE;
+	    setAt(at() + 1);
+	}
+	if (!gotoNext(d->current))
+	    return FALSE;
+	setAt(at() + 1);
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    if (d->seek(i)) {
+	setAt(i);
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    setAt(d->rowCacheEnd - 1);
+    while (at() < i) {
+	if (!cacheNext())
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQtSqlCachedResult::fetchNext()
+{
+    if (d->seek(at() + 1)) {
+	setAt(at() + 1);
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return cacheNext();
+}
+
+bool TQtSqlCachedResult::fetchPrev()
+{
+    return fetch(at() - 1);
+}
+
+bool TQtSqlCachedResult::fetchFirst()
+{
+    if (d->forwardOnly && at() != TQSql::BeforeFirst) {
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if (d->seek(0)) {
+	setAt(0);
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return cacheNext();
+}
+
+bool TQtSqlCachedResult::fetchLast()
+{
+    if (at() == TQSql::AfterLast) {
+	if (d->forwardOnly)
+	    return FALSE;
+	else
+	    return fetch(d->rowCacheEnd - 1);
+    }
+
+    int i = at();
+    while (fetchNext())
+	i++; /* brute force */
+    if (d->forwardOnly && at() == TQSql::AfterLast) {
+	setAt(i);
+	return TRUE;
+    } else {
+	return fetch(d->rowCacheEnd - 1);
+    }
+}
+
+TQVariant TQtSqlCachedResult::data(int i)
+{
+    if (!d->current || i >= (int)d->current->size() || i < 0)
+	return TQVariant();
+
+    return (*d->current)[i];
+}
+
+bool TQtSqlCachedResult::isNull(int i)
+{
+    if (!d->current || i >= (int)d->current->size() || i < 0)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    return (*d->current)[i].isNull();
+}
+
+void TQtSqlCachedResult::cleanup()
+{
+    setAt(TQSql::BeforeFirst);
+    setActive(FALSE);
+    d->cleanup();
+}
+
+bool TQtSqlCachedResult::cacheNext()
+{
+    if (!gotoNext(d->next())) {
+	d->revertLast();
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    setAt(at() + 1);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+int TQtSqlCachedResult::colCount() const
+{
+    return d->colCount;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/cache/qsqlcachedresult.h b/src/sql/drivers/cache/qsqlcachedresult.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1cdae7ae2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/cache/qsqlcachedresult.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of shared TQt SQL module classes
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLCACHEDRESULT_H
+#define TQSQLCACHEDRESULT_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the TQt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of other TQt classes.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#include <qglobal.h>
+#include <qvariant.h>
+#include <qptrvector.h>
+#include <qvaluevector.h>
+#include <qsqlresult.h>
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+class TQtSqlCachedResultPrivate;
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQtSqlCachedResult: public TQSqlResult
+{
+public:
+    virtual ~TQtSqlCachedResult();
+
+    typedef TQValueVector<TQVariant> RowCache;
+    typedef TQPtrVector<RowCache> RowsetCache;
+
+protected:    
+    TQtSqlCachedResult(const TQSqlDriver * db);
+
+    void init(int colCount);
+    void cleanup();
+    bool cacheNext();
+
+    virtual bool gotoNext(RowCache* row) = 0;
+
+    TQVariant data(int i);
+    bool isNull(int i);
+    bool fetch(int i);
+    bool fetchNext();
+    bool fetchPrev();
+    bool fetchFirst();
+    bool fetchLast();
+
+    int colCount() const;
+
+private:
+    TQtSqlCachedResultPrivate *d;
+};
+
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/ibase/qsql_ibase.cpp b/src/sql/drivers/ibase/qsql_ibase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..22c41064d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/ibase/qsql_ibase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1078 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of Interbase driver classes.
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+** EDITIONS: FREE, ENTERPRISE
+**
+** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
+** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsql_ibase.h"
+
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#include <private/qsqlextension_p.h>
+
+#include <ibase.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <math.h>
+
+#define TQIBASE_DRIVER_NAME "TQIBASE"
+
+class TQIBasePreparedExtension : public TQSqlExtension
+{
+public:
+    TQIBasePreparedExtension(TQIBaseResult *r)
+	: result(r) {}
+
+    bool prepare(const TQString &query)
+    {
+	return result->prepare(query);
+    }
+    
+    bool exec()
+    {
+	return result->exec();
+    }
+
+    TQIBaseResult *result;
+};
+
+static bool getIBaseError(TQString& msg, ISC_STATUS* status, long &sqlcode)
+{
+    if (status[0] != 1 || status[1] <= 0)
+	return FALSE;
+    
+    sqlcode = isc_sqlcode(status);
+    char buf[512];
+    isc_sql_interprete(sqlcode, buf, 512);
+    msg = TQString::fromUtf8(buf);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void createDA(XSQLDA *&sqlda)
+{
+    sqlda = (XSQLDA *) malloc(XSQLDA_LENGTH(1));
+    sqlda->sqln = 1;
+    sqlda->sqld = 0;
+    sqlda->version = SQLDA_VERSION1;
+    sqlda->sqlvar[0].sqlind = 0;
+    sqlda->sqlvar[0].sqldata = 0;
+}
+
+static void enlargeDA(XSQLDA *&sqlda, int n)
+{
+    free(sqlda);
+    sqlda = (XSQLDA *) malloc(XSQLDA_LENGTH(n));
+    sqlda->sqln = n;
+    sqlda->version = SQLDA_VERSION1;    
+}
+
+static void initDA(XSQLDA *sqlda)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < sqlda->sqld; ++i) {
+	switch (sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqltype & ~1) {
+	case SQL_INT64:
+	case SQL_LONG:
+	case SQL_SHORT:
+	case SQL_FLOAT:
+	case SQL_DOUBLE:
+	case SQL_TIMESTAMP:
+	case SQL_TYPE_TIME:
+        case SQL_TYPE_DATE:
+	case SQL_TEXT:
+	case SQL_BLOB:
+	    sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqldata = (char*)malloc(sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqllen);
+	    break;
+	case SQL_VARYING:
+	    sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqldata = (char*)malloc(sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqllen + sizeof(short));
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    // not supported - do not bind.
+	    sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqldata = 0;
+	    break;
+	}
+	if (sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqltype & 1) {
+	    sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqlind = (short*)malloc(sizeof(short));
+	    *(sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqlind) = 0;
+	} else {
+	    sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqlind = 0;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static void delDA(XSQLDA *&sqlda)
+{
+    if (!sqlda)
+	return;
+    for (int i = 0; i < sqlda->sqld; ++i) {
+	free(sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqlind);
+	free(sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqldata);
+    }
+    free(sqlda);
+    sqlda = 0;    
+}
+
+static TQVariant::Type qIBaseTypeName(int iType)
+{
+    switch (iType) {
+    case blr_varying:
+    case blr_varying2:
+    case blr_text:
+    case blr_cstring:
+    case blr_cstring2:
+	return TQVariant::String;
+    case blr_sql_time:
+	return TQVariant::Time;
+    case blr_sql_date:
+        return TQVariant::Date;
+    case blr_timestamp:
+	return TQVariant::DateTime;
+    case blr_blob:
+	return TQVariant::ByteArray;
+    case blr_quad:
+    case blr_short:
+    case blr_long:
+	return TQVariant::Int;
+    case blr_int64:
+	return TQVariant::LongLong;
+    case blr_float:
+    case blr_d_float:
+    case blr_double:
+	return TQVariant::Double;
+    }
+    return TQVariant::Invalid;
+}
+
+static TQVariant::Type qIBaseTypeName2(int iType)
+{
+    switch(iType & ~1) {
+    case SQL_VARYING:
+    case SQL_TEXT:
+	return TQVariant::String;
+    case SQL_LONG:
+    case SQL_SHORT:
+	return TQVariant::Int;
+    case SQL_INT64:
+	return TQVariant::LongLong;
+    case SQL_FLOAT:
+    case SQL_DOUBLE:
+	return TQVariant::Double;
+    case SQL_TIMESTAMP:
+	return TQVariant::DateTime;
+    case SQL_TYPE_DATE:
+        return TQVariant::Date;
+    case SQL_TYPE_TIME:
+	return TQVariant::Time;
+    default:
+	return TQVariant::Invalid;
+    }
+}
+
+static ISC_TIME toTime(const TQTime &t)
+{
+    static const TQTime midnight(0, 0, 0, 0);
+    return (ISC_TIME)midnight.msecsTo(t) * 10;
+}
+
+static ISC_DATE toDate(const TQDate &d)
+{
+    static const TQDate basedate(1858, 11, 17);
+    return (ISC_DATE)basedate.daysTo(d);
+}
+
+static ISC_TIMESTAMP toTimeStamp(const TQDateTime &dt)
+{
+    ISC_TIMESTAMP ts;
+    ts.timestamp_time = toTime(dt.time());
+    ts.timestamp_date = toDate(dt.date());
+    return ts;
+}
+
+static TQTime toTQTime(ISC_TIME time)
+{
+    // have to demangle the structure ourselves because isc_decode_time
+    // strips the msecs
+    static const TQTime t;
+    return t.addMSecs(time / 10);
+}
+
+static TQDate toTQDate(ISC_DATE d)
+{
+    static const TQDate bd(1858, 11, 17);
+    return bd.addDays(d);
+}
+
+static TQDateTime toTQDateTime(ISC_TIMESTAMP *ts)
+{
+    return TQDateTime(toTQDate(ts->timestamp_date), toTQTime(ts->timestamp_time));
+}
+
+class TQIBaseDriverPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQIBaseDriverPrivate(TQIBaseDriver *d): q(d)
+    {
+	ibase = 0;
+	trans = 0;
+    }
+    
+    bool isError(const TQString &msg = TQString::null, TQSqlError::Type typ = TQSqlError::Unknown) 
+    {
+	TQString imsg;
+	long sqlcode;
+	if (!getIBaseError(imsg, status, sqlcode))
+	    return FALSE;
+	
+	q->setLastError(TQSqlError(msg, imsg, typ, (int)sqlcode));
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+public:    
+    TQIBaseDriver* q;
+    isc_db_handle ibase;
+    isc_tr_handle trans;
+    ISC_STATUS status[20];    
+};
+
+class TQIBaseResultPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQIBaseResultPrivate(TQIBaseResult *d, const TQIBaseDriver *ddb);
+    ~TQIBaseResultPrivate() { cleanup(); }
+    
+    void cleanup();
+    bool isError(const TQString &msg = TQString::null, TQSqlError::Type typ = TQSqlError::Unknown) 
+    {
+	TQString imsg;
+	long sqlcode;
+	if (!getIBaseError(imsg, status, sqlcode))
+	    return FALSE;
+	
+	q->setLastError(TQSqlError(msg, imsg, typ, (int)sqlcode));
+	return TRUE;
+    }    
+    
+    bool transaction();
+    bool commit();
+
+    bool isSelect();
+    TQVariant fetchBlob(ISC_QUAD *bId);
+    void writeBlob(int i, const TQByteArray &ba);
+
+public:    
+    TQIBaseResult *q; 
+    const TQIBaseDriver *db;
+    ISC_STATUS status[20];
+    isc_tr_handle trans;
+    //indicator whether we have a local transaction or a transaction on driver level    
+    bool localTransaction;
+    isc_stmt_handle stmt;
+    isc_db_handle ibase;
+    XSQLDA *sqlda; // output sqlda
+    XSQLDA *inda; // input parameters
+    int queryType;
+};
+
+TQIBaseResultPrivate::TQIBaseResultPrivate(TQIBaseResult *d, const TQIBaseDriver *ddb):
+    q(d), db(ddb), trans(0), stmt(0), ibase(ddb->d->ibase), sqlda(0), inda(0), queryType(-1)
+{
+    localTransaction = (ddb->d->ibase == 0);
+}
+
+void TQIBaseResultPrivate::cleanup()
+{
+    if (stmt) {
+	isc_dsql_free_statement(status, &stmt, DSQL_drop);
+	stmt = 0;
+    }
+
+    commit();
+    if (!localTransaction)
+	trans = 0;
+
+    delDA(sqlda);
+    delDA(inda);
+
+    queryType = -1;
+    q->cleanup();
+}
+
+void TQIBaseResultPrivate::writeBlob(int i, const TQByteArray &ba)
+{
+    isc_blob_handle handle = 0;
+    ISC_QUAD *bId = (ISC_QUAD*)inda->sqlvar[i].sqldata;
+    isc_create_blob2(status, &ibase, &trans, &handle, bId, 0, 0);
+    if (!isError("Unable to create BLOB", TQSqlError::Statement)) {
+	uint i = 0;
+	while (i < ba.size()) {
+	    isc_put_segment(status, &handle, TQMIN(ba.size() - i, SHRT_MAX), ba.data());
+	    if (isError("Unable to write BLOB"))
+		break;
+	    i += SHRT_MAX;
+	}
+    }
+    isc_close_blob(status, &handle);
+}
+
+TQVariant TQIBaseResultPrivate::fetchBlob(ISC_QUAD *bId)
+{
+    isc_blob_handle handle = 0;
+
+    isc_open_blob2(status, &ibase, &trans, &handle, bId, 0, 0);
+    if (isError("Unable to open BLOB", TQSqlError::Statement))
+	return TQVariant();
+
+    unsigned short len = 0;
+    TQByteArray ba(255);
+    ISC_STATUS stat = isc_get_segment(status, &handle, &len, ba.size(), ba.data());
+    while (status[1] == isc_segment) {
+	uint osize = ba.size();
+	// double the amount of data fetched on each iteration
+	ba.resize(TQMIN(ba.size() * 2, SHRT_MAX));
+	stat = isc_get_segment(status, &handle, &len, osize, ba.data() + osize);
+    }
+    bool isErr = isError("Unable to read BLOB", TQSqlError::Statement);
+    isc_close_blob(status, &handle);
+    if (isErr)
+	return TQVariant();
+
+    if (ba.size() > 255)
+	ba.resize(ba.size() / 2 + len);
+    else
+	ba.resize(len);
+
+    return ba;
+}
+
+bool TQIBaseResultPrivate::isSelect()
+{
+    char acBuffer[9];
+    char qType = isc_info_sql_stmt_type;
+    isc_dsql_sql_info(status, &stmt, 1, &qType, sizeof(acBuffer), acBuffer);
+    if (isError("Could not get query info", TQSqlError::Statement))
+	return FALSE;    
+    int iLength = isc_vax_integer(&acBuffer[1], 2);
+    queryType = isc_vax_integer(&acBuffer[3], iLength);
+    return (queryType == isc_info_sql_stmt_select);
+}
+
+bool TQIBaseResultPrivate::transaction()
+{
+    if (trans)
+	return TRUE;
+    if (db->d->trans) {
+	localTransaction = FALSE;
+	trans = db->d->trans;
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    localTransaction = TRUE;
+    
+    isc_start_transaction(status, &trans, 1, &ibase, 0, NULL);
+    if (isError("Could not start transaction", TQSqlError::Statement))
+	return FALSE;
+    
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+// does nothing if the transaction is on the
+// driver level
+bool TQIBaseResultPrivate::commit()
+{
+    if (!trans)
+	return FALSE;
+    // don't commit driver's transaction, the driver will do it for us
+    if (!localTransaction)
+	return TRUE;
+    
+    isc_commit_transaction(status, &trans);
+    trans = 0;
+    return !isError("Unable to commit transaction", TQSqlError::Statement);
+}
+
+//////////
+
+TQIBaseResult::TQIBaseResult(const TQIBaseDriver* db):
+    TQtSqlCachedResult(db)
+{
+    d = new TQIBaseResultPrivate(this, db);
+    setExtension(new TQIBasePreparedExtension(this));
+}
+
+TQIBaseResult::~TQIBaseResult()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+bool TQIBaseResult::prepare(const TQString& query)
+{
+    //qDebug("prepare: %s", query.ascii());
+    if (!driver() || !driver()->isOpen() || driver()->isOpenError())
+	return FALSE;
+    d->cleanup();
+    setActive(FALSE);
+    setAt(TQSql::BeforeFirst);
+    
+    createDA(d->sqlda);
+    createDA(d->inda);
+    
+    if (!d->transaction())
+	return FALSE;
+    
+    isc_dsql_allocate_statement(d->status, &d->ibase, &d->stmt);
+    if (d->isError("Could not allocate statement", TQSqlError::Statement))
+	return FALSE;
+    isc_dsql_prepare(d->status, &d->trans, &d->stmt, 0, query.utf8().data(), 3, d->sqlda);
+    if (d->isError("Could not prepare statement", TQSqlError::Statement))
+	return FALSE;
+    
+    isc_dsql_describe_bind(d->status, &d->stmt, 1, d->inda);
+    if (d->isError("Could not describe input statement", TQSqlError::Statement))
+	return FALSE;
+    if (d->inda->sqld > d->inda->sqln) {
+	enlargeDA(d->inda, d->inda->sqld);
+
+	isc_dsql_describe_bind(d->status, &d->stmt, 1, d->inda);
+	if (d->isError("Could not describe input statement", TQSqlError::Statement))
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+    initDA(d->inda);    
+    if (d->sqlda->sqld > d->sqlda->sqln) {
+	// need more field descriptors
+	enlargeDA(d->sqlda, d->sqlda->sqld);
+
+	isc_dsql_describe(d->status, &d->stmt, 1, d->sqlda);
+	if (d->isError("Could not describe statement", TQSqlError::Statement))
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+    initDA(d->sqlda);
+ 
+    setSelect(d->isSelect());
+    if (!isSelect()) {
+	free(d->sqlda);
+	d->sqlda = 0;
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQIBaseResult::exec()
+{    
+    if (!driver() || !driver()->isOpen() || driver()->isOpenError())
+	return FALSE;
+    setActive(FALSE);
+    setAt(TQSql::BeforeFirst);
+
+    if (d->inda && extension()->index.count() > 0) {
+	TQMap<int, TQString>::ConstIterator it;
+	if ((int)extension()->index.count() > d->inda->sqld) {
+	    qWarning("TQIBaseResult::exec: Parameter mismatch, expected %d, got %d parameters", d->inda->sqld, extension()->index.count());
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+	int para = 0;
+	for (it = extension()->index.constBegin(); it != extension()->index.constEnd(); ++it, ++para) {
+	    if (para >= d->inda->sqld)
+		break;
+	    if (!d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqldata)
+		continue;
+	    const TQVariant val(extension()->values[it.data()].value);
+	    if (d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqltype & 1) {
+		if (val.isNull()) {
+		    // set null indicator
+		    *(d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqlind) = 1;
+		    // and set the value to 0, otherwise it would count as empty string.
+		    *((short*)d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqldata) = 0;
+		    continue;
+		}
+		// a value of 0 means non-null.
+		*(d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqlind) = 0;
+	    }
+	    switch(d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqltype & ~1) {
+	    case SQL_INT64:
+		if (d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqlscale < 0)
+		    *((Q_LLONG*)d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqldata) = Q_LLONG(val.toDouble() * 
+									 pow(10.0, d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqlscale * -1));
+		else
+		    *((Q_LLONG*)d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqldata) = val.toLongLong();
+		break;
+	    case SQL_LONG:
+		*((long*)d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqldata) = (long)val.toLongLong();
+		break;
+	    case SQL_SHORT:
+		*((short*)d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqldata) = (short)val.toInt();
+		break;
+	    case SQL_FLOAT:
+		*((float*)d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqldata) = (float)val.toDouble();
+		break;
+	    case SQL_DOUBLE:
+		*((double*)d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqldata) = val.toDouble();
+		break;
+	    case SQL_TIMESTAMP:
+		*((ISC_TIMESTAMP*)d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqldata) = toTimeStamp(val.toDateTime());
+		break;
+	    case SQL_TYPE_TIME:
+		*((ISC_TIME*)d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqldata) = toTime(val.toTime());
+		break;
+            case SQL_TYPE_DATE:
+		*((ISC_DATE*)d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqldata) = toDate(val.toDate());
+		break;
+	    case SQL_VARYING: {
+		TQCString str(val.toString().utf8()); // keep a copy of the string alive in this scope
+		short buflen = d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqllen;
+		if (str.length() < (uint)buflen)
+		    buflen = str.length();
+		*(short*)d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqldata = buflen; // first two bytes is the length
+		memcpy(d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqldata + sizeof(short), str.data(), buflen);
+		break; }
+	    case SQL_TEXT: {
+		TQCString str(val.toString().utf8().leftJustify(d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqllen, ' ', TRUE));
+		memcpy(d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqldata, str.data(), d->inda->sqlvar[para].sqllen);
+		break; }
+	case SQL_BLOB:
+		d->writeBlob(para, val.toByteArray());
+		break;
+	    default:
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (colCount()) {
+	isc_dsql_free_statement(d->status, &d->stmt, DSQL_close);
+	if (d->isError("Unable to close statement"))
+	    return FALSE;
+	cleanup();
+    }
+    if (d->sqlda)
+	init(d->sqlda->sqld);
+    isc_dsql_execute2(d->status, &d->trans, &d->stmt, 1, d->inda, 0);
+    if (d->isError("Unable to execute query"))
+	return FALSE;
+
+    setActive(TRUE);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQIBaseResult::reset (const TQString& query)
+{
+//    qDebug("reset: %s", query.ascii());
+    if (!driver() || !driver()->isOpen() || driver()->isOpenError())
+	return FALSE;
+    d->cleanup();
+    setActive(FALSE);
+    setAt(TQSql::BeforeFirst);
+    
+    createDA(d->sqlda);
+
+    if (!d->transaction())
+	return FALSE;
+    
+    isc_dsql_allocate_statement(d->status, &d->ibase, &d->stmt);
+    if (d->isError("Could not allocate statement", TQSqlError::Statement))
+	return FALSE;
+    isc_dsql_prepare(d->status, &d->trans, &d->stmt, 0, query.utf8().data(), 3, d->sqlda);
+    if (d->isError("Could not prepare statement", TQSqlError::Statement))
+	return FALSE;
+    
+    if (d->sqlda->sqld > d->sqlda->sqln) {
+	// need more field descriptors
+	int n = d->sqlda->sqld;
+	free(d->sqlda);
+	d->sqlda = (XSQLDA *) malloc(XSQLDA_LENGTH(n));
+	d->sqlda->sqln = n;
+	d->sqlda->version = SQLDA_VERSION1;
+
+	isc_dsql_describe(d->status, &d->stmt, 1, d->sqlda);
+	if (d->isError("Could not describe statement", TQSqlError::Statement))
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+    
+    initDA(d->sqlda);
+
+    setSelect(d->isSelect());
+    if (isSelect()) {
+	init(d->sqlda->sqld);
+    } else {
+	free(d->sqlda);
+	d->sqlda = 0;
+    }
+    
+    isc_dsql_execute(d->status, &d->trans, &d->stmt, 1, 0);
+    if (d->isError("Unable to execute query"))
+	return FALSE;
+
+    // commit non-select queries (if they are local)
+    if (!isSelect() && !d->commit())
+	return FALSE;
+    
+    setActive(TRUE);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQIBaseResult::gotoNext(TQtSqlCachedResult::RowCache* row)
+{
+    ISC_STATUS stat = isc_dsql_fetch(d->status, &d->stmt, 1, d->sqlda);
+    
+    if (stat == 100) {
+	// no more rows
+	setAt(TQSql::AfterLast);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if (d->isError("Could not fetch next item", TQSqlError::Statement))
+	return FALSE;
+    if (!row) // not interested in actual values
+	return TRUE;
+
+    Q_ASSERT(row);
+    Q_ASSERT((int)row->size() == d->sqlda->sqld);
+    for (int i = 0; i < d->sqlda->sqld; ++i) {
+	char *buf = d->sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqldata;
+	int size = d->sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqllen;
+	Q_ASSERT(buf);
+	
+	if ((d->sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqltype & 1) && *d->sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqlind) {
+	    // null value
+	    TQVariant v;
+	    v.cast(qIBaseTypeName2(d->sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqltype));
+	    (*row)[i] = v;
+	    continue;
+	}
+    
+	switch(d->sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqltype & ~1) {
+	case SQL_VARYING:
+	    // pascal strings - a short with a length information followed by the data
+	    (*row)[i] = TQString::fromUtf8(buf + sizeof(short), *(short*)buf);
+	    break;
+	case SQL_INT64:
+	    if (d->sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqlscale < 0)
+		(*row)[i] = *(Q_LLONG*)buf * pow(10.0, d->sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqlscale);
+	    else
+		(*row)[i] = TQVariant(*(Q_LLONG*)buf);
+	    break;
+	case SQL_LONG:
+	    if (sizeof(int) == sizeof(long)) //dear compiler: please optimize me out.
+		(*row)[i] = TQVariant((int)(*(long*)buf));
+	    else
+		(*row)[i] = TQVariant((Q_LLONG)(*(long*)buf));
+	    break;
+	case SQL_SHORT:
+	    (*row)[i] = TQVariant((int)(*(short*)buf));
+	    break;
+	case SQL_FLOAT:
+	    (*row)[i] = TQVariant((double)(*(float*)buf));	    
+	    break;
+	case SQL_DOUBLE:
+	    (*row)[i] = TQVariant(*(double*)buf);
+	    break;
+	case SQL_TIMESTAMP:
+	    (*row)[i] = toTQDateTime((ISC_TIMESTAMP*)buf);
+            break;
+	case SQL_TYPE_TIME:
+	    (*row)[i] = toTQTime(*(ISC_TIME*)buf);
+	    break;
+        case SQL_TYPE_DATE:
+	    (*row)[i] = toTQDate(*(ISC_DATE*)buf);
+            break;
+	case SQL_TEXT:
+	    (*row)[i] = TQString::fromUtf8(buf, size);
+	    break;
+	case SQL_BLOB:
+	    (*row)[i] = d->fetchBlob((ISC_QUAD*)buf);
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    // unknown type - don't even try to fetch
+	    (*row)[i] = TQVariant();
+	    break;
+	}	
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;    
+}
+
+int TQIBaseResult::size()
+{
+    static char sizeInfo[] = {isc_info_sql_records};
+    char buf[33];
+    
+    if (!isActive() || !isSelect())
+	return -1;
+    
+    isc_dsql_sql_info(d->status, &d->stmt, sizeof(sizeInfo), sizeInfo, sizeof(buf), buf);
+    for (char* c = buf + 3; *c != isc_info_end; /*nothing*/) {
+	char ct = *c++;
+	short len = isc_vax_integer(c, 2);
+	c += 2;
+	int val = isc_vax_integer(c, len);
+	c += len;
+	if (ct == isc_info_req_select_count)
+	    return val;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
+int TQIBaseResult::numRowsAffected()
+{
+    static char acCountInfo[] = {isc_info_sql_records};
+    char cCountType;
+
+    switch (d->queryType) {
+    case isc_info_sql_stmt_select:
+	cCountType = isc_info_req_select_count;
+	break;
+    case isc_info_sql_stmt_update:
+	cCountType = isc_info_req_update_count;
+	break;
+    case isc_info_sql_stmt_delete:
+	cCountType = isc_info_req_delete_count;
+	break;
+    case isc_info_sql_stmt_insert:
+	cCountType = isc_info_req_insert_count;
+	break;
+    }
+
+    char acBuffer[33];
+    int iResult = -1;    
+    isc_dsql_sql_info(d->status, &d->stmt, sizeof(acCountInfo), acCountInfo, sizeof(acBuffer), acBuffer);
+    if (d->isError("Could not get statement info", TQSqlError::Statement))
+	return -1;
+    for (char *pcBuf = acBuffer + 3; *pcBuf != isc_info_end; /*nothing*/) {
+	char cType = *pcBuf++;
+	short sLength = isc_vax_integer (pcBuf, 2);
+	pcBuf += 2;
+	int iValue = isc_vax_integer (pcBuf, sLength);
+	pcBuf += sLength;
+		
+	if (cType == cCountType) {
+	    iResult = iValue;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    return iResult;    
+}
+
+/*********************************/
+
+TQIBaseDriver::TQIBaseDriver(TQObject * parent, const char * name)
+    : TQSqlDriver(parent, name ? name : TQIBASE_DRIVER_NAME)
+{
+    d = new TQIBaseDriverPrivate(this);
+}
+
+TQIBaseDriver::TQIBaseDriver(void *connection, TQObject *parent, const char *name)
+    : TQSqlDriver(parent, name ? name : TQIBASE_DRIVER_NAME)
+{
+    d = new TQIBaseDriverPrivate(this);
+    d->ibase = (isc_db_handle)(long int)connection;
+    setOpen(TRUE);
+    setOpenError(FALSE);
+}
+
+TQIBaseDriver::~TQIBaseDriver()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+bool TQIBaseDriver::hasFeature(DriverFeature f) const
+{
+    switch (f) {
+    case Transactions:
+//    case QuerySize:
+    case PreparedQueries:
+    case PositionalPlaceholders:
+    case Unicode:
+    case BLOB:
+        return TRUE;
+    default:
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+bool TQIBaseDriver::open(const TQString & db,
+	  const TQString & user,
+	  const TQString & password,
+	  const TQString & host,
+	  int /*port*/,
+	  const TQString & /* connOpts */)
+{
+    if (isOpen())
+        close();
+    
+    static const char enc[8] = "UTF_FSS";
+    TQCString usr = user.local8Bit();
+    TQCString pass = password.local8Bit();
+    usr.truncate(255);
+    pass.truncate(255);
+
+    TQByteArray ba(usr.length() + pass.length() + sizeof(enc) + 6);
+    int i = -1;
+    ba[++i] = isc_dpb_version1;
+    ba[++i] = isc_dpb_user_name;
+    ba[++i] = usr.length();
+    memcpy(&ba[++i], usr.data(), usr.length());
+    i += usr.length();
+    ba[i] = isc_dpb_password;
+    ba[++i] = pass.length();
+    memcpy(&ba[++i], pass.data(), pass.length());
+    i += pass.length();
+    ba[i] = isc_dpb_lc_ctype;
+    ba[++i] = sizeof(enc) - 1;
+    memcpy(&ba[++i], enc, sizeof(enc) - 1);
+    i += sizeof(enc) - 1;
+
+    TQString ldb;
+    if (!host.isEmpty())
+	ldb += host + ":";
+    ldb += db;
+    isc_attach_database(d->status, 0, (char*)ldb.latin1(), &d->ibase, i, ba.data());
+    if (d->isError("Error opening database", TQSqlError::Connection)) {
+	setOpenError(TRUE);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    
+    setOpen(TRUE);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+void TQIBaseDriver::close()
+{
+    if (isOpen()) {
+	isc_detach_database(d->status, &d->ibase);
+	d->ibase = 0;
+	setOpen(FALSE);
+	setOpenError(FALSE);
+    }
+}
+
+TQSqlQuery TQIBaseDriver::createQuery() const
+{
+    return TQSqlQuery(new TQIBaseResult(this));
+}
+
+bool TQIBaseDriver::beginTransaction()
+{
+    if (!isOpen() || isOpenError())
+	return FALSE;
+    if (d->trans)
+	return FALSE;
+    
+    isc_start_transaction(d->status, &d->trans, 1, &d->ibase, 0, NULL);    
+    return !d->isError("Could not start transaction", TQSqlError::Transaction);
+}
+
+bool TQIBaseDriver::commitTransaction()
+{
+    if (!isOpen() || isOpenError())
+	return FALSE;
+    if (!d->trans)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    isc_commit_transaction(d->status, &d->trans);
+    d->trans = 0;
+    return !d->isError("Unable to commit transaction", TQSqlError::Transaction);
+}
+
+bool TQIBaseDriver::rollbackTransaction()
+{
+    if (!isOpen() || isOpenError())
+	return FALSE;
+    if (!d->trans)
+	return FALSE;
+    
+    isc_rollback_transaction(d->status, &d->trans);
+    d->trans = 0;
+    return !d->isError("Unable to rollback transaction", TQSqlError::Transaction);
+}
+
+TQStringList TQIBaseDriver::tables(const TQString& typeName) const
+{
+    TQStringList res;
+    if (!isOpen())
+	return res;
+
+    int type = typeName.isEmpty() ? (int)TQSql::Tables | (int)TQSql::Views : typeName.toInt();
+    TQString typeFilter;
+
+    if (type == (int)TQSql::SystemTables) {
+	typeFilter += "RDB$SYSTEM_FLAG != 0";
+    } else if (type == ((int)TQSql::SystemTables | (int)TQSql::Views)) {
+	typeFilter += "RDB$SYSTEM_FLAG != 0 OR RDB$VIEW_BLR NOT NULL";
+    } else {
+	if (!(type & (int)TQSql::SystemTables))
+	    typeFilter += "RDB$SYSTEM_FLAG = 0 AND ";
+	if (!(type & (int)TQSql::Views))
+	    typeFilter += "RDB$VIEW_BLR IS NULL AND ";
+	if (!(type & (int)TQSql::Tables))
+	    typeFilter += "RDB$VIEW_BLR IS NOT NULL AND ";
+	if (!typeFilter.isEmpty())
+	    typeFilter.truncate(typeFilter.length() - 5);
+    }
+    if (!typeFilter.isEmpty())
+	typeFilter.prepend("where ");
+    
+    TQSqlQuery q = createQuery();
+    q.setForwardOnly(TRUE);
+    if (!q.exec("select rdb$relation_name from rdb$relations " + typeFilter))
+	return res;
+    while(q.next())
+	    res << q.value(0).toString().stripWhiteSpace();
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+TQSqlRecord TQIBaseDriver::record(const TQString& tablename) const
+{
+    TQSqlRecord rec;
+    if (!isOpen())
+	return rec;
+	
+    TQSqlQuery q = createQuery();
+    q.setForwardOnly(TRUE);
+    
+    q.exec("SELECT a.RDB$FIELD_NAME, b.RDB$FIELD_TYPE "
+	   "FROM RDB$RELATION_FIELDS a, RDB$FIELDS b "
+	   "WHERE b.RDB$FIELD_NAME = a.RDB$FIELD_SOURCE "
+	   "AND a.RDB$RELATION_NAME = '" + tablename.upper()+ "' "
+	   "ORDER BY RDB$FIELD_POSITION");
+    while (q.next()) {
+	TQSqlField field(q.value(0).toString().stripWhiteSpace(), qIBaseTypeName(q.value(1).toInt()));
+	rec.append(field);
+   }
+
+    return rec;
+}
+
+TQSqlRecordInfo TQIBaseDriver::recordInfo(const TQString& tablename) const
+{
+    TQSqlRecordInfo rec;
+    if (!isOpen())
+	return rec;
+	
+    TQSqlQuery q = createQuery();
+    q.setForwardOnly(TRUE);
+
+    q.exec("SELECT a.RDB$FIELD_NAME, b.RDB$FIELD_TYPE, b.RDB$FIELD_LENGTH, b.RDB$FIELD_SCALE, "
+	   "b.RDB$FIELD_PRECISION, a.RDB$NULL_FLAG "
+	   "FROM RDB$RELATION_FIELDS a, RDB$FIELDS b "
+	   "WHERE b.RDB$FIELD_NAME = a.RDB$FIELD_SOURCE "
+	   "AND a.RDB$RELATION_NAME = '" + tablename.upper() + "' "
+	   "ORDER BY a.RDB$FIELD_POSITION");
+
+    while (q.next()) {
+	TQVariant::Type type = qIBaseTypeName(q.value(1).toInt());
+	TQSqlFieldInfo field(q.value(0).toString().stripWhiteSpace(), type, q.value(5).toInt(),
+			     q.value(2).toInt(), q.value(4).toInt(), TQVariant());
+		
+	rec.append(field);
+    }
+
+    return rec;
+}
+
+TQSqlIndex TQIBaseDriver::primaryIndex(const TQString &table) const
+{
+    TQSqlIndex index(table);
+    if (!isOpen())
+	return index;
+
+    TQSqlQuery q = createQuery();
+    q.setForwardOnly(TRUE);
+    q.exec("SELECT a.RDB$INDEX_NAME, b.RDB$FIELD_NAME, d.RDB$FIELD_TYPE "
+	   "FROM RDB$RELATION_CONSTRAINTS a, RDB$INDEX_SEGMENTS b, RDB$RELATION_FIELDS c, RDB$FIELDS d "
+	   "WHERE a.RDB$CONSTRAINT_TYPE = 'PRIMARY KEY' "
+	   "AND a.RDB$RELATION_NAME = '" + table.upper() + "' "
+	   "AND a.RDB$INDEX_NAME = b.RDB$INDEX_NAME "
+	   "AND c.RDB$RELATION_NAME = a.RDB$RELATION_NAME "
+	   "AND c.RDB$FIELD_NAME = b.RDB$FIELD_NAME "
+	   "AND d.RDB$FIELD_NAME = c.RDB$FIELD_SOURCE "
+	   "ORDER BY b.RDB$FIELD_POSITION");
+
+    while (q.next()) {
+	TQSqlField field(q.value(1).toString().stripWhiteSpace(), qIBaseTypeName(q.value(2).toInt()));
+	index.append(field); //TODO: asc? desc?
+	index.setName(q.value(0).toString());
+    }
+
+    return index;
+}
+
+TQSqlRecord TQIBaseDriver::record(const TQSqlQuery& query) const
+{
+    TQSqlRecord rec;
+    if (query.isActive() && query.driver() == this) {
+	TQIBaseResult* result = (TQIBaseResult*)query.result();
+	if (!result->d->sqlda)
+	    return rec;
+	XSQLVAR v;
+	for (int i = 0; i < result->d->sqlda->sqld; ++i) {
+	    v = result->d->sqlda->sqlvar[i];
+	    TQSqlField f(TQString::fromLatin1(v.sqlname, v.sqlname_length).stripWhiteSpace(),
+			qIBaseTypeName2(result->d->sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqltype));
+	    rec.append(f);
+	}
+    }
+    return rec;
+}
+
+TQSqlRecordInfo TQIBaseDriver::recordInfo(const TQSqlQuery& query) const
+{
+    TQSqlRecordInfo rec;
+    if (query.isActive() && query.driver() == this) {
+	TQIBaseResult* result = (TQIBaseResult*)query.result();
+	if (!result->d->sqlda)
+	    return rec;
+	XSQLVAR v;
+	for (int i = 0; i < result->d->sqlda->sqld; ++i) {
+	    v = result->d->sqlda->sqlvar[i];
+	    TQSqlFieldInfo f(TQString::fromLatin1(v.sqlname, v.sqlname_length).stripWhiteSpace(), 
+			    qIBaseTypeName2(result->d->sqlda->sqlvar[i].sqltype),
+			    -1, v.sqllen, TQABS(v.sqlscale), TQVariant(), v.sqltype);
+	    rec.append(f);
+	}
+    }
+    return rec;
+}
+
+TQString TQIBaseDriver::formatValue(const TQSqlField* field, bool trimStrings) const
+{
+    switch (field->type()) {
+    case TQVariant::DateTime: {
+	TQDateTime datetime = field->value().toDateTime();
+	if (datetime.isValid())
+	    return "'" + TQString::number(datetime.date().year()) + "-" +
+		TQString::number(datetime.date().month()) + "-" +
+		TQString::number(datetime.date().day()) + " " +
+		TQString::number(datetime.time().hour()) + ":" +
+		TQString::number(datetime.time().minute()) + ":" +
+		TQString::number(datetime.time().second()) + "." +
+		TQString::number(datetime.time().msec()).rightJustify(3, '0', TRUE) + "'";
+	else
+	    return "NULL";
+    }
+    case TQVariant::Time: {
+	TQTime time = field->value().toTime();
+	if (time.isValid())
+	    return "'" + TQString::number(time.hour()) + ":" +
+		TQString::number(time.minute()) + ":" +
+		TQString::number(time.second()) + "." +
+		TQString::number(time.msec()).rightJustify(3, '0', TRUE) + "'";
+	else
+	    return "NULL";
+    }
+    case TQVariant::Date: {
+	TQDate date = field->value().toDate();
+	if (date.isValid())
+	    return "'" + TQString::number(date.year()) + "-" +
+		TQString::number(date.month()) + "-" +
+		TQString::number(date.day()) + "'";
+	    else
+		return "NULL";
+    }
+    default:
+        return TQSqlDriver::formatValue(field, trimStrings);
+    }	
+}
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/ibase/qsql_ibase.h b/src/sql/drivers/ibase/qsql_ibase.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c0e8717de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/ibase/qsql_ibase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of Interbase driver classes
+**
+** Created : 030911
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQL_IBASE_H
+#define TQSQL_IBASE_H
+
+#include "qsqlresult.h"
+#include "qsqldriver.h"
+#include "../cache/qsqlcachedresult.h"
+
+
+class TQIBaseDriverPrivate;
+class TQIBaseResultPrivate;
+class TQIBaseDriver;
+
+class TQIBaseResult : public TQtSqlCachedResult
+{
+    friend class TQIBaseDriver;
+    friend class TQIBaseResultPrivate;
+
+public:
+    TQIBaseResult(const TQIBaseDriver* db);
+    virtual ~TQIBaseResult();
+
+    bool prepare(const TQString& query);
+    bool exec();    
+
+protected:
+    bool gotoNext(TQtSqlCachedResult::RowCache* row);
+    bool reset (const TQString& query);
+    int size();
+    int numRowsAffected();
+
+private:
+    TQIBaseResultPrivate* d;
+};
+
+class TQIBaseDriver : public TQSqlDriver
+{
+    friend class TQIBaseDriverPrivate;
+    friend class TQIBaseResultPrivate;
+    friend class TQIBaseResult;
+public:
+    TQIBaseDriver(TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
+    TQIBaseDriver(void *connection, TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
+    virtual ~TQIBaseDriver();
+    bool hasFeature(DriverFeature f) const;
+    bool open(const TQString & db,
+                   const TQString & user,
+                   const TQString & password,
+                   const TQString & host,
+                   int port,
+                   const TQString & connOpts);
+    bool open( const TQString & db,
+	    const TQString & user,
+	    const TQString & password,
+	    const TQString & host,
+	    int port ) { return open (db, user, password, host, port, TQString()); }
+    void close();
+    TQSqlQuery createQuery() const;
+    bool beginTransaction();
+    bool commitTransaction();
+    bool rollbackTransaction();
+    TQStringList tables(const TQString& typeName) const;
+
+    TQSqlRecord record(const TQString& tablename) const;
+    TQSqlRecordInfo recordInfo(const TQString& tablename) const;
+    TQSqlIndex primaryIndex(const TQString &table) const;
+    TQSqlRecord record(const TQSqlQuery& query) const;
+    TQSqlRecordInfo recordInfo(const TQSqlQuery& query) const;
+
+    TQString formatValue(const TQSqlField* field, bool trimStrings) const;
+    
+private:
+    TQIBaseDriverPrivate* d;
+};
+
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/mysql/qsql_mysql.cpp b/src/sql/drivers/mysql/qsql_mysql.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b0afb436d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/mysql/qsql_mysql.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,775 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of MYSQL driver classes
+**
+** Created : 001103
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsql_mysql.h"
+#include <private/qsqlextension_p.h>
+
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#include <qvaluevector.h>
+#include <qsqlrecord.h>
+
+#define TQMYSQL_DRIVER_NAME "TQMYSQL3"
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
+// comment the next line out if you want to use MySQL/embedded on Win32 systems.
+// note that it will crash if you don't statically link to the mysql/e library!
+# define Q_NO_MYSQL_EMBEDDED
+#endif
+
+TQPtrDict<TQSqlOpenExtension> *qSqlOpenExtDict();
+
+static int qMySqlConnectionCount = 0;
+static bool qMySqlInitHandledByUser = FALSE;
+
+class TQMYSQLOpenExtension : public TQSqlOpenExtension
+{
+public:
+    TQMYSQLOpenExtension( TQMYSQLDriver *dri )
+	: TQSqlOpenExtension(), driver(dri) {}
+    ~TQMYSQLOpenExtension() {}
+
+    bool open( const TQString& db,
+	       const TQString& user,
+	       const TQString& password,
+	       const TQString& host,
+	       int port,
+	       const TQString& connOpts );
+    
+private:
+    TQMYSQLDriver *driver;
+};
+
+bool TQMYSQLOpenExtension::open( const TQString& db,
+				const TQString& user,
+				const TQString& password,
+				const TQString& host,
+				int port,
+				const TQString& connOpts )
+{
+    return driver->open( db, user, password, host, port, connOpts );
+}
+
+class TQMYSQLDriverPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQMYSQLDriverPrivate() : mysql(0) {}
+    MYSQL*     mysql;
+};
+
+class TQMYSQLResultPrivate : public TQMYSQLDriverPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQMYSQLResultPrivate() : TQMYSQLDriverPrivate(), result(0) {}
+    MYSQL_RES* result;
+    MYSQL_ROW  row;
+    TQValueVector<TQVariant::Type> fieldTypes;
+};
+
+TQSqlError qMakeError( const TQString& err, int type, const TQMYSQLDriverPrivate* p )
+{
+    return TQSqlError(TQMYSQL_DRIVER_NAME ": " + err, TQString(mysql_error( p->mysql )), type, mysql_errno( p->mysql ));
+}
+
+TQVariant::Type qDecodeMYSQLType( int mysqltype, uint flags )
+{
+    TQVariant::Type type;
+    switch ( mysqltype ) {
+    case FIELD_TYPE_TINY :
+    case FIELD_TYPE_SHORT :
+    case FIELD_TYPE_LONG :
+    case FIELD_TYPE_INT24 :
+	type = (flags & UNSIGNED_FLAG) ? TQVariant::UInt : TQVariant::Int;
+	break;
+    case FIELD_TYPE_YEAR :
+	type = TQVariant::Int;
+	break;
+    case FIELD_TYPE_LONGLONG :
+	type = (flags & UNSIGNED_FLAG) ? TQVariant::ULongLong : TQVariant::LongLong;
+	break;
+    case FIELD_TYPE_DECIMAL :
+    case FIELD_TYPE_FLOAT :
+    case FIELD_TYPE_DOUBLE :
+	type = TQVariant::Double;
+	break;
+    case FIELD_TYPE_DATE :
+	type = TQVariant::Date;
+	break;
+    case FIELD_TYPE_TIME :
+	type = TQVariant::Time;
+	break;
+    case FIELD_TYPE_DATETIME :
+    case FIELD_TYPE_TIMESTAMP :
+	type = TQVariant::DateTime;
+	break;
+    case FIELD_TYPE_BLOB :
+    case FIELD_TYPE_TINY_BLOB :
+    case FIELD_TYPE_MEDIUM_BLOB :
+    case FIELD_TYPE_LONG_BLOB :
+	type = (flags & BINARY_FLAG) ? TQVariant::ByteArray : TQVariant::CString;
+	break;
+    default:
+    case FIELD_TYPE_ENUM :
+    case FIELD_TYPE_SET :
+    case FIELD_TYPE_STRING :
+    case FIELD_TYPE_VAR_STRING :
+	type = TQVariant::String;
+	break;
+    }
+    return type;
+}
+
+TQMYSQLResult::TQMYSQLResult( const TQMYSQLDriver* db )
+: TQSqlResult( db )
+{
+    d =   new TQMYSQLResultPrivate();
+    d->mysql = db->d->mysql;
+}
+
+TQMYSQLResult::~TQMYSQLResult()
+{
+    cleanup();
+    delete d;
+}
+
+MYSQL_RES* TQMYSQLResult::result()
+{
+    return d->result;
+}
+
+void TQMYSQLResult::cleanup()
+{
+    if ( d->result ) {
+	mysql_free_result( d->result );
+    }
+    d->result = NULL;
+    d->row = NULL;
+    setAt( -1 );
+    setActive( FALSE );
+}
+
+bool TQMYSQLResult::fetch( int i )
+{
+    if ( isForwardOnly() ) { // fake a forward seek
+	if ( at() < i ) {
+	    int x = i - at();
+	    while ( --x && fetchNext() );
+	    return fetchNext();
+	} else {
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+    }    
+    if ( at() == i )
+	return TRUE;
+    mysql_data_seek( d->result, i );
+    d->row = mysql_fetch_row( d->result );
+    if ( !d->row )
+	return FALSE;
+    setAt( i );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQMYSQLResult::fetchNext()
+{
+    d->row = mysql_fetch_row( d->result );
+    if ( !d->row )
+	return FALSE;
+    setAt( at() + 1 );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQMYSQLResult::fetchLast()
+{
+    if ( isForwardOnly() ) { // fake this since MySQL can't seek on forward only queries
+	bool success = fetchNext(); // did we move at all?
+	while ( fetchNext() );
+	return success;
+    }
+    my_ulonglong numRows = mysql_num_rows( d->result );
+    if ( !numRows )
+	return FALSE;
+    return fetch( numRows - 1 );
+}
+
+bool TQMYSQLResult::fetchFirst()
+{
+    if ( isForwardOnly() ) // again, fake it
+	return fetchNext();
+    return fetch( 0 );
+}
+
+TQVariant TQMYSQLResult::data( int field )
+{
+    if ( !isSelect() || field >= (int) d->fieldTypes.count() ) {
+	qWarning( "TQMYSQLResult::data: column %d out of range", field );
+	return TQVariant();
+    }
+    
+    TQString val( d->row[field] );
+    switch ( d->fieldTypes.at( field ) ) {
+    case TQVariant::LongLong:
+	return TQVariant( val.toLongLong() );
+    case TQVariant::ULongLong:
+	return TQVariant( val.toULongLong() );
+    case TQVariant::Int: 
+	return TQVariant( val.toInt() );
+    case TQVariant::UInt:
+	return TQVariant( val.toUInt() );
+    case TQVariant::Double:
+	return TQVariant( val.toDouble() );
+    case TQVariant::Date:
+	if ( val.isEmpty() ) {
+	    return TQVariant( TQDate() );
+	} else {
+	    return TQVariant( TQDate::fromString( val, TQt::ISODate )  );
+	}
+    case TQVariant::Time:
+	if ( val.isEmpty() ) {
+	    return TQVariant( TQTime() );
+	} else {
+	    return TQVariant( TQTime::fromString( val, TQt::ISODate ) );
+	}
+    case TQVariant::DateTime:
+	if ( val.isEmpty() )
+	    return TQVariant( TQDateTime() );
+	if ( val.length() == 14u )
+	    // TIMESTAMPS have the format yyyyMMddhhmmss
+	    val.insert(4, "-").insert(7, "-").insert(10, 'T').insert(13, ':').insert(16, ':');
+	return TQVariant( TQDateTime::fromString( val, TQt::ISODate ) );
+    case TQVariant::ByteArray: {
+	unsigned long* fl = mysql_fetch_lengths( d->result );
+	TQByteArray ba;
+	ba.duplicate( d->row[field], fl[field] );
+	return TQVariant( ba );
+    }
+    default:
+    case TQVariant::String:
+    case TQVariant::CString:
+	return TQVariant( val );
+    }
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+    qWarning("TQMYSQLResult::data: unknown data type");
+#endif
+    return TQVariant();
+}
+
+bool TQMYSQLResult::isNull( int field )
+{
+    if ( d->row[field] == NULL )
+	return TRUE;
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool TQMYSQLResult::reset ( const TQString& query )
+{
+    if ( !driver() )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( !driver()-> isOpen() || driver()->isOpenError() )
+	return FALSE;
+    cleanup();
+
+    const char *encQuery = query.ascii();
+    if ( mysql_real_query( d->mysql, encQuery, qstrlen(encQuery) ) ) {
+	setLastError( qMakeError("Unable to execute query", TQSqlError::Statement, d ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( isForwardOnly() ) {
+	if ( isActive() || isValid() ) // have to empty the results from previous query
+	    fetchLast();
+	d->result = mysql_use_result( d->mysql );
+    } else {
+	d->result = mysql_store_result( d->mysql );
+    }
+    if ( !d->result && mysql_field_count( d->mysql ) > 0 ) {
+	setLastError( qMakeError( "Unable to store result", TQSqlError::Statement, d ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    int numFields = mysql_field_count( d->mysql );
+    setSelect( !( numFields == 0) );
+    d->fieldTypes.resize( numFields );
+    if ( isSelect() ) {
+	for( int i = 0; i < numFields; i++) {
+	    MYSQL_FIELD* field = mysql_fetch_field_direct( d->result, i );
+	    if ( field->type == FIELD_TYPE_DECIMAL )
+		d->fieldTypes[i] = TQVariant::String;
+	    else
+		d->fieldTypes[i] = qDecodeMYSQLType( field->type, field->flags );
+	}
+    }
+    setActive( TRUE );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+int TQMYSQLResult::size()
+{
+    return isSelect() ? (int)mysql_num_rows( d->result ) : -1;
+}
+
+int TQMYSQLResult::numRowsAffected()
+{
+    return (int)mysql_affected_rows( d->mysql );
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+static void qServerEnd()
+{
+#ifndef Q_NO_MYSQL_EMBEDDED
+# if MYSQL_VERSION_ID >= 40000
+    mysql_server_end();
+# endif // MYSQL_VERSION_ID
+#endif // Q_NO_MYSQL_EMBEDDED
+}
+
+static void qServerInit()
+{
+#ifndef Q_NO_MYSQL_EMBEDDED
+# if MYSQL_VERSION_ID >= 40000
+    if ( qMySqlInitHandledByUser || qMySqlConnectionCount > 1 )
+        return;
+
+    // this should only be called once
+    // has no effect on client/server library
+    // but is vital for the embedded lib
+    if ( mysql_server_init( 0, 0, 0 ) ) {
+#  ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "TQMYSQLDriver::qServerInit: unable to start server." );
+#  endif
+    }
+    
+# endif // MYSQL_VERSION_ID
+#endif // Q_NO_MYSQL_EMBEDDED
+}
+
+TQMYSQLDriver::TQMYSQLDriver( TQObject * parent, const char * name )
+    : TQSqlDriver( parent, name ? name : TQMYSQL_DRIVER_NAME )
+{
+    init();
+    qServerInit();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Create a driver instance with an already open connection handle.
+*/
+
+TQMYSQLDriver::TQMYSQLDriver( MYSQL * con, TQObject * parent, const char * name )
+    : TQSqlDriver( parent, name ? name : TQMYSQL_DRIVER_NAME )
+{
+    init();
+    if ( con ) {
+	d->mysql = (MYSQL *) con;
+	setOpen( TRUE );
+	setOpenError( FALSE );
+        if (qMySqlConnectionCount == 1)
+            qMySqlInitHandledByUser = TRUE;
+    } else {
+        qServerInit();
+    }
+}
+
+void TQMYSQLDriver::init()
+{
+    qSqlOpenExtDict()->insert( this, new TQMYSQLOpenExtension(this) );
+    d = new TQMYSQLDriverPrivate();
+    d->mysql = 0;
+    qMySqlConnectionCount++;
+}
+
+TQMYSQLDriver::~TQMYSQLDriver()
+{
+    qMySqlConnectionCount--;
+    if (qMySqlConnectionCount == 0 && !qMySqlInitHandledByUser)
+        qServerEnd();
+
+    delete d;
+    if ( !qSqlOpenExtDict()->isEmpty() ) {
+	TQSqlOpenExtension *ext = qSqlOpenExtDict()->take( this );
+	delete ext;
+    }
+}
+
+bool TQMYSQLDriver::hasFeature( DriverFeature f ) const
+{
+    switch ( f ) {
+    case Transactions:
+// CLIENT_TRANSACTION should be defined in all recent mysql client libs > 3.23.34
+#ifdef CLIENT_TRANSACTIONS
+	if ( d->mysql ) {
+	    if ( ( d->mysql->server_capabilities & CLIENT_TRANSACTIONS ) == CLIENT_TRANSACTIONS )
+		return TRUE;
+	}
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    case QuerySize:
+	return TRUE;
+    case BLOB:
+	return TRUE;
+    case Unicode:
+	return FALSE;
+    default:
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+bool TQMYSQLDriver::open( const TQString&,
+			 const TQString&,
+			 const TQString&,
+			 const TQString&,
+			 int )
+{
+    qWarning("TQMYSQLDriver::open(): This version of open() is no longer supported." );
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool TQMYSQLDriver::open( const TQString& db,
+			 const TQString& user,
+			 const TQString& password,
+			 const TQString& host,
+			 int port,
+			 const TQString& connOpts )
+{
+    if ( isOpen() )
+	close();
+ 
+    unsigned int optionFlags = 0;
+    
+    TQStringList raw = TQStringList::split( ';', connOpts );
+    TQStringList opts;
+    TQStringList::ConstIterator it;
+    
+    // extract the real options from the string
+    for ( it = raw.begin(); it != raw.end(); ++it ) {
+	TQString tmp( *it );
+	int idx;
+	if ( (idx = tmp.find( '=' )) != -1 ) {
+	    TQString val( tmp.mid( idx + 1 ) );
+	    val.simplifyWhiteSpace();
+	    if ( val == "TRUE" || val == "1" )
+		opts << tmp.left( idx );
+	    else
+		qWarning( "TQMYSQLDriver::open: Illegal connect option value '%s'", tmp.latin1() );
+	} else {
+	    opts << tmp;
+	}
+    }
+    
+    for ( it = opts.begin(); it != opts.end(); ++it ) {
+	TQString opt( (*it).upper() );
+	if ( opt == "CLIENT_COMPRESS" )
+	    optionFlags |= CLIENT_COMPRESS;
+	else if ( opt == "CLIENT_FOUND_ROWS" )
+	    optionFlags |= CLIENT_FOUND_ROWS;
+	else if ( opt == "CLIENT_IGNORE_SPACE" )
+	    optionFlags |= CLIENT_IGNORE_SPACE;
+	else if ( opt == "CLIENT_INTERACTIVE" )
+	    optionFlags |= CLIENT_INTERACTIVE;
+	else if ( opt == "CLIENT_NO_SCHEMA" )
+	    optionFlags |= CLIENT_NO_SCHEMA;
+	else if ( opt == "CLIENT_ODBC" )
+	    optionFlags |= CLIENT_ODBC;
+	else if ( opt == "CLIENT_SSL" )
+	    optionFlags |= CLIENT_SSL;
+	else 
+	    qWarning( "TQMYSQLDriver::open: Unknown connect option '%s'", (*it).latin1() );
+    }
+
+    if ( (d->mysql = mysql_init((MYSQL*) 0)) &&
+	    mysql_real_connect( d->mysql,
+				host,
+				user,
+				password,
+				db.isNull() ? TQString("") : db,
+				(port > -1) ? port : 0,
+				NULL,
+				optionFlags ) )
+    {
+	if ( !db.isEmpty() && mysql_select_db( d->mysql, db )) {
+	    setLastError( qMakeError("Unable open database '" + db + "'", TQSqlError::Connection, d ) );
+	    mysql_close( d->mysql );
+	    setOpenError( TRUE );
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+    } else {
+	    setLastError( qMakeError( "Unable to connect", TQSqlError::Connection, d ) );
+	    mysql_close( d->mysql );
+	    setOpenError( TRUE );
+	    return FALSE;
+    }
+    setOpen( TRUE );
+    setOpenError( FALSE );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+void TQMYSQLDriver::close()
+{
+    if ( isOpen() ) {
+	mysql_close( d->mysql );
+	setOpen( FALSE );
+	setOpenError( FALSE );
+    }
+}
+
+TQSqlQuery TQMYSQLDriver::createQuery() const
+{
+    return TQSqlQuery( new TQMYSQLResult( this ) );
+}
+
+TQStringList TQMYSQLDriver::tables( const TQString& typeName ) const
+{
+    TQStringList tl;
+    if ( !isOpen() )
+	return tl;
+    if ( !typeName.isEmpty() && !(typeName.toInt() & (int)TQSql::Tables) )
+	return tl;
+
+    MYSQL_RES* tableRes = mysql_list_tables( d->mysql, NULL );
+    MYSQL_ROW	row;
+    int i = 0;
+    while ( tableRes && TRUE ) {
+	mysql_data_seek( tableRes, i );
+	row = mysql_fetch_row( tableRes );
+	if ( !row )
+	    break;
+	tl.append( TQString(row[0]) );
+	i++;
+    }
+    mysql_free_result( tableRes );
+    return tl;
+}
+
+TQSqlIndex TQMYSQLDriver::primaryIndex( const TQString& tablename ) const
+{
+    TQSqlIndex idx;
+    if ( !isOpen() )
+	return idx;
+    TQSqlQuery i = createQuery();
+    TQString stmt( "show index from %1;" );
+    TQSqlRecord fil = record( tablename );
+    i.exec( stmt.arg( tablename ) );
+    while ( i.isActive() && i.next() ) {
+	if ( i.value(2).toString() == "PRIMARY" ) {
+	    idx.append( *fil.field( i.value(4).toString() ) );
+	    idx.setCursorName( i.value(0).toString() );
+	    idx.setName( i.value(2).toString() );
+	}
+    }
+    return idx;
+}
+
+TQSqlRecord TQMYSQLDriver::record( const TQString& tablename ) const
+{
+    TQSqlRecord fil;
+    if ( !isOpen() )
+	return fil;
+    MYSQL_RES* r = mysql_list_fields( d->mysql, tablename.local8Bit().data(), 0);
+    if ( !r ) {
+	return fil;
+    }
+    MYSQL_FIELD* field;
+    while ( (field = mysql_fetch_field( r ))) {
+	TQSqlField f ( TQString( field->name ) , qDecodeMYSQLType( (int)field->type, field->flags ) );
+	fil.append ( f );
+    }
+    mysql_free_result( r );
+    return fil;
+}
+
+TQSqlRecord TQMYSQLDriver::record( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const
+{
+    TQSqlRecord fil;
+    if ( !isOpen() )
+	return fil;
+    if ( query.isActive() && query.isSelect() && query.driver() == this ) {
+	TQMYSQLResult* result =  (TQMYSQLResult*)query.result();
+	TQMYSQLResultPrivate* p = result->d;
+	if ( !mysql_errno( p->mysql ) ) {
+	    for ( ;; ) {
+		MYSQL_FIELD* f = mysql_fetch_field( p->result );
+		if ( f ) {
+		    TQSqlField fi( TQString((const char*)f->name), qDecodeMYSQLType( f->type, f->flags ) );
+		    fil.append( fi  );
+		} else
+		    break;
+	    }
+	}
+	mysql_field_seek( p->result, 0 );
+    }
+    return fil;
+}
+
+TQSqlRecordInfo TQMYSQLDriver::recordInfo( const TQString& tablename ) const
+{
+    TQSqlRecordInfo info;
+    if ( !isOpen() )
+	return info;
+    MYSQL_RES* r = mysql_list_fields( d->mysql, tablename.local8Bit().data(), 0);
+    if ( !r ) {
+	return info;
+    }
+    MYSQL_FIELD* field;
+    while ( (field = mysql_fetch_field( r ))) {
+	info.append ( TQSqlFieldInfo( TQString( field->name ),
+				qDecodeMYSQLType( (int)field->type, field->flags ),
+				IS_NOT_NULL( field->flags ),
+				(int)field->length,
+				(int)field->decimals,
+				TQString( field->def ),
+				(int)field->type ) );
+    }
+    mysql_free_result( r );
+    return info;
+}
+
+TQSqlRecordInfo TQMYSQLDriver::recordInfo( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const
+{
+    TQSqlRecordInfo info;
+    if ( !isOpen() )
+	return info;
+    if ( query.isActive() && query.isSelect() && query.driver() == this ) {
+	TQMYSQLResult* result =  (TQMYSQLResult*)query.result();
+	TQMYSQLResultPrivate* p = result->d;
+	if ( !mysql_errno( p->mysql ) ) {
+	    for ( ;; ) {
+		MYSQL_FIELD* field = mysql_fetch_field( p->result );
+		if ( field ) {
+		    info.append ( TQSqlFieldInfo( TQString( field->name ),
+				qDecodeMYSQLType( (int)field->type, field->flags ),
+				IS_NOT_NULL( field->flags ),
+				(int)field->length,
+				(int)field->decimals,
+				TQVariant(),
+				(int)field->type ) );
+		
+		} else
+		    break;
+	    }
+	}
+	mysql_field_seek( p->result, 0 );
+    }
+    return info;
+}
+
+MYSQL* TQMYSQLDriver::mysql()
+{
+     return d->mysql;
+}
+
+bool TQMYSQLDriver::beginTransaction()
+{
+#ifndef CLIENT_TRANSACTIONS
+    return FALSE;
+#endif
+    if ( !isOpen() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "TQMYSQLDriver::beginTransaction: Database not open" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( mysql_query( d->mysql, "BEGIN WORK" ) ) {
+	setLastError( qMakeError("Unable to begin transaction", TQSqlError::Statement, d ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQMYSQLDriver::commitTransaction()
+{
+#ifndef CLIENT_TRANSACTIONS
+    return FALSE;
+#endif
+    if ( !isOpen() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "TQMYSQLDriver::commitTransaction: Database not open" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( mysql_query( d->mysql, "COMMIT" ) ) {
+	setLastError( qMakeError("Unable to commit transaction", TQSqlError::Statement, d ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQMYSQLDriver::rollbackTransaction()
+{
+#ifndef CLIENT_TRANSACTIONS
+    return FALSE;
+#endif
+    if ( !isOpen() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "TQMYSQLDriver::rollbackTransaction: Database not open" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( mysql_query( d->mysql, "ROLLBACK" ) ) {
+	setLastError( qMakeError("Unable to rollback transaction", TQSqlError::Statement, d ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+TQString TQMYSQLDriver::formatValue( const TQSqlField* field, bool trimStrings ) const
+{
+    TQString r;
+    if ( field->isNull() ) {
+	r = nullText();
+    } else {
+	switch( field->type() ) {
+	case TQVariant::ByteArray: {
+	
+	    const TQByteArray ba = field->value().toByteArray();
+	    // buffer has to be at least length*2+1 bytes
+	    char* buffer = new char[ ba.size() * 2 + 1 ];
+	    /*uint escapedSize =*/ mysql_escape_string( buffer, ba.data(), ba.size() );
+	    r.append("'").append(buffer).append("'");
+	    delete[] buffer;
+	}
+	break;
+	case TQVariant::String:
+	case TQVariant::CString: {
+	    // Escape '\' characters
+	    r = TQSqlDriver::formatValue( field );
+	    r.replace( "\\", "\\\\" );
+	    break;
+	}
+	default:
+	    r = TQSqlDriver::formatValue( field, trimStrings );
+	}
+    }
+    return r;
+}
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/mysql/qsql_mysql.h b/src/sql/drivers/mysql/qsql_mysql.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d47aa6ea9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/mysql/qsql_mysql.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of MySQL driver classes
+**
+** Created : 001103
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQL_MYSQL_H
+#define TQSQL_MYSQL_H
+
+#include <qsqldriver.h>
+#include <qsqlresult.h>
+#include <qsqlfield.h>
+#include <qsqlindex.h>
+
+#if defined (Q_OS_WIN32)
+#include <qt_windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <mysql.h>
+
+#ifdef QT_PLUGIN
+#define Q_EXPORT_SQLDRIVER_MYSQL
+#else
+#define Q_EXPORT_SQLDRIVER_MYSQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+class TQMYSQLDriverPrivate;
+class TQMYSQLResultPrivate;
+class TQMYSQLDriver;
+class TQSqlRecordInfo;
+
+class TQMYSQLResult : public TQSqlResult
+{
+    friend class TQMYSQLDriver;
+public:
+    TQMYSQLResult( const TQMYSQLDriver* db );
+    ~TQMYSQLResult();
+
+    MYSQL_RES* result();
+protected:
+    void		cleanup();
+    bool		fetch( int i );
+    bool		fetchNext();
+    bool		fetchLast();
+    bool		fetchFirst();
+    TQVariant		data( int field );
+    bool		isNull( int field );
+    bool		reset ( const TQString& query );
+    int			size();
+    int			numRowsAffected();
+private:
+    TQMYSQLResultPrivate* d;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT_SQLDRIVER_MYSQL TQMYSQLDriver : public TQSqlDriver
+{
+    friend class TQMYSQLResult;
+public:
+    TQMYSQLDriver( TQObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 );
+    TQMYSQLDriver( MYSQL * con, TQObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 );
+    ~TQMYSQLDriver();
+    bool		hasFeature( DriverFeature f ) const;
+    bool		open( const TQString & db,
+			      const TQString & user = TQString::null,
+			      const TQString & password = TQString::null,
+			      const TQString & host = TQString::null,
+			      int port = -1 );
+    void		close();
+    TQSqlQuery		createQuery() const;
+    TQStringList		tables( const TQString& user ) const;
+    TQSqlIndex		primaryIndex( const TQString& tablename ) const;
+    TQSqlRecord		record( const TQString& tablename ) const;
+    TQSqlRecord		record( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const;
+    TQSqlRecordInfo	recordInfo( const TQString& tablename ) const;
+    TQSqlRecordInfo	recordInfo( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const;
+    TQString		formatValue( const TQSqlField* field,
+				     bool trimStrings ) const;
+    MYSQL*		mysql();
+    // ### remove me for 4.0
+    bool open( const TQString& db,
+	       const TQString& user,
+	       const TQString& password,
+	       const TQString& host,
+	       int port,
+	       const TQString& connOpts );
+    
+protected:
+    bool		beginTransaction();
+    bool		commitTransaction();
+    bool		rollbackTransaction();
+private:
+    void		init();
+    TQMYSQLDriverPrivate* d;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/odbc/debian_qsql_odbc.h b/src/sql/drivers/odbc/debian_qsql_odbc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b91f475c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/odbc/debian_qsql_odbc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#ifdef UNICODE
+typedef SQLWCHAR        SQLTCHAR;
+#else
+typedef SQLCHAR         SQLTCHAR;
+#endif
+
+#define SQL_WCHAR              (-8)
+#define SQL_WVARCHAR           (-9)
+#define SQL_WLONGVARCHAR       (-10)
+#define SQL_C_WCHAR            SQL_WCHAR
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/odbc/qsql_odbc.cpp b/src/sql/drivers/odbc/qsql_odbc.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d0f7969f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/odbc/qsql_odbc.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2035 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of ODBC driver classes
+**
+** Created : 001103
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsql_odbc.h"
+#include <qsqlrecord.h>
+
+#if defined (Q_OS_WIN32)
+#include <qt_windows.h>
+#include <qapplication.h>
+#endif
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#include <private/qsqlextension_p.h>
+#include <private/qinternal_p.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+// undefine this to prevent initial check of the ODBC driver
+#define ODBC_CHECK_DRIVER
+
+#if defined(Q_ODBC_VERSION_2)
+//crude hack to get non-unicode capable driver managers to work
+# undef UNICODE
+# define SQLTCHAR SQLCHAR
+# define SQL_C_WCHAR SQL_C_CHAR
+#endif
+
+// newer platform SDKs use SQLLEN instead of SQLINTEGER
+#ifdef SQLLEN
+# define TQSQLLEN SQLLEN
+#else
+# define TQSQLLEN SQLINTEGER
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SQLULEN
+# define TQSQLULEN SQLULEN
+#else
+# define TQSQLULEN SQLUINTEGER
+#endif
+
+
+static const TQSQLLEN COLNAMESIZE = 256;
+//Map TQt parameter types to ODBC types
+static const SQLSMALLINT qParamType[ 4 ] = { SQL_PARAM_INPUT, SQL_PARAM_INPUT, SQL_PARAM_OUTPUT, SQL_PARAM_INPUT_OUTPUT };
+
+class TQODBCPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQODBCPrivate()
+    : hEnv(0), hDbc(0), hStmt(0), useSchema(FALSE)
+    {
+	sql_char_type = sql_varchar_type = sql_longvarchar_type = TQVariant::CString;
+	unicode = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    SQLHANDLE hEnv;
+    SQLHANDLE hDbc;
+    SQLHANDLE hStmt;
+
+    bool unicode;
+    bool useSchema;
+    TQVariant::Type sql_char_type;
+    TQVariant::Type sql_varchar_type;
+    TQVariant::Type sql_longvarchar_type;
+
+    TQSqlRecordInfo rInf;
+
+    bool checkDriver() const;
+    void checkUnicode();
+    void checkSchemaUsage();
+    bool setConnectionOptions( const TQString& connOpts );
+    void splitTableQualifier(const TQString &qualifier, TQString &catalog,
+			     TQString &schema, TQString &table);
+};
+
+class TQODBCPreparedExtension : public TQSqlExtension
+{
+public:
+    TQODBCPreparedExtension( TQODBCResult * r )
+	: result( r ) {}
+
+    bool prepare( const TQString& query )
+    {
+	return result->prepare( query );
+    }
+
+    bool exec()
+    {
+	return result->exec();
+    }
+
+    TQODBCResult * result;
+};
+
+TQPtrDict<TQSqlOpenExtension> *qSqlOpenExtDict();
+
+class TQODBCOpenExtension : public TQSqlOpenExtension
+{
+public:
+    TQODBCOpenExtension( TQODBCDriver *dri )
+	: TQSqlOpenExtension(), driver(dri) {}
+    ~TQODBCOpenExtension() {}
+
+    bool open( const TQString& db,
+	       const TQString& user,
+	       const TQString& password,
+	       const TQString& host,
+	       int port,
+	       const TQString& connOpts );
+private:
+    TQODBCDriver *driver;
+};
+
+bool TQODBCOpenExtension::open( const TQString& db,
+			       const TQString& user,
+			       const TQString& password,
+			       const TQString& host,
+			       int port,
+			       const TQString& connOpts )
+{
+    return driver->open( db, user, password, host, port, connOpts );
+}
+
+static TQString qWarnODBCHandle(int handleType, SQLHANDLE handle)
+{
+    SQLINTEGER nativeCode_;
+    SQLSMALLINT msgLen;
+    SQLRETURN r = SQL_ERROR;
+    SQLTCHAR state_[SQL_SQLSTATE_SIZE+1];
+    SQLTCHAR description_[SQL_MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH];
+    r = SQLGetDiagRec( handleType,
+			 handle,
+			 1,
+			 (SQLTCHAR*)state_,
+			 &nativeCode_,
+			 (SQLTCHAR*)description_,
+			 SQL_MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH-1, /* in bytes, not in characters */
+			 &msgLen);
+    if ( r == SQL_SUCCESS || r == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
+#ifdef UNICODE
+	return TQString( (const TQChar*)description_, (uint)msgLen );
+#else
+	return TQString::fromLocal8Bit( (const char*)description_ );
+#endif
+    return TQString::null;
+}
+
+static TQString qODBCWarn( const TQODBCPrivate* odbc)
+{
+    return ( qWarnODBCHandle( SQL_HANDLE_ENV, odbc->hEnv ) + " "
+	     + qWarnODBCHandle( SQL_HANDLE_DBC, odbc->hDbc ) + " "
+	     + qWarnODBCHandle( SQL_HANDLE_STMT, odbc->hStmt ) );
+}
+
+static void qSqlWarning( const TQString& message, const TQODBCPrivate* odbc )
+{
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+    qWarning( "%s\tError: %s", message.local8Bit().data(), qODBCWarn( odbc ).local8Bit().data() );
+#endif
+}
+
+static TQSqlError qMakeError( const TQString& err, int type, const TQODBCPrivate* p )
+{
+    return TQSqlError( "TQODBC3: " + err, qODBCWarn(p), type );
+}
+
+static TQVariant::Type qDecodeODBCType( SQLSMALLINT sqltype, const TQODBCPrivate* p )
+{
+    TQVariant::Type type = TQVariant::Invalid;
+    switch ( sqltype ) {
+    case SQL_DECIMAL:
+    case SQL_NUMERIC:
+    case SQL_REAL:
+    case SQL_FLOAT:
+    case SQL_DOUBLE:
+	type = TQVariant::Double;
+	break;
+    case SQL_SMALLINT:
+    case SQL_INTEGER:
+    case SQL_BIT:
+    case SQL_TINYINT:
+	type = TQVariant::Int;
+	break;
+    case SQL_BIGINT:
+	type = TQVariant::LongLong;
+	break;
+    case SQL_BINARY:
+    case SQL_VARBINARY:
+    case SQL_LONGVARBINARY:
+	type = TQVariant::ByteArray;
+	break;
+    case SQL_DATE:
+    case SQL_TYPE_DATE:
+	type = TQVariant::Date;
+	break;
+    case SQL_TIME:
+    case SQL_TYPE_TIME:
+	type = TQVariant::Time;
+	break;
+    case SQL_TIMESTAMP:
+    case SQL_TYPE_TIMESTAMP:
+	type = TQVariant::DateTime;
+	break;
+#ifndef Q_ODBC_VERSION_2
+    case SQL_WCHAR:
+    case SQL_WVARCHAR:
+    case SQL_WLONGVARCHAR:
+	type = TQVariant::String;
+	break;
+#endif
+    case SQL_CHAR:
+	type = p->sql_char_type;
+	break;
+    case SQL_VARCHAR:
+	type = p->sql_varchar_type;
+	break;
+    case SQL_LONGVARCHAR:
+	type = p->sql_longvarchar_type;
+	break;
+    default:
+	type = TQVariant::CString;
+	break;
+    }
+    return type;
+}
+
+static TQString qGetStringData( SQLHANDLE hStmt, int column, int colSize, bool& isNull, bool unicode = FALSE )
+{
+    TQString     fieldVal;
+    SQLRETURN   r = SQL_ERROR;
+    TQSQLLEN  lengthIndicator = 0;
+
+    if ( colSize <= 0 ) {
+	colSize = 256;
+    } else if ( colSize > 65536 ) { // limit buffer size to 64 KB
+	colSize = 65536;
+    } else {
+	colSize++; // make sure there is room for more than the 0 termination
+	if ( unicode ) {
+	    colSize *= 2; // a tiny bit faster, since it saves a SQLGetData() call
+	}
+    }
+    char* buf = new char[ colSize ];
+    while ( TRUE ) {
+	r = SQLGetData( hStmt,
+			column+1,
+			unicode ? SQL_C_WCHAR : SQL_C_CHAR,
+			(SQLPOINTER)buf,
+			(TQSQLLEN)colSize,
+			&lengthIndicator );
+	if ( r == SQL_SUCCESS || r == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) {
+	    if ( lengthIndicator == SQL_NULL_DATA || lengthIndicator == SQL_NO_TOTAL ) {
+		fieldVal = TQString::null;
+		isNull = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    // if SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO is returned, indicating that
+	    // more data can be fetched, the length indicator does NOT
+	    // contain the number of bytes returned - it contains the
+	    // total number of bytes that CAN be fetched
+	    // colSize-1: remove 0 termination when there is more data to fetch
+	    int rSize = (r == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO) ? (unicode ? colSize-2 : colSize-1) : lengthIndicator;
+	    if ( unicode ) {
+		fieldVal += TQString( (TQChar*) buf, rSize / 2 );
+	    } else {
+		buf[ rSize ] = 0;
+		fieldVal += buf;
+	    }
+	    if ( lengthIndicator < colSize ) {
+		// workaround for Drivermanagers that don't return SQL_NO_DATA
+		break;
+	    }
+	} else if ( r == SQL_NO_DATA ) {
+	    break;
+	} else {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	    qWarning( "qGetStringData: Error while fetching data (%d)", r );
+#endif
+	    fieldVal = TQString::null;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    delete[] buf;
+    return fieldVal;
+}
+
+static TQByteArray qGetBinaryData( SQLHANDLE hStmt, int column, TQSQLLEN& lengthIndicator, bool& isNull )
+{
+    TQByteArray fieldVal;
+    SQLSMALLINT colNameLen;
+    SQLSMALLINT colType;
+    TQSQLULEN colSize;
+    SQLSMALLINT colScale;
+    SQLSMALLINT nullable;
+    SQLRETURN r = SQL_ERROR;
+
+    SQLTCHAR colName[COLNAMESIZE];
+    r = SQLDescribeCol( hStmt,
+			column+1,
+			colName,
+			COLNAMESIZE,
+			&colNameLen,
+			&colType,
+			&colSize,
+			&colScale,
+			&nullable );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS )
+	qWarning( "qGetBinaryData: Unable to describe column %d", column );
+#endif
+    // SQLDescribeCol may return 0 if size cannot be determined
+    if (!colSize) {
+	colSize = 256;
+    }
+    if ( colSize > 65536 ) { // read the field in 64 KB chunks
+	colSize = 65536;
+    }
+    char * buf = new char[ colSize ];
+    while ( TRUE ) {
+	r = SQLGetData( hStmt,
+			column+1,
+			SQL_C_BINARY,
+			(SQLPOINTER) buf,
+			(TQSQLLEN)colSize,
+			&lengthIndicator );
+	if ( r == SQL_SUCCESS || r == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) {
+	    if ( lengthIndicator == SQL_NULL_DATA ) {
+ 		isNull = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    } else {
+		int rSize;
+		r == SQL_SUCCESS ? rSize = lengthIndicator : rSize = colSize;
+		if ( lengthIndicator == SQL_NO_TOTAL ) { // size cannot be determined
+		    rSize = colSize;
+		}
+		// NB! This is not a memleak - the mem will be deleted by TQByteArray when
+		// no longer ref'd
+		char * tmp = (char *) malloc( rSize + fieldVal.size() );
+		if ( fieldVal.size() ) {
+		    memcpy( tmp, fieldVal.data(), fieldVal.size() );
+		}
+		memcpy( tmp + fieldVal.size(), buf, rSize );
+		fieldVal = fieldVal.assign( tmp, fieldVal.size() + rSize );
+
+		if ( r == SQL_SUCCESS ) { // the whole field was read in one chunk
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    delete [] buf;
+    return fieldVal;
+}
+
+static int qGetIntData( SQLHANDLE hStmt, int column, bool& isNull  )
+{
+    TQSQLLEN intbuf = 0;
+    isNull = FALSE;
+    TQSQLLEN lengthIndicator = 0;
+    SQLRETURN r = SQLGetData( hStmt,
+			      column+1,
+			      SQL_C_SLONG,
+			      (SQLPOINTER)&intbuf,
+			      (TQSQLLEN)0,
+			      &lengthIndicator );
+    if ( ( r != SQL_SUCCESS && r != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) || lengthIndicator == SQL_NULL_DATA ) {
+	isNull = TRUE;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    return (int)intbuf;
+}
+
+static double qGetDoubleData( SQLHANDLE hStmt, int column, bool& isNull )
+{
+    SQLDOUBLE dblbuf;
+    TQSQLLEN lengthIndicator = 0;
+    isNull = FALSE;
+    SQLRETURN r = SQLGetData( hStmt,
+			      column+1,
+			      SQL_C_DOUBLE,
+			      (SQLPOINTER)&dblbuf,
+			      (TQSQLLEN)0,
+			      &lengthIndicator );
+    if ( ( r != SQL_SUCCESS && r != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) || lengthIndicator == SQL_NULL_DATA ) {
+	isNull = TRUE;
+	return 0.0;
+    }
+
+    return (double) dblbuf;
+}
+
+static SQLBIGINT qGetBigIntData( SQLHANDLE hStmt, int column, bool& isNull )
+{
+    SQLBIGINT lngbuf = Q_INT64_C( 0 );
+    isNull = FALSE;
+    TQSQLLEN lengthIndicator = 0;
+    SQLRETURN r = SQLGetData( hStmt,
+			      column+1,
+			      SQL_C_SBIGINT,
+			      (SQLPOINTER) &lngbuf,
+			      (TQSQLLEN)0,
+			      &lengthIndicator );
+    if ( ( r != SQL_SUCCESS && r != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) || lengthIndicator == SQL_NULL_DATA )
+	isNull = TRUE;
+
+    return lngbuf;
+}
+
+// creates a TQSqlFieldInfo from a valid hStmt generated
+// by SQLColumns. The hStmt has to point to a valid position.
+static TQSqlFieldInfo qMakeFieldInfo( const SQLHANDLE hStmt, const TQODBCPrivate* p )
+{
+    bool isNull;
+    TQString fname = qGetStringData( hStmt, 3, -1, isNull, p->unicode );
+    int type = qGetIntData( hStmt, 4, isNull ); // column type
+    int retquired = qGetIntData( hStmt, 10, isNull ); // nullable-flag
+    // retquired can be SQL_NO_NULLS, SQL_NULLABLE or SQL_NULLABLE_UNKNOWN
+    if ( retquired == SQL_NO_NULLS ) {
+	retquired = 1;
+    } else if ( retquired == SQL_NULLABLE ) {
+	retquired = 0;
+    } else {
+	retquired = -1;
+    }
+    int size = qGetIntData( hStmt, 6, isNull ); // column size
+    int prec = qGetIntData( hStmt, 8, isNull ); // precision
+    return TQSqlFieldInfo( fname, qDecodeODBCType( type, p ), retquired, size, prec, TQVariant(), type );
+}
+
+static TQSqlFieldInfo qMakeFieldInfo( const TQODBCPrivate* p, int i  )
+{
+    SQLSMALLINT colNameLen;
+    SQLSMALLINT colType;
+    TQSQLULEN colSize;
+    SQLSMALLINT colScale;
+    SQLSMALLINT nullable;
+    SQLRETURN r = SQL_ERROR;
+    SQLTCHAR colName[ COLNAMESIZE ];
+    r = SQLDescribeCol( p->hStmt,
+			i+1,
+			colName,
+			(TQSQLULEN)COLNAMESIZE,
+			&colNameLen,
+			&colType,
+			&colSize,
+			&colScale,
+			&nullable);
+
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qSqlWarning( TQString("qMakeField: Unable to describe column %1").arg(i), p );
+#endif
+	return TQSqlFieldInfo();
+    }
+#ifdef UNICODE
+    TQString qColName( (const TQChar*)colName, (uint)colNameLen );
+#else
+    TQString qColName = TQString::fromLocal8Bit( (const char*)colName );
+#endif
+    // nullable can be SQL_NO_NULLS, SQL_NULLABLE or SQL_NULLABLE_UNKNOWN
+    int retquired = -1;
+    if ( nullable == SQL_NO_NULLS ) {
+	retquired = 1;
+    } else if ( nullable == SQL_NULLABLE ) {
+	retquired = 0;
+    }
+    TQVariant::Type type = qDecodeODBCType( colType, p );
+    return TQSqlFieldInfo( qColName,
+    			  type,
+    			  retquired,
+    			  (int)colSize == 0 ? -1 : (int)colSize,
+    			  (int)colScale == 0 ? -1 : (int)colScale,
+    			  TQVariant(),
+    			  (int)colType );
+}
+
+bool TQODBCPrivate::setConnectionOptions( const TQString& connOpts )
+{
+    // Set any connection attributes
+    TQStringList raw = TQStringList::split( ';', connOpts );
+    TQStringList opts;
+    SQLRETURN r = SQL_SUCCESS;
+    TQMap<TQString, TQString> connMap;
+    for ( TQStringList::ConstIterator it = raw.begin(); it != raw.end(); ++it ) {
+	TQString tmp( *it );
+	int idx;
+	if ( (idx = tmp.find( '=' )) != -1 )
+	    connMap[ tmp.left( idx ) ] = tmp.mid( idx + 1 ).simplifyWhiteSpace();
+	else
+	    qWarning( "TQODBCDriver::open: Illegal connect option value '%s'", tmp.latin1() );
+    }
+    if ( connMap.count() ) {
+	TQMap<TQString, TQString>::ConstIterator it;
+	TQString opt, val;
+	SQLUINTEGER v = 0;
+	for ( it = connMap.begin(); it != connMap.end(); ++it ) {
+	    opt = it.key().upper();
+	    val = it.data().upper();
+	    r = SQL_SUCCESS;
+	    if ( opt == "SQL_ATTR_ACCESS_MODE" ) {
+		if ( val == "SQL_MODE_READ_ONLY" ) {
+		    v = SQL_MODE_READ_ONLY;
+		} else if ( val == "SQL_MODE_READ_WRITE" ) {
+		    v = SQL_MODE_READ_WRITE;
+		} else {
+		    qWarning( TQString( "TQODBCDriver::open: Unknown option value '%1'" ).arg( *it ) );
+		    break;
+		}
+		r = SQLSetConnectAttr( hDbc, SQL_ATTR_ACCESS_MODE, (SQLPOINTER) v, 0 );
+	    } else if ( opt == "SQL_ATTR_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT" ) {
+		v = val.toUInt();
+		r = SQLSetConnectAttr( hDbc, SQL_ATTR_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT, (SQLPOINTER) v, 0 );
+	    } else if ( opt == "SQL_ATTR_LOGIN_TIMEOUT" ) {
+		v = val.toUInt();
+		r = SQLSetConnectAttr( hDbc, SQL_ATTR_LOGIN_TIMEOUT, (SQLPOINTER) v, 0 );
+	    } else if ( opt == "SQL_ATTR_CURRENT_CATALOG" ) {
+		val.ucs2(); // 0 terminate
+		r = SQLSetConnectAttr( hDbc, SQL_ATTR_CURRENT_CATALOG,
+#ifdef UNICODE
+				       (SQLWCHAR*) val.unicode(),
+#else
+				       (SQLCHAR*) val.latin1(),
+#endif
+				       SQL_NTS );
+	    } else if ( opt == "SQL_ATTR_METADATA_ID" ) {
+		if ( val == "SQL_TRUE" ) {
+		    v = SQL_TRUE;
+		} else if ( val == "SQL_FALSE" ) {
+		    v = SQL_FALSE;
+		} else {
+		    qWarning( TQString( "TQODBCDriver::open: Unknown option value '%1'" ).arg( *it ) );
+		    break;
+		}
+		r = SQLSetConnectAttr( hDbc, SQL_ATTR_METADATA_ID, (SQLPOINTER) v, 0 );
+	    } else if ( opt == "SQL_ATTR_PACKET_SIZE" ) {
+		v = val.toUInt();
+		r = SQLSetConnectAttr( hDbc, SQL_ATTR_PACKET_SIZE, (SQLPOINTER) v, 0 );
+	    } else if ( opt == "SQL_ATTR_TRACEFILE" ) {
+		val.ucs2(); // 0 terminate
+		r = SQLSetConnectAttr( hDbc, SQL_ATTR_TRACEFILE,
+#ifdef UNICODE
+				       (SQLWCHAR*) val.unicode(),
+#else
+				       (SQLCHAR*) val.latin1(),
+#endif
+				       SQL_NTS );
+	    } else if ( opt == "SQL_ATTR_TRACE" ) {
+		if ( val == "SQL_OPT_TRACE_OFF" ) {
+		    v = SQL_OPT_TRACE_OFF;
+		} else if ( val == "SQL_OPT_TRACE_ON" ) {
+		    v = SQL_OPT_TRACE_ON;
+		} else {
+		    qWarning( TQString( "TQODBCDriver::open: Unknown option value '%1'" ).arg( *it ) );
+		    break;
+		}
+		r = SQLSetConnectAttr( hDbc, SQL_ATTR_TRACE, (SQLPOINTER) v, 0 );
+	    }
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+              else {
+		  qWarning( TQString("TQODBCDriver::open: Unknown connection attribute '%1'").arg( opt ) );
+	    }
+#endif
+	    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS && r != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+		qSqlWarning( TQString("TQODBCDriver::open: Unable to set connection attribute '%1'").arg( opt ), this );
+#endif
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+void TQODBCPrivate::splitTableQualifier(const TQString & qualifier, TQString &catalog,
+				       TQString &schema, TQString &table)
+{
+    if (!useSchema) {
+	table = qualifier;
+	return;
+    }
+    TQStringList l = TQStringList::split( ".", qualifier, TRUE );
+    if ( l.count() > 3 )
+	return; // can't possibly be a valid table qualifier
+    int i = 0, n = l.count();
+    if ( n == 1 ) {
+	table = qualifier;
+    } else {
+	for ( TQStringList::Iterator it = l.begin(); it != l.end(); ++it ) {
+	    if ( n == 3 ) {
+		if ( i == 0 ) {
+		    catalog = *it;
+		} else if ( i == 1 ) {
+		    schema = *it;
+		} else if ( i == 2 ) {
+		    table = *it;
+		}
+	    } else if ( n == 2 ) {
+		if ( i == 0 ) {
+		    schema = *it;
+		} else if ( i == 1 ) {
+		    table = *it;
+		}
+	    }
+	    i++;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+TQODBCResult::TQODBCResult( const TQODBCDriver * db, TQODBCPrivate* p )
+: TQSqlResult(db)
+{
+    d = new TQODBCPrivate();
+    (*d) = (*p);
+    setExtension( new TQODBCPreparedExtension( this ) );
+}
+
+TQODBCResult::~TQODBCResult()
+{
+    if ( d->hStmt && driver()->isOpen() ) {
+	SQLRETURN r = SQLFreeHandle( SQL_HANDLE_STMT, d->hStmt );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS )
+	    qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver: Unable to free statement handle " + TQString::number(r), d );
+#endif
+    }
+
+    delete d;
+}
+
+bool TQODBCResult::reset ( const TQString& query )
+{
+    setActive( FALSE );
+    setAt( TQSql::BeforeFirst );
+    SQLRETURN r;
+
+    d->rInf.clear();
+    // Always reallocate the statement handle - the statement attributes
+    // are not reset if SQLFreeStmt() is called which causes some problems.
+    if ( d->hStmt ) {
+	r = SQLFreeHandle( SQL_HANDLE_STMT, d->hStmt );
+	if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	    qSqlWarning( "TQODBCResult::reset: Unable to free statement handle", d );
+#endif
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+    r  = SQLAllocHandle( SQL_HANDLE_STMT,
+			 d->hDbc,
+			 &d->hStmt );
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCResult::reset: Unable to allocate statement handle", d );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if ( isForwardOnly() ) {
+	r = SQLSetStmtAttr( d->hStmt,
+			    SQL_ATTR_CURSOR_TYPE,
+			    (SQLPOINTER)SQL_CURSOR_FORWARD_ONLY,
+			    SQL_IS_UINTEGER );
+    } else {
+	r = SQLSetStmtAttr( d->hStmt,
+			    SQL_ATTR_CURSOR_TYPE,
+			    (SQLPOINTER)SQL_CURSOR_STATIC,
+			    SQL_IS_UINTEGER );
+    }
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS && r != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCResult::reset: Unable to set 'SQL_CURSOR_STATIC' as statement attribute. Please check your ODBC driver configuration", d );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+    r = SQLExecDirect( d->hStmt,
+		       (SQLWCHAR*) query.unicode(),
+		       (SQLINTEGER) query.length() );
+#else
+    TQCString query8 = query.local8Bit();
+    r = SQLExecDirect( d->hStmt,
+                       (SQLCHAR*) query8.data(),
+                       (SQLINTEGER) query8.length() );
+#endif
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS && r != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) {
+	setLastError( qMakeError( "Unable to execute statement", TQSqlError::Statement, d ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    SQLSMALLINT count;
+    r = SQLNumResultCols( d->hStmt, &count );
+    if ( count ) {
+	setSelect( TRUE );
+	for ( int i = 0; i < count; ++i ) {
+	    d->rInf.append( qMakeFieldInfo( d, i ) );
+	}
+    } else {
+	setSelect( FALSE );
+    }
+    setActive( TRUE );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQODBCResult::fetch(int i)
+{
+    if ( isForwardOnly() && i < at() )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( i == at() )
+	return TRUE;
+    fieldCache.clear();
+    nullCache.clear();
+    int actualIdx = i + 1;
+    if ( actualIdx <= 0 ) {
+	setAt( TQSql::BeforeFirst );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    SQLRETURN r;
+    if ( isForwardOnly() ) {
+	bool ok = TRUE;
+	while ( ok && i > at() )
+	    ok = fetchNext();
+	return ok;
+    } else {
+	r = SQLFetchScroll( d->hStmt,
+			    SQL_FETCH_ABSOLUTE,
+			    actualIdx );
+    }
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ){
+ 	return FALSE;
+    }
+    setAt( i );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQODBCResult::fetchNext()
+{
+    SQLRETURN r;
+    fieldCache.clear();
+    nullCache.clear();
+    r = SQLFetchScroll( d->hStmt,
+		       SQL_FETCH_NEXT,
+		       0 );
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS )
+	return FALSE;
+    setAt( at() + 1 );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQODBCResult::fetchFirst()
+{
+    if ( isForwardOnly() && at() != TQSql::BeforeFirst )
+	return FALSE;
+    SQLRETURN r;
+    fieldCache.clear();
+    nullCache.clear();
+    if ( isForwardOnly() ) {
+	return fetchNext();
+    }
+    r = SQLFetchScroll( d->hStmt,
+		       SQL_FETCH_FIRST,
+		       0 );
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS )
+	return FALSE;
+    setAt( 0 );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQODBCResult::fetchPrior()
+{
+    if ( isForwardOnly() )
+	return FALSE;
+    SQLRETURN r;
+    fieldCache.clear();
+    nullCache.clear();
+    r = SQLFetchScroll( d->hStmt,
+		       SQL_FETCH_PRIOR,
+		       0 );
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS )
+	return FALSE;
+    setAt( at() - 1 );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQODBCResult::fetchLast()
+{
+    SQLRETURN r;
+    fieldCache.clear();
+    nullCache.clear();
+
+    if ( isForwardOnly() ) {
+	// cannot seek to last row in forwardOnly mode, so we have to use brute force
+	int i = at();
+	if ( i == TQSql::AfterLast )
+	    return FALSE;
+	if ( i == TQSql::BeforeFirst )
+	    i = 0;
+	while ( fetchNext() )
+	    ++i;
+	setAt( i );
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    r = SQLFetchScroll( d->hStmt,
+		       SQL_FETCH_LAST,
+		       0 );
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    SQLINTEGER currRow;
+    r = SQLGetStmtAttr( d->hStmt,
+			SQL_ROW_NUMBER,
+			&currRow,
+			SQL_IS_INTEGER,
+			0 );
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS )
+	return FALSE;
+    setAt( currRow-1 );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+TQVariant TQODBCResult::data( int field )
+{
+    if ( field >= (int) d->rInf.count() ) {
+	qWarning( "TQODBCResult::data: column %d out of range", field );
+	return TQVariant();
+    }
+    if ( fieldCache.contains( field ) )
+	return fieldCache[ field ];
+    SQLRETURN r(0);
+    TQSQLLEN lengthIndicator = 0;
+    bool isNull = FALSE;
+    int current = fieldCache.count();
+    for ( ; current < (field + 1); ++current ) {
+	const TQSqlFieldInfo info = d->rInf[ current ];
+	switch ( info.type() ) {
+	case TQVariant::LongLong:
+	    fieldCache[ current ] = TQVariant( (Q_LLONG) qGetBigIntData( d->hStmt, current, isNull ) );
+	    nullCache[ current ] = isNull;
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::Int:
+	    fieldCache[ current ] = TQVariant( qGetIntData( d->hStmt, current, isNull ) );
+	    nullCache[ current ] = isNull;
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::Date:
+	    DATE_STRUCT dbuf;
+	    r = SQLGetData( d->hStmt,
+			    current+1,
+			    SQL_C_DATE,
+			    (SQLPOINTER)&dbuf,
+			    (TQSQLLEN)0,
+			    &lengthIndicator );
+	    if ( ( r == SQL_SUCCESS || r == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) && ( lengthIndicator != SQL_NULL_DATA ) ) {
+		fieldCache[ current ] = TQVariant( TQDate( dbuf.year, dbuf.month, dbuf.day ) );
+		nullCache[ current ] = FALSE;
+	    } else {
+		fieldCache[ current ] = TQVariant( TQDate() );
+		nullCache[ current ] = TRUE;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::Time:
+	    TIME_STRUCT tbuf;
+	    r = SQLGetData( d->hStmt,
+			    current+1,
+			    SQL_C_TIME,
+			    (SQLPOINTER)&tbuf,
+			    (TQSQLLEN)0,
+			    &lengthIndicator );
+	    if ( ( r == SQL_SUCCESS || r == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) && ( lengthIndicator != SQL_NULL_DATA ) ) {
+		fieldCache[ current ] = TQVariant( TQTime( tbuf.hour, tbuf.minute, tbuf.second ) );
+		nullCache[ current ] = FALSE;
+	    } else {
+		fieldCache[ current ] = TQVariant( TQTime() );
+		nullCache[ current ] = TRUE;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::DateTime:
+	    TIMESTAMP_STRUCT dtbuf;
+	    r = SQLGetData( d->hStmt,
+			    current+1,
+			    SQL_C_TIMESTAMP,
+			    (SQLPOINTER)&dtbuf,
+			    (TQSQLLEN)0,
+			    &lengthIndicator );
+	    if ( ( r == SQL_SUCCESS || r == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) && ( lengthIndicator != SQL_NULL_DATA ) ) {
+		fieldCache[ current ] = TQVariant( TQDateTime( TQDate( dtbuf.year, dtbuf.month, dtbuf.day ), TQTime( dtbuf.hour, dtbuf.minute, dtbuf.second, dtbuf.fraction / 1000000 ) ) );
+		nullCache[ current ] = FALSE;
+	    } else {
+		fieldCache[ current ] = TQVariant( TQDateTime() );
+		nullCache[ current ] = TRUE;
+	    }
+	    break;
+        case TQVariant::ByteArray: {
+	    isNull = FALSE;
+	    TQByteArray val = qGetBinaryData( d->hStmt, current, lengthIndicator, isNull );
+	    fieldCache[ current ] = TQVariant( val );
+	    nullCache[ current ] = isNull;
+	    break; }
+	case TQVariant::String:
+	    isNull = FALSE;
+	    fieldCache[ current ] = TQVariant( qGetStringData( d->hStmt, current,
+					      info.length(), isNull, TRUE ) );
+	    nullCache[ current ] = isNull;
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::Double:
+	    if ( info.typeID() == SQL_DECIMAL || info.typeID() == SQL_NUMERIC )
+		// bind Double values as string to prevent loss of precision
+		fieldCache[ current ] = TQVariant( qGetStringData( d->hStmt, current,
+						  info.length() + 1, isNull, FALSE ) ); // length + 1 for the comma
+	    else
+		fieldCache[ current ] = TQVariant( qGetDoubleData( d->hStmt, current, isNull ) );
+	    nullCache[ current ] = isNull;
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::CString:
+	default:
+	    isNull = FALSE;
+	    fieldCache[ current ] = TQVariant( qGetStringData( d->hStmt, current,
+					      info.length(), isNull, FALSE ) );
+	    nullCache[ current ] = isNull;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    return fieldCache[ --current ];
+}
+
+bool TQODBCResult::isNull( int field )
+{
+    if ( !fieldCache.contains( field ) ) {
+	// since there is no good way to find out whether the value is NULL
+	// without fetching the field we'll fetch it here.
+	// (data() also sets the NULL flag)
+	data( field );
+    }
+    return nullCache[ field ];
+}
+
+int TQODBCResult::size()
+{
+    return -1;
+}
+
+int TQODBCResult::numRowsAffected()
+{
+    TQSQLLEN affectedRowCount(0);
+    SQLRETURN r = SQLRowCount( d->hStmt, &affectedRowCount );
+    if ( r == SQL_SUCCESS )
+	return affectedRowCount;
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+    else
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCResult::numRowsAffected: Unable to count affected rows", d );
+#endif
+    return -1;
+}
+
+bool TQODBCResult::prepare( const TQString& query )
+{
+    setActive( FALSE );
+    setAt( TQSql::BeforeFirst );
+    SQLRETURN r;
+
+    d->rInf.clear();
+    if ( d->hStmt ) {
+	r = SQLFreeHandle( SQL_HANDLE_STMT, d->hStmt );
+	if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	    qSqlWarning( "TQODBCResult::prepare: Unable to close statement", d );
+#endif
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+    r  = SQLAllocHandle( SQL_HANDLE_STMT,
+	    		 d->hDbc,
+			 &d->hStmt );
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCResult::prepare: Unable to allocate statement handle", d );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if ( isForwardOnly() ) {
+	r = SQLSetStmtAttr( d->hStmt,
+	    		    SQL_ATTR_CURSOR_TYPE,
+			    (SQLPOINTER)SQL_CURSOR_FORWARD_ONLY,
+			    SQL_IS_UINTEGER );
+    } else {
+	r = SQLSetStmtAttr( d->hStmt,
+			    SQL_ATTR_CURSOR_TYPE,
+			    (SQLPOINTER)SQL_CURSOR_STATIC,
+			    SQL_IS_UINTEGER );
+    }
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS && r != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCResult::prepare: Unable to set 'SQL_CURSOR_STATIC' as statement attribute. Please check your ODBC driver configuration", d );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+    r = SQLPrepare( d->hStmt,
+		    (SQLWCHAR*) query.unicode(),
+		    (SQLINTEGER) query.length() );
+#else
+    TQCString query8 = query.local8Bit();
+    r = SQLPrepare( d->hStmt,
+		    (SQLCHAR*) query8.data(),
+		    (SQLINTEGER) query8.length() );
+#endif
+
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCResult::prepare: Unable to prepare statement", d );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQODBCResult::exec()
+{
+    SQLRETURN r;
+    TQPtrList<TQVirtualDestructor> tmpStorage; // holds temporary ptrs. which will be deleted on fu exit
+    tmpStorage.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+
+    setActive( FALSE );
+    setAt( TQSql::BeforeFirst );
+    d->rInf.clear();
+
+    if ( !d->hStmt ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCResult::exec: No statement handle available", d );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    } else {
+	r = SQLFreeStmt( d->hStmt, SQL_CLOSE );
+	if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+	    qSqlWarning( "TQODBCResult::exec: Unable to close statement handle", d );
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    // bind parameters - only positional binding allowed
+    if ( extension()->index.count() > 0 ) {
+	TQMap<int, TQString>::Iterator it;
+	int para = 1;
+	TQVariant val;
+	for ( it = extension()->index.begin(); it != extension()->index.end(); ++it ) {
+	    val = extension()->values[ it.data() ].value;
+	    TQSQLLEN *ind = new TQSQLLEN( SQL_NTS );
+	    tmpStorage.append( qAutoDeleter(ind) );
+	    if ( val.isNull() ) {
+		*ind = SQL_NULL_DATA;
+	    }
+	    switch ( val.type() ) {
+		case TQVariant::Date: {
+		    DATE_STRUCT * dt = new DATE_STRUCT;
+		    tmpStorage.append( qAutoDeleter(dt) );
+		    TQDate qdt = val.toDate();
+		    dt->year = qdt.year();
+		    dt->month = qdt.month();
+		    dt->day = qdt.day();
+		    r = SQLBindParameter( d->hStmt,
+					  para,
+					  qParamType[ (int)extension()->values[ it.data() ].typ ],
+					  SQL_C_DATE,
+					  SQL_DATE,
+					  0,
+					  0,
+					  (void *) dt,
+					  (TQSQLLEN)0,
+					  *ind == SQL_NULL_DATA ? ind : NULL );
+		    break; }
+		case TQVariant::Time: {
+		    TIME_STRUCT * dt = new TIME_STRUCT;
+		    tmpStorage.append( qAutoDeleter(dt) );
+		    TQTime qdt = val.toTime();
+		    dt->hour = qdt.hour();
+		    dt->minute = qdt.minute();
+		    dt->second = qdt.second();
+		    r = SQLBindParameter( d->hStmt,
+					  para,
+					  qParamType[ (int)extension()->values[ it.data() ].typ ],
+					  SQL_C_TIME,
+					  SQL_TIME,
+					  0,
+					  0,
+					  (void *) dt,
+					  (TQSQLLEN)0,
+	        			  *ind == SQL_NULL_DATA ? ind : NULL );
+		    break; }
+		case TQVariant::DateTime: {
+		    TIMESTAMP_STRUCT * dt = new TIMESTAMP_STRUCT;
+		    tmpStorage.append( qAutoDeleter(dt) );
+		    TQDateTime qdt = val.toDateTime();
+		    dt->year = qdt.date().year();
+		    dt->month = qdt.date().month();
+		    dt->day = qdt.date().day();
+		    dt->hour = qdt.time().hour();
+		    dt->minute = qdt.time().minute();
+		    dt->second = qdt.time().second();
+		    dt->fraction = 0;
+		    r = SQLBindParameter( d->hStmt,
+					  para,
+					  qParamType[ (int)extension()->values[ it.data() ].typ ],
+					  SQL_C_TIMESTAMP,
+					  SQL_TIMESTAMP,
+					  0,
+					  0,
+					  (void *) dt,
+					  (TQSQLLEN)0,
+					  *ind == SQL_NULL_DATA ? ind : NULL );
+		    break; }
+	        case TQVariant::Int: {
+		    int * v = new int( val.toInt() );
+		    tmpStorage.append( qAutoDeleter(v) );
+		    r = SQLBindParameter( d->hStmt,
+					  para,
+					  qParamType[ (int)extension()->values[ it.data() ].typ ],
+					  SQL_C_SLONG,
+					  SQL_INTEGER,
+					  0,
+					  0,
+					  (void *) v,
+					  (TQSQLLEN)0,
+					  *ind == SQL_NULL_DATA ? ind : NULL );
+		    break; }
+	        case TQVariant::Double: {
+		    double * v = new double( val.toDouble() );
+		    tmpStorage.append( qAutoDeleter(v) );
+		    r = SQLBindParameter( d->hStmt,
+					  para,
+					  qParamType[ (int)extension()->values[ it.data() ].typ ],
+					  SQL_C_DOUBLE,
+					  SQL_DOUBLE,
+					  0,
+					  0,
+					  (void *) v,
+					  (TQSQLLEN)0,
+					  *ind == SQL_NULL_DATA ? ind : NULL );
+		    break; }
+	        case TQVariant::ByteArray: {
+		    if ( *ind != SQL_NULL_DATA ) {
+			*ind = val.asByteArray().size();
+		    }
+		    r = SQLBindParameter( d->hStmt,
+					  para,
+					  qParamType[ (int)extension()->values[ it.data() ].typ ],
+					  SQL_C_BINARY,
+					  SQL_LONGVARBINARY,
+					  val.asByteArray().size(),
+					  0,
+					  (void *) val.asByteArray().data(),
+					  (TQSQLLEN)val.asByteArray().size(),
+					  ind );
+		    break; }
+#ifndef Q_ODBC_VERSION_2
+	        case TQVariant::String:
+		    if ( d->unicode ) {
+			TQString * str = new TQString( val.asString() );
+			str->ucs2();
+			int len = str->length()*2;
+			tmpStorage.append( qAutoDeleter(str) );
+			r = SQLBindParameter( d->hStmt,
+					      para,
+					      qParamType[ (int)extension()->values[ it.data() ].typ ],
+					      SQL_C_WCHAR,
+					      len > 8000 ? SQL_WLONGVARCHAR : SQL_WVARCHAR,
+					      len > 8000 ? len : 0,
+					      0,
+					      (void *) str->unicode(),
+					      (TQSQLLEN) len,
+					      ind );
+			break;
+		    }
+#endif
+		    // fall through
+	        default: {
+		    TQCString * str = new TQCString( val.asString().local8Bit() );
+		    tmpStorage.append( qAutoDeleter(str) );
+		    r = SQLBindParameter( d->hStmt,
+					  para,
+					  qParamType[ (int)extension()->values[ it.data() ].typ ],
+					  SQL_C_CHAR,
+					  str->length() > 4000 ? SQL_LONGVARCHAR : SQL_VARCHAR,
+					  str->length() + 1,
+					  0,
+					  (void *) str->data(),
+					  (TQSQLLEN)(str->length() + 1),
+					  ind );
+		    break; }
+	    }
+	    para++;
+	    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+		qWarning( "TQODBCResult::exec: unable to bind variable: %s", qODBCWarn( d ).local8Bit().data() );
+#endif
+		setLastError( qMakeError( "Unable to bind variable", TQSqlError::Statement, d ) );
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    r = SQLExecute( d->hStmt );
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS && r != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "TQODBCResult::exec: Unable to execute statement: %s", qODBCWarn( d ).local8Bit().data() );
+#endif
+	setLastError( qMakeError( "Unable to execute statement", TQSqlError::Statement, d ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    SQLSMALLINT count;
+    r = SQLNumResultCols( d->hStmt, &count );
+    if ( count ) {
+	setSelect( TRUE );
+	for ( int i = 0; i < count; ++i ) {
+	    d->rInf.append( qMakeFieldInfo( d, i ) );
+	}
+    } else {
+	setSelect( FALSE );
+    }
+    setActive( TRUE );
+
+    //get out parameters
+    if ( extension()->index.count() > 0 ) {
+	TQMap<int, TQString>::Iterator it;
+	for ( it = extension()->index.begin(); it != extension()->index.end(); ++it ) {
+
+	    SQLINTEGER* indPtr = qAutoDeleterData( (TQAutoDeleter<SQLINTEGER>*)tmpStorage.getFirst() );
+	    if ( !indPtr )
+		return FALSE;
+	    bool isNull = (*indPtr == SQL_NULL_DATA);
+	    tmpStorage.removeFirst();
+
+	    TQVariant::Type type = extension()->values[ it.data() ].value.type();
+	    if ( isNull ) {
+		TQVariant v;
+		v.cast(type);
+		extension()->values[ it.data() ].value = v;
+		if (type != TQVariant::ByteArray)
+		    tmpStorage.removeFirst();
+		continue;
+	    }
+
+	    switch (type) {
+		case TQVariant::Date: {
+		    DATE_STRUCT * ds = qAutoDeleterData( (TQAutoDeleter<DATE_STRUCT>*)tmpStorage.getFirst() );
+		    extension()->values[ it.data() ].value = TQVariant( TQDate( ds->year, ds->month, ds->day ) );
+		    break; }
+		case TQVariant::Time: {
+		    TIME_STRUCT * dt = qAutoDeleterData( (TQAutoDeleter<TIME_STRUCT>*)tmpStorage.getFirst() );
+		    extension()->values[ it.data() ].value = TQVariant( TQTime( dt->hour, dt->minute, dt->second ) );
+		    break; }
+		case TQVariant::DateTime: {
+		    TIMESTAMP_STRUCT * dt = qAutoDeleterData( (TQAutoDeleter<TIMESTAMP_STRUCT>*)tmpStorage.getFirst() );
+		    extension()->values[ it.data() ].value = TQVariant( TQDateTime( TQDate( dt->year, dt->month, dt->day ),
+										  TQTime( dt->hour, dt->minute, dt->second ) ) );
+		    break; }
+	        case TQVariant::Int: {
+		    int * v = qAutoDeleterData( (TQAutoDeleter<int>*)tmpStorage.getFirst() );
+		    extension()->values[ it.data() ].value = TQVariant( *v );
+		    break; }
+	        case TQVariant::Double: {
+		    double * v = qAutoDeleterData( (TQAutoDeleter<double>*)tmpStorage.getFirst() );
+		    extension()->values[ it.data() ].value = TQVariant( *v );
+		    break; }
+	        case TQVariant::ByteArray:
+		    break;
+	        case TQVariant::String:
+		    if ( d->unicode ) {
+			TQString * str = qAutoDeleterData( (TQAutoDeleter<TQString>*)tmpStorage.getFirst() );
+			extension()->values[ it.data() ].value = TQVariant( *str );
+			break;
+		    }
+		    // fall through
+	        default: {
+		    TQCString * str = qAutoDeleterData( (TQAutoDeleter<TQCString>*)tmpStorage.getFirst() );
+		    extension()->values[ it.data() ].value = TQVariant( *str );
+		    break; }
+	    }
+	    if (type != TQVariant::ByteArray)
+		tmpStorage.removeFirst();
+	}
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+TQODBCDriver::TQODBCDriver( TQObject * parent, const char * name )
+    : TQSqlDriver(parent,name ? name : "TQODBC")
+{
+    init();
+}
+
+TQODBCDriver::TQODBCDriver( SQLHANDLE env, SQLHANDLE con, TQObject * parent, const char * name )
+    : TQSqlDriver(parent,name ? name : "TQODBC")
+{
+    init();
+    d->hEnv = env;
+    d->hDbc = con;
+    if ( env && con ) {
+	setOpen( TRUE );
+	setOpenError( FALSE );
+    }
+}
+
+void TQODBCDriver::init()
+{
+    qSqlOpenExtDict()->insert( this, new TQODBCOpenExtension(this) );
+    d = new TQODBCPrivate();
+}
+
+TQODBCDriver::~TQODBCDriver()
+{
+    cleanup();
+    delete d;
+    if ( !qSqlOpenExtDict()->isEmpty() ) {
+	TQSqlOpenExtension *ext = qSqlOpenExtDict()->take( this );
+	delete ext;
+    }
+}
+
+bool TQODBCDriver::hasFeature( DriverFeature f ) const
+{
+    switch ( f ) {
+    case Transactions: {
+	if ( !d->hDbc )
+	    return FALSE;
+	SQLUSMALLINT txn;
+	SQLSMALLINT t;
+	int r = SQLGetInfo( d->hDbc,
+			(SQLUSMALLINT)SQL_TXN_CAPABLE,
+			&txn,
+			sizeof(txn),
+			&t);
+	if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS || txn == SQL_TC_NONE )
+	    return FALSE;
+	else
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+    case QuerySize:
+	return FALSE;
+    case BLOB:
+	return TRUE;
+    case Unicode:
+	return d->unicode;
+    case PreparedQueries:
+	return TRUE;
+    case PositionalPlaceholders:
+	return TRUE;
+    default:
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+bool TQODBCDriver::open( const TQString&,
+			const TQString&,
+			const TQString&,
+			const TQString&,
+			int )
+{
+    qWarning("TQODBCDriver::open(): This version of open() is no longer supported." );
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool TQODBCDriver::open( const TQString & db,
+			const TQString & user,
+			const TQString & password,
+			const TQString &,
+			int,
+			const TQString& connOpts )
+{
+    if ( isOpen() )
+      close();
+    SQLRETURN r;
+    r = SQLAllocHandle( SQL_HANDLE_ENV,
+			SQL_NULL_HANDLE,
+			&d->hEnv);
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS && r != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver::open: Unable to allocate environment", d );
+#endif
+	setOpenError( TRUE );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    r = SQLSetEnvAttr( d->hEnv,
+		       SQL_ATTR_ODBC_VERSION,
+		       (SQLPOINTER)SQL_OV_ODBC2,
+		       SQL_IS_UINTEGER );
+    r = SQLAllocHandle( SQL_HANDLE_DBC,
+		        d->hEnv,
+		        &d->hDbc);
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS && r != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver::open: Unable to allocate connection", d );
+#endif
+	setOpenError( TRUE );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if ( !d->setConnectionOptions( connOpts ) )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    // Create the connection string
+    TQString connTQStr;
+    // support the "DRIVER={SQL SERVER};SERVER=blah" syntax
+    if ( db.contains(".dsn") )
+	connTQStr = "FILEDSN=" + db;
+    else if ( db.contains( "DRIVER" ) || db.contains( "SERVER" ) )
+	connTQStr = db;
+    else
+	connTQStr = "DSN=" + db;
+    connTQStr += ";UID=" + user + ";PWD=" + password;
+    SQLSMALLINT cb;
+    SQLTCHAR connOut[1024];
+    r = SQLDriverConnect( d->hDbc,
+			  NULL,
+#ifdef UNICODE
+			  (SQLWCHAR*)connTQStr.unicode(),
+#else
+			  (SQLCHAR*)connTQStr.latin1(),
+#endif
+			  (SQLSMALLINT)connTQStr.length(),
+			  connOut,
+			  1024,
+			  &cb,
+			  SQL_DRIVER_NOPROMPT );
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS && r != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) {
+	setLastError( qMakeError( "Unable to connect", TQSqlError::Connection, d ) );
+	setOpenError( TRUE );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if ( !d->checkDriver() ) {
+	setLastError( qMakeError( "Unable to connect - Driver doesn't support all needed functionality", TQSqlError::Connection, d ) );
+	setOpenError( TRUE );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    d->checkUnicode();
+    d->checkSchemaUsage();
+
+    setOpen( TRUE );
+    setOpenError( FALSE );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+void TQODBCDriver::close()
+{
+    cleanup();
+    setOpen( FALSE );
+    setOpenError( FALSE );
+}
+
+void TQODBCDriver::cleanup()
+{
+    SQLRETURN r;
+    if ( !d )
+	return;
+
+    if( d->hDbc ) {
+	// Open statements/descriptors handles are automatically cleaned up by SQLDisconnect
+	if ( isOpen() ) {
+	    r = SQLDisconnect( d->hDbc );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS )
+		qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver::disconnect: Unable to disconnect datasource", d );
+#endif
+	}
+
+	r = SQLFreeHandle( SQL_HANDLE_DBC, d->hDbc );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS )
+	    qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver::cleanup: Unable to free connection handle", d );
+#endif
+	d->hDbc = 0;
+    }
+
+    if ( d->hEnv ) {
+	r = SQLFreeHandle( SQL_HANDLE_ENV, d->hEnv );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS )
+	    qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver::cleanup: Unable to free environment handle", d );
+#endif
+	d->hEnv = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+// checks whether the server can return char, varchar and longvarchar
+// as two byte unicode characters
+void TQODBCPrivate::checkUnicode()
+{
+#if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
+    if ( !qt_winunicode ) {
+	unicode = FALSE;
+	return;
+    }
+#endif
+    SQLRETURN   r;
+    SQLUINTEGER fFunc;
+
+    unicode = FALSE;
+    r = SQLGetInfo( hDbc,
+		    SQL_CONVERT_CHAR,
+		    (SQLPOINTER)&fFunc,
+		    sizeof(fFunc),
+		    NULL );
+    if ( ( r == SQL_SUCCESS || r == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) && ( fFunc & SQL_CVT_WCHAR ) ) {
+	sql_char_type = TQVariant::String;
+	unicode = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    r = SQLGetInfo( hDbc,
+		    SQL_CONVERT_VARCHAR,
+		    (SQLPOINTER)&fFunc,
+		    sizeof(fFunc),
+		    NULL );
+    if ( ( r == SQL_SUCCESS || r == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) && ( fFunc & SQL_CVT_WVARCHAR ) ) {
+	sql_varchar_type = TQVariant::String;
+	unicode = TRUE;
+    }
+
+    r = SQLGetInfo( hDbc,
+		    SQL_CONVERT_LONGVARCHAR,
+		    (SQLPOINTER)&fFunc,
+		    sizeof(fFunc),
+		    NULL );
+    if ( ( r == SQL_SUCCESS || r == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO ) && ( fFunc & SQL_CVT_WLONGVARCHAR ) ) {
+	sql_longvarchar_type = TQVariant::String;
+	unicode = TRUE;
+    }
+}
+
+bool TQODBCPrivate::checkDriver() const
+{
+#ifdef ODBC_CHECK_DRIVER
+    // do not query for SQL_API_SQLFETCHSCROLL because it can't be used at this time
+    static const SQLUSMALLINT reqFunc[] = {
+		SQL_API_SQLDESCRIBECOL, SQL_API_SQLGETDATA, SQL_API_SQLCOLUMNS,
+		SQL_API_SQLGETSTMTATTR, SQL_API_SQLGETDIAGREC, SQL_API_SQLEXECDIRECT,
+		SQL_API_SQLGETINFO, SQL_API_SQLTABLES, 0
+    };
+
+    // these functions are optional
+    static const SQLUSMALLINT optFunc[] = {
+	SQL_API_SQLNUMRESULTCOLS, SQL_API_SQLROWCOUNT, 0
+    };
+
+    SQLRETURN r;
+    SQLUSMALLINT sup;
+
+
+    int i;
+    // check the retquired functions
+    for ( i = 0; reqFunc[ i ] != 0; ++i ) {
+
+	r = SQLGetFunctions( hDbc, reqFunc[ i ], &sup );
+
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+        if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+	    qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver::checkDriver: Cannot get list of supported functions", this );
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+#endif
+	if ( sup == SQL_FALSE ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	    qWarning ( "TQODBCDriver::open: Warning - Driver doesn't support all needed functionality (%d). "
+		       "Please look at the TQt SQL Module Driver documentation for more information.", reqFunc[ i ] );
+#endif
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    // these functions are optional and just generate a warning
+    for ( i = 0; optFunc[ i ] != 0; ++i ) {
+
+	r = SQLGetFunctions( hDbc, optFunc[ i ], &sup );
+
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+        if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+	    qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver::checkDriver: Cannot get list of supported functions", this );
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+#endif
+	if ( sup == SQL_FALSE ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	    qWarning( "TQODBCDriver::checkDriver: Warning - Driver doesn't support some non-critical functions (%d)", optFunc[ i ] );
+#endif
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+#endif //ODBC_CHECK_DRIVER
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+void TQODBCPrivate::checkSchemaUsage()
+{
+    SQLRETURN   r;
+    SQLUINTEGER val;
+
+    r = SQLGetInfo(hDbc,
+		   SQL_SCHEMA_USAGE,
+		   (SQLPOINTER) &val,
+		   sizeof(val),
+		   NULL);
+    if (r == SQL_SUCCESS || r == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)
+	useSchema = (val != 0);
+}
+
+TQSqlQuery TQODBCDriver::createQuery() const
+{
+    return TQSqlQuery( new TQODBCResult( this, d ) );
+}
+
+bool TQODBCDriver::beginTransaction()
+{
+    if ( !isOpen() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning(" TQODBCDriver::beginTransaction: Database not open" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    SQLUINTEGER ac(SQL_AUTOCOMMIT_OFF);
+    SQLRETURN r  = SQLSetConnectAttr( d->hDbc,
+				      SQL_ATTR_AUTOCOMMIT,
+				      (SQLPOINTER)ac,
+				      sizeof(ac) );
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+	setLastError( qMakeError( "Unable to disable autocommit", TQSqlError::Transaction, d ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQODBCDriver::commitTransaction()
+{
+    if ( !isOpen() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning(" TQODBCDriver::commitTransaction: Database not open" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    SQLRETURN r = SQLEndTran( SQL_HANDLE_DBC,
+			      d->hDbc,
+			      SQL_COMMIT );
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+	setLastError( qMakeError("Unable to commit transaction", TQSqlError::Transaction, d ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return endTrans();
+}
+
+bool TQODBCDriver::rollbackTransaction()
+{
+    if ( !isOpen() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning(" TQODBCDriver::rollbackTransaction: Database not open" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    SQLRETURN r = SQLEndTran( SQL_HANDLE_DBC,
+			      d->hDbc,
+			      SQL_ROLLBACK );
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+	setLastError( qMakeError( "Unable to rollback transaction", TQSqlError::Transaction, d ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return endTrans();
+}
+
+bool TQODBCDriver::endTrans()
+{
+    SQLUINTEGER ac(SQL_AUTOCOMMIT_ON);
+    SQLRETURN r  = SQLSetConnectAttr( d->hDbc,
+				      SQL_ATTR_AUTOCOMMIT,
+				      (SQLPOINTER)ac,
+				      sizeof(ac));
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+	setLastError( qMakeError( "Unable to enable autocommit", TQSqlError::Transaction, d ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+TQStringList TQODBCDriver::tables( const TQString& typeName ) const
+{
+    TQStringList tl;
+    if ( !isOpen() )
+	return tl;
+    int type = typeName.toInt();
+    SQLHANDLE hStmt;
+
+    SQLRETURN r = SQLAllocHandle( SQL_HANDLE_STMT,
+				  d->hDbc,
+				  &hStmt );
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver::tables: Unable to allocate handle", d );
+#endif
+	return tl;
+    }
+    r = SQLSetStmtAttr( hStmt,
+			SQL_ATTR_CURSOR_TYPE,
+			(SQLPOINTER)SQL_CURSOR_FORWARD_ONLY,
+			SQL_IS_UINTEGER );
+    TQString tableType;
+    if ( typeName.isEmpty() || ((type & (int)TQSql::Tables) == (int)TQSql::Tables) )
+	tableType += "TABLE,";
+    if ( (type & (int)TQSql::Views) == (int)TQSql::Views )
+	tableType += "VIEW,";
+    if ( (type & (int)TQSql::SystemTables) == (int)TQSql::SystemTables )
+	tableType += "SYSTEM TABLE,";
+    if ( tableType.isEmpty() )
+	return tl;
+    tableType.truncate( tableType.length() - 1 );
+
+    r = SQLTables( hStmt,
+		   NULL,
+		   0,
+		   NULL,
+		   0,
+		   NULL,
+		   0,
+#ifdef UNICODE
+		   (SQLWCHAR*)tableType.unicode(),
+#else
+		   (SQLCHAR*)tableType.latin1(),
+#endif
+		   tableType.length() /* characters, not bytes */ );
+
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS )
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver::tables Unable to execute table list", d );
+#endif
+    r = SQLFetchScroll( hStmt,
+			SQL_FETCH_NEXT,
+			0);
+    while ( r == SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+	bool isNull;
+	TQString fieldVal = qGetStringData( hStmt, 2, -1, isNull, d->unicode );
+	tl.append( fieldVal );
+	r = SQLFetchScroll( hStmt,
+			    SQL_FETCH_NEXT,
+			    0);
+    }
+
+    r = SQLFreeHandle( SQL_HANDLE_STMT, hStmt );
+    if ( r!= SQL_SUCCESS )
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver: Unable to free statement handle" + TQString::number(r), d );
+    return tl;
+}
+
+TQSqlIndex TQODBCDriver::primaryIndex( const TQString& tablename ) const
+{
+    TQSqlIndex index( tablename );
+    if ( !isOpen() )
+	return index;
+    bool usingSpecialColumns = FALSE;
+    TQSqlRecord rec = record( tablename );
+
+    SQLHANDLE hStmt;
+    SQLRETURN r = SQLAllocHandle( SQL_HANDLE_STMT,
+				  d->hDbc,
+				  &hStmt );
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver::primaryIndex: Unable to list primary key", d );
+#endif
+	return index;
+    }
+    TQString catalog, schema, table;
+    d->splitTableQualifier( tablename, catalog, schema, table );
+    r = SQLSetStmtAttr( hStmt,
+			SQL_ATTR_CURSOR_TYPE,
+			(SQLPOINTER)SQL_CURSOR_FORWARD_ONLY,
+			SQL_IS_UINTEGER );
+    r = SQLPrimaryKeys( hStmt,
+#ifdef UNICODE
+			catalog.length() == 0 ? NULL : (SQLWCHAR*)catalog.unicode(),
+#else
+			catalog.length() == 0 ? NULL : (SQLCHAR*)catalog.latin1(),
+#endif
+			catalog.length(),
+#ifdef UNICODE
+			schema.length() == 0 ? NULL : (SQLWCHAR*)schema.unicode(),
+#else
+			schema.length() == 0 ? NULL : (SQLCHAR*)schema.latin1(),
+#endif
+			schema.length(),
+#ifdef UNICODE
+			(SQLWCHAR*)table.unicode(),
+#else
+			(SQLCHAR*)table.latin1(),
+#endif
+			table.length() /* in characters, not in bytes */);
+
+    // if the SQLPrimaryKeys() call does not succeed (e.g the driver
+    // does not support it) - try an alternative method to get hold of
+    // the primary index (e.g MS Access and FoxPro)
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+	    r = SQLSpecialColumns( hStmt,
+				   SQL_BEST_ROWID,
+#ifdef UNICODE
+				   catalog.length() == 0 ? NULL : (SQLWCHAR*)catalog.unicode(),
+#else
+				   catalog.length() == 0 ? NULL : (SQLCHAR*)catalog.latin1(),
+#endif
+				   catalog.length(),
+#ifdef UNICODE
+				   schema.length() == 0 ? NULL : (SQLWCHAR*)schema.unicode(),
+#else
+				   schema.length() == 0 ? NULL : (SQLCHAR*)schema.latin1(),
+#endif
+				   schema.length(),
+#ifdef UNICODE
+				   (SQLWCHAR*)table.unicode(),
+#else
+				   (SQLCHAR*)table.latin1(),
+#endif
+
+				   table.length(),
+				   SQL_SCOPE_CURROW,
+				   SQL_NULLABLE );
+
+	    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+		qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver::primaryIndex: Unable to execute primary key list", d );
+#endif
+	    } else {
+		usingSpecialColumns = TRUE;
+	    }
+    }
+    r = SQLFetchScroll( hStmt,
+			SQL_FETCH_NEXT,
+			0 );
+    bool isNull;
+    int fakeId = 0;
+    TQString cName, idxName;
+    // Store all fields in a StringList because some drivers can't detail fields in this FETCH loop
+    while ( r == SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+	if ( usingSpecialColumns ) {
+	    cName = qGetStringData( hStmt, 1, -1, isNull, d->unicode ); // column name
+	    idxName = TQString::number( fakeId++ ); // invent a fake index name
+	} else {
+	    cName = qGetStringData( hStmt, 3, -1, isNull, d->unicode ); // column name
+	    idxName = qGetStringData( hStmt, 5, -1, isNull, d->unicode ); // pk index name
+	}
+        TQSqlField *fld = rec.field(cName);
+        if (fld)
+	    index.append(*fld);
+	index.setName( idxName );
+	r = SQLFetchScroll( hStmt,
+			    SQL_FETCH_NEXT,
+			    0 );
+    }
+    r = SQLFreeHandle( SQL_HANDLE_STMT, hStmt );
+    if ( r!= SQL_SUCCESS )
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver: Unable to free statement handle" + TQString::number(r), d );
+    return index;
+}
+
+TQSqlRecord TQODBCDriver::record( const TQString& tablename ) const
+{
+    return recordInfo( tablename ).toRecord();
+}
+
+TQSqlRecord TQODBCDriver::record( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const
+{
+    return recordInfo( query ).toRecord();
+}
+
+TQSqlRecordInfo TQODBCDriver::recordInfo( const TQString& tablename ) const
+{
+    TQSqlRecordInfo fil;
+    if ( !isOpen() )
+	return fil;
+
+    SQLHANDLE hStmt;
+    TQString catalog, schema, table;
+    d->splitTableQualifier( tablename, catalog, schema, table );
+    SQLRETURN r = SQLAllocHandle( SQL_HANDLE_STMT,
+				  d->hDbc,
+				  &hStmt );
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver::record: Unable to allocate handle", d );
+#endif
+	return fil;
+    }
+    r = SQLSetStmtAttr( hStmt,
+			SQL_ATTR_CURSOR_TYPE,
+			(SQLPOINTER)SQL_CURSOR_FORWARD_ONLY,
+			SQL_IS_UINTEGER );
+    r =  SQLColumns( hStmt,
+#ifdef UNICODE
+		     catalog.length() == 0 ? NULL : (SQLWCHAR*)catalog.unicode(),
+#else
+		     catalog.length() == 0 ? NULL : (SQLCHAR*)catalog.latin1(),
+#endif
+		     catalog.length(),
+#ifdef UNICODE
+		     schema.length() == 0 ? NULL : (SQLWCHAR*)schema.unicode(),
+#else
+		     schema.length() == 0 ? NULL : (SQLCHAR*)schema.latin1(),
+#endif
+		     schema.length(),
+#ifdef UNICODE
+		     (SQLWCHAR*)table.unicode(),
+#else
+		     (SQLCHAR*)table.latin1(),
+#endif
+		     table.length(),
+		     NULL,
+		     0 );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+    if ( r != SQL_SUCCESS )
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver::record: Unable to execute column list", d );
+#endif
+    r = SQLFetchScroll( hStmt,
+			SQL_FETCH_NEXT,
+			0);
+    // Store all fields in a StringList because some drivers can't detail fields in this FETCH loop
+    while ( r == SQL_SUCCESS ) {
+
+	fil.append( qMakeFieldInfo( hStmt, d ) );
+
+	r = SQLFetchScroll( hStmt,
+			    SQL_FETCH_NEXT,
+			    0);
+    }
+
+    r = SQLFreeHandle( SQL_HANDLE_STMT, hStmt );
+    if ( r!= SQL_SUCCESS )
+	qSqlWarning( "TQODBCDriver: Unable to free statement handle " + TQString::number(r), d );
+
+    return fil;
+}
+
+TQSqlRecordInfo TQODBCDriver::recordInfo( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const
+{
+    TQSqlRecordInfo fil;
+    if ( !isOpen() )
+	return fil;
+    if ( query.isActive() && query.driver() == this ) {
+	TQODBCResult* result = (TQODBCResult*)query.result();
+	fil = result->d->rInf;
+    }
+    return fil;
+}
+
+SQLHANDLE TQODBCDriver::environment()
+{
+    return d->hEnv;
+}
+
+SQLHANDLE TQODBCDriver::connection()
+{
+    return d->hDbc;
+}
+
+TQString TQODBCDriver::formatValue( const TQSqlField* field,
+				  bool trimStrings ) const
+{
+    TQString r;
+    if ( field->isNull() ) {
+	r = nullText();
+    } else if ( field->type() == TQVariant::DateTime ) {
+	// Use an escape sequence for the datetime fields
+	if ( field->value().toDateTime().isValid() ){
+	    TQDate dt = field->value().toDateTime().date();
+	    TQTime tm = field->value().toDateTime().time();
+	    // Dateformat has to be "yyyy-MM-dd hh:mm:ss", with leading zeroes if month or day < 10
+	    r = "{ ts '" +
+		TQString::number(dt.year()) + "-" +
+		TQString::number(dt.month()).rightJustify( 2, '0', TRUE ) + "-" +
+		TQString::number(dt.day()).rightJustify( 2, '0', TRUE ) + " " +
+		tm.toString() +
+		"' }";
+	} else
+	    r = nullText();
+    } else if ( field->type() == TQVariant::ByteArray ) {
+	TQByteArray ba = field->value().toByteArray();
+	TQString res;
+	static const char hexchars[] = "0123456789abcdef";
+	for ( uint i = 0; i < ba.size(); ++i ) {
+	    uchar s = (uchar) ba[(int)i];
+	    res += hexchars[s >> 4];
+	    res += hexchars[s & 0x0f];
+	}
+	r = "0x" + res;
+    } else {
+	r = TQSqlDriver::formatValue( field, trimStrings );
+    }
+    return r;
+}
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/odbc/qsql_odbc.h b/src/sql/drivers/odbc/qsql_odbc.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b65acf6ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/odbc/qsql_odbc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of ODBC driver classes
+**
+** Created : 001103
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQL_ODBC_H
+#define TQSQL_ODBC_H
+
+#include <qmap.h>
+#include <qstring.h>
+#include <qsqldriver.h>
+#include <qsqlfield.h>
+#include <qsqlresult.h>
+#include <qsqlindex.h>
+
+#if defined (Q_OS_WIN32)
+#include <qt_windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (Q_OS_MAC)
+// assume we use iodbc on MAC
+// comment next line out if you use a 
+// unicode compatible manager
+# define Q_ODBC_VERSION_2
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT_PLUGIN
+#define Q_EXPORT_SQLDRIVER_ODBC
+#else
+#define Q_EXPORT_SQLDRIVER_ODBC Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX
+#define HAVE_LONG_LONG 1 // force UnixODBC NOT to fall back to a struct for BIGINTs
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_CC_BOR)
+// workaround for Borland to make sure that SQLBIGINT is defined
+#  define _MSC_VER 900
+#endif
+#include <sql.h>
+#if defined(Q_CC_BOR)
+#  undef _MSC_VER
+#endif
+
+#include <sqlext.h>
+#include "debian_qsql_odbc.h"
+
+class TQODBCPrivate;
+class TQODBCDriver;
+class TQSqlRecordInfo;
+
+class TQODBCResult : public TQSqlResult
+{
+    friend class TQODBCDriver;
+public:
+    TQODBCResult( const TQODBCDriver * db, TQODBCPrivate* p );
+    ~TQODBCResult();
+
+    SQLHANDLE   statement();
+    bool	prepare( const TQString& query );
+    bool	exec();
+
+protected:
+    bool	fetchNext();
+    bool	fetchFirst();
+    bool	fetchLast();
+    bool	fetchPrior();
+    bool	fetch(int i);
+    bool	reset ( const TQString& query );
+    TQVariant	data( int field );
+    bool	isNull( int field );
+    int         size();
+    int         numRowsAffected();
+private:
+    TQODBCPrivate*	d;
+    typedef TQMap<int,TQVariant> FieldCache;
+    FieldCache fieldCache;
+    typedef TQMap<int,bool> NullCache;
+    NullCache nullCache;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT_SQLDRIVER_ODBC TQODBCDriver : public TQSqlDriver
+{
+public:
+    TQODBCDriver( TQObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 );
+    TQODBCDriver( SQLHANDLE env, SQLHANDLE con, TQObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 );
+    ~TQODBCDriver();
+    bool		hasFeature( DriverFeature f ) const;
+    bool		open( const TQString & db,
+			      const TQString & user = TQString::null,
+			      const TQString & password = TQString::null,
+			      const TQString & host = TQString::null,
+			      int port = -1 );
+    void		close();
+    TQSqlQuery		createQuery() const;
+    TQStringList		tables( const TQString& user ) const;
+    TQSqlRecord		record( const TQString& tablename ) const;
+    TQSqlRecord		record( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const;
+    TQSqlRecordInfo	recordInfo( const TQString& tablename ) const;
+    TQSqlRecordInfo	recordInfo( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const;
+    TQSqlIndex		primaryIndex( const TQString& tablename ) const;
+    SQLHANDLE		environment();
+    SQLHANDLE		connection();
+
+    TQString		formatValue( const TQSqlField* field,
+				     bool trimStrings ) const;
+    // ### remove me for 4.0
+    bool open( const TQString& db,
+	       const TQString& user,
+	       const TQString& password,
+	       const TQString& host,
+	       int port,
+	       const TQString& connOpts );
+    
+protected:
+    bool		beginTransaction();
+    bool		commitTransaction();
+    bool		rollbackTransaction();
+private:
+    void init();
+    bool endTrans();
+    void cleanup();
+    TQODBCPrivate* d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/psql/qsql_psql.cpp b/src/sql/drivers/psql/qsql_psql.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99df0fdfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/psql/qsql_psql.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1117 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of PostgreSQL driver classes
+**
+** Created : 001103
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsql_psql.h"
+#include <private/qsqlextension_p.h>
+
+#include <math.h>
+
+#include <qpointarray.h>
+#include <qsqlrecord.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+// PostgreSQL header <utils/elog.h> included by <postgres.h> redefines DEBUG.
+#if defined(DEBUG)
+# undef DEBUG
+#endif
+#include <postgres.h>
+#include <libpq/libpq-fs.h>
+// PostgreSQL header <catalog/pg_type.h> redefines errno erroneously.
+#if defined(errno)
+# undef errno
+#endif
+#define errno qt_psql_errno
+#include <catalog/pg_type.h>
+#undef errno
+#ifdef open
+# undef open
+#endif
+
+TQPtrDict<TQSqlDriverExtension> *qSqlDriverExtDict();
+TQPtrDict<TQSqlOpenExtension> *qSqlOpenExtDict();
+
+class TQPSQLPrivate
+{
+public:
+  TQPSQLPrivate():connection(0), result(0), isUtf8(FALSE) {}
+    PGconn	*connection;
+    PGresult	*result;
+    bool        isUtf8;
+};
+
+class TQPSQLDriverExtension : public TQSqlDriverExtension
+{
+public:
+    TQPSQLDriverExtension( TQPSQLDriver *dri )
+	: TQSqlDriverExtension(), driver(dri) { }
+    ~TQPSQLDriverExtension() {}
+
+    bool isOpen() const;
+private:
+    TQPSQLDriver *driver;
+};
+
+bool TQPSQLDriverExtension::isOpen() const
+{
+    return PQstatus( driver->connection() ) == CONNECTION_OK;
+}
+
+class TQPSQLOpenExtension : public TQSqlOpenExtension
+{
+public:
+    TQPSQLOpenExtension( TQPSQLDriver *dri )
+	: TQSqlOpenExtension(), driver(dri) { }
+    ~TQPSQLOpenExtension() {}
+
+    bool open( const TQString& db,
+	       const TQString& user,
+	       const TQString& password,
+	       const TQString& host,
+	       int port,
+	       const TQString& connOpts );
+private:
+    TQPSQLDriver *driver;
+};
+
+bool TQPSQLOpenExtension::open( const TQString& db,
+			       const TQString& user,
+			       const TQString& password,
+			       const TQString& host,
+			       int port,
+			       const TQString& connOpts )
+{
+    return driver->open( db, user, password, host, port, connOpts );
+}
+
+static TQSqlError qMakeError( const TQString& err, int type, const TQPSQLPrivate* p )
+{
+    const char *s = PQerrorMessage(p->connection);
+    TQString msg = p->isUtf8 ? TQString::fromUtf8(s) : TQString::fromLocal8Bit(s);
+    return TQSqlError("TQPSQL: " + err, msg, type);
+}
+
+static TQVariant::Type qDecodePSQLType( int t )
+{
+    TQVariant::Type type = TQVariant::Invalid;
+    switch ( t ) {
+    case BOOLOID	:
+	type = TQVariant::Bool;
+	break;
+    case INT8OID	:
+	type = TQVariant::LongLong;
+	break;
+    case INT2OID	:
+	//    case INT2VECTOROID  : // 7.x
+    case INT4OID        :
+	type = TQVariant::Int;
+	break;
+    case NUMERICOID     :
+    case FLOAT4OID      :
+    case FLOAT8OID      :
+	type = TQVariant::Double;
+	break;
+    case ABSTIMEOID     :
+    case RELTIMEOID     :
+    case DATEOID	:
+	type = TQVariant::Date;
+	break;
+    case TIMEOID	:
+#ifdef TIMETZOID // 7.x
+	case TIMETZOID  :
+#endif
+	type = TQVariant::Time;
+	break;
+    case TIMESTAMPOID   :
+#ifdef DATETIMEOID
+    // Postgres 6.x datetime workaround.
+    // DATETIMEOID == TIMESTAMPOID (only the names have changed)
+    case DATETIMEOID    :
+#endif
+#ifdef TIMESTAMPTZOID
+    // Postgres 7.2 workaround
+    // TIMESTAMPTZOID == TIMESTAMPOID == DATETIMEOID
+    case TIMESTAMPTZOID :
+#endif
+	type = TQVariant::DateTime;
+	break;
+	//    case ZPBITOID	: // 7.x
+	//    case VARBITOID	: // 7.x
+    case OIDOID         :
+    case BYTEAOID       :
+	type = TQVariant::ByteArray;
+	break;
+    case REGPROCOID     :
+    case TIDOID         :
+    case XIDOID         :
+    case CIDOID         :
+	//    case OIDVECTOROID   : // 7.x
+    case UNKNOWNOID     :
+	//    case TINTERVALOID   : // 7.x
+	type = TQVariant::Invalid;
+	break;
+    default:
+    case CHAROID	:
+    case BPCHAROID	:
+	//    case LZTEXTOID	: // 7.x
+    case VARCHAROID	:
+    case TEXTOID	:
+    case NAMEOID	:
+    case CASHOID        :
+    case INETOID        :
+    case CIDROID        :
+    case CIRCLEOID      :
+	type = TQVariant::String;
+	break;
+    }
+    return type;
+}
+
+TQPSQLResult::TQPSQLResult( const TQPSQLDriver* db, const TQPSQLPrivate* p )
+: TQSqlResult( db ),
+  currentSize( 0 )
+{
+    d =   new TQPSQLPrivate();
+    (*d) = (*p);
+}
+
+TQPSQLResult::~TQPSQLResult()
+{
+    cleanup();
+    delete d;
+}
+
+PGresult* TQPSQLResult::result()
+{
+    return d->result;
+}
+
+void TQPSQLResult::cleanup()
+{
+    if ( d->result )
+	PQclear( d->result );
+    d->result = 0;
+    setAt( -1 );
+    currentSize = 0;
+    setActive( FALSE );
+}
+
+bool TQPSQLResult::fetch( int i )
+{
+    if ( !isActive() )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( i < 0 )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( i >= currentSize )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( at() == i )
+	return TRUE;
+    setAt( i );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQPSQLResult::fetchFirst()
+{
+    return fetch( 0 );
+}
+
+bool TQPSQLResult::fetchLast()
+{
+    return fetch( PQntuples( d->result ) - 1 );
+}
+
+// some Postgres conversions
+static TQPoint pointFromString( const TQString& s)
+{
+    // format '(x,y)'
+    int pivot = s.find( ',' );
+    if ( pivot != -1 ) {
+	int x = s.mid( 1, pivot-1 ).toInt();
+	int y = s.mid( pivot+1, s.length()-pivot-2 ).toInt();
+	return TQPoint( x, y ) ;
+    } else
+	return TQPoint();
+}
+
+TQVariant TQPSQLResult::data( int i )
+{
+    if ( i >= PQnfields( d->result ) ) {
+	qWarning( "TQPSQLResult::data: column %d out of range", i );
+	return TQVariant();
+    }
+    int ptype = PQftype( d->result, i );
+    TQVariant::Type type = qDecodePSQLType( ptype );
+    const TQString val = ( d->isUtf8 && ptype != BYTEAOID ) ?
+			TQString::fromUtf8( PQgetvalue( d->result, at(), i ) ) :
+			TQString::fromLocal8Bit( PQgetvalue( d->result, at(), i ) );
+    if ( PQgetisnull( d->result, at(), i ) ) {
+	TQVariant v;
+	v.cast( type );
+	return v;
+    }
+    switch ( type ) {
+    case TQVariant::Bool:
+	{
+	    TQVariant b ( (bool)(val == "t"), 0 );
+	    return ( b );
+	}
+    case TQVariant::String:
+	return TQVariant( val );
+    case TQVariant::LongLong:
+	if ( val[0] == '-' )
+	    return TQVariant( val.toLongLong() );
+	else
+	    return TQVariant( val.toULongLong() );
+    case TQVariant::Int:
+	return TQVariant( val.toInt() );
+    case TQVariant::Double:
+	if ( ptype == NUMERICOID )
+	    return TQVariant( val );
+	return TQVariant( val.toDouble() );
+    case TQVariant::Date:
+	if ( val.isEmpty() ) {
+	    return TQVariant( TQDate() );
+	} else {
+	    return TQVariant( TQDate::fromString( val, TQt::ISODate ) );
+	}
+    case TQVariant::Time:
+	if ( val.isEmpty() )
+	    return TQVariant( TQTime() );
+	if ( val.at( val.length() - 3 ) == '+' )
+	    // strip the timezone
+	    return TQVariant( TQTime::fromString( val.left( val.length() - 3 ), TQt::ISODate ) );
+	return TQVariant( TQTime::fromString( val, TQt::ISODate ) );
+    case TQVariant::DateTime: {
+	if ( val.length() < 10 )
+	    return TQVariant( TQDateTime() );
+	// remove the timezone
+	TQString dtval = val;
+	if ( dtval.at( dtval.length() - 3 ) == '+' )
+	    dtval.truncate( dtval.length() - 3 );
+	// milliseconds are sometimes returned with 2 digits only
+	if ( dtval.at( dtval.length() - 3 ).isPunct() )
+	    dtval += '0';
+	if ( dtval.isEmpty() )
+	    return TQVariant( TQDateTime() );
+	else
+	    return TQVariant( TQDateTime::fromString( dtval, TQt::ISODate ) );
+    }
+    case TQVariant::Point:
+	return TQVariant( pointFromString( val ) );
+    case TQVariant::Rect: // format '(x,y),(x',y')'
+	{
+	    int pivot = val.find( "),(" );
+	    if ( pivot != -1 )
+		return TQVariant( TQRect( pointFromString( val.mid(pivot+2,val.length()) ), pointFromString( val.mid(0,pivot+1) ) ) );
+	    return TQVariant( TQRect() );
+	}
+    case TQVariant::PointArray: // format '((x,y),(x1,y1),...,(xn,yn))'
+	{
+	    TQRegExp pointPattern("\\([0-9-]*,[0-9-]*\\)");
+	    int points = val.contains( pointPattern );
+	    TQPointArray parray( points );
+	    int idx = 1;
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < points; i++ ){
+		int start = val.find( pointPattern, idx );
+		int end = -1;
+		if ( start != -1 ) {
+		    end = val.find( ')', start+1 );
+		    if ( end != -1 ) {
+			parray.setPoint( i, pointFromString( val.mid(idx, end-idx+1) ) );
+		    }
+		    else
+			parray.setPoint( i, TQPoint() );
+		} else {
+		    parray.setPoint( i, TQPoint() );
+		    break;
+		}
+		idx = end+2;
+	    }
+	    return TQVariant( parray );
+	}
+    case TQVariant::ByteArray: {
+	if ( ptype == BYTEAOID ) {
+	    uint i = 0;
+	    int index = 0;
+	    uint len = val.length();
+	    static const TQChar backslash( '\\' );
+	    TQByteArray ba( (int)len );
+	    while ( i < len ) {
+		if ( val.at( i ) == backslash ) {
+		    if ( val.at( i + 1 ).isDigit() ) {
+			ba[ index++ ] = (char)(val.mid( i + 1, 3 ).toInt( 0, 8 ));
+			i += 4;
+		    } else {
+			ba[ index++ ] = val.at( i + 1 );
+			i += 2;
+		    }
+		} else {
+		    ba[ index++ ] = val.at( i++ ).unicode();
+		}
+	    }
+	    ba.resize( index );
+	    return TQVariant( ba );
+	}
+
+	TQByteArray ba;
+	((TQSqlDriver*)driver())->beginTransaction();
+	Oid oid = val.toInt();
+	int fd = lo_open( d->connection, oid, INV_READ );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	if ( fd < 0) {
+	    qWarning( "TQPSQLResult::data: unable to open large object for read" );
+	    ((TQSqlDriver*)driver())->commitTransaction();
+	    return TQVariant( ba );
+	}
+#endif
+	int size = 0;
+	int retval = lo_lseek( d->connection, fd, 0L, SEEK_END );
+	if ( retval >= 0 ) {
+	    size = lo_tell( d->connection, fd );
+	    lo_lseek( d->connection, fd, 0L, SEEK_SET );
+	}
+	if ( size == 0 ) {
+	    lo_close( d->connection, fd );
+	    ((TQSqlDriver*)driver())->commitTransaction();
+	    return TQVariant( ba );
+	}
+	char * buf = new char[ size ];
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
+	// ### For some reason lo_read() fails if we try to read more than
+	// ### 32760 bytes
+	char * p = buf;
+	int nread = 0;
+
+	while( size < nread ){
+		retval = lo_read( d->connection, fd, p, 32760 );
+		nread += retval;
+		p += retval;
+	}
+#else
+	retval = lo_read( d->connection, fd, buf, size );
+#endif
+
+	if (retval < 0) {
+	    qWarning( "TQPSQLResult::data: unable to read large object" );
+	} else {
+	    ba.duplicate( buf, size );
+	}
+	delete [] buf;
+	lo_close( d->connection, fd );
+	((TQSqlDriver*)driver())->commitTransaction();
+	return TQVariant( ba );
+    }
+    default:
+    case TQVariant::Invalid:
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning("TQPSQLResult::data: unknown data type");
+#endif
+	;
+    }
+    return TQVariant();
+}
+
+bool TQPSQLResult::isNull( int field )
+{
+    PQgetvalue( d->result, at(), field );
+    return PQgetisnull( d->result, at(), field );
+}
+
+bool TQPSQLResult::reset ( const TQString& query )
+{
+    cleanup();
+    if ( !driver() )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( !driver()->isOpen() || driver()->isOpenError() )
+	return FALSE;
+    setActive( FALSE );
+    setAt( TQSql::BeforeFirst );
+    if ( d->result )
+	PQclear( d->result );
+    if ( d->isUtf8 ) {
+	d->result = PQexec( d->connection, query.utf8().data() );
+    } else {
+	d->result = PQexec( d->connection, query.local8Bit().data() );
+    }
+    int status =  PQresultStatus( d->result );
+    if ( status == PGRES_COMMAND_OK || status == PGRES_TUPLES_OK ) {
+	if ( status == PGRES_TUPLES_OK ) {
+	    setSelect( TRUE );
+	    currentSize = PQntuples( d->result );
+	} else {
+	    setSelect( FALSE );
+	    currentSize = -1;
+	}
+	setActive( TRUE );
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    setLastError( qMakeError( "Unable to create query", TQSqlError::Statement, d ) );
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+int TQPSQLResult::size()
+{
+    return currentSize;
+}
+
+int TQPSQLResult::numRowsAffected()
+{
+    return TQString( PQcmdTuples( d->result ) ).toInt();
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+static bool setEncodingUtf8( PGconn* connection )
+{
+    PGresult* result = PQexec( connection, "SET CLIENT_ENCODING TO 'UNICODE'" );
+    int status = PQresultStatus( result );
+    PQclear( result );
+    return status == PGRES_COMMAND_OK;
+}
+
+static void setDatestyle( PGconn* connection )
+{
+    PGresult* result = PQexec( connection, "SET DATESTYLE TO 'ISO'" );
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+    int status =  PQresultStatus( result );
+    if ( status != PGRES_COMMAND_OK )
+        qWarning( "%s", PQerrorMessage( connection ) );
+#endif
+    PQclear( result );
+}
+
+static TQPSQLDriver::Protocol getPSQLVersion( PGconn* connection )
+{
+    PGresult* result = PQexec( connection, "select version()" );
+    int status =  PQresultStatus( result );
+    if ( status == PGRES_COMMAND_OK || status == PGRES_TUPLES_OK ) {
+	TQString val( PQgetvalue( result, 0, 0 ) );
+	PQclear( result );
+	TQRegExp rx( "(\\d+)\\.(\\d+)" );
+	rx.setMinimal ( TRUE ); // enforce non-greedy RegExp
+        if ( rx.search( val ) != -1 ) {
+	    int vMaj = rx.cap( 1 ).toInt();
+	    int vMin = rx.cap( 2 ).toInt();
+	    if ( vMaj < 6 ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+		qWarning( "This version of PostgreSQL is not supported and may not work." );
+#endif
+		return TQPSQLDriver::Version6;
+	    }
+	    if ( vMaj == 6 ) {
+		return TQPSQLDriver::Version6;
+	    } else if ( vMaj == 7 ) {
+		if ( vMin < 1 )
+		    return TQPSQLDriver::Version7;
+		else if ( vMin < 3 )
+		    return TQPSQLDriver::Version71;
+	    }
+	    return TQPSQLDriver::Version73;
+	}
+    } else {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "This version of PostgreSQL is not supported and may not work." );
+#endif
+    }
+
+    return TQPSQLDriver::Version6;
+}
+
+TQPSQLDriver::TQPSQLDriver( TQObject * parent, const char * name )
+    : TQSqlDriver(parent,name ? name : "TQPSQL"), pro( TQPSQLDriver::Version6 )
+{
+    init();
+}
+
+TQPSQLDriver::TQPSQLDriver( PGconn * conn, TQObject * parent, const char * name )
+    : TQSqlDriver(parent,name ? name : "TQPSQL"), pro( TQPSQLDriver::Version6 )
+{
+    init();
+    d->connection = conn;
+    if ( conn ) {
+	pro = getPSQLVersion( d->connection );
+	setOpen( TRUE );
+	setOpenError( FALSE );
+    }
+}
+
+void TQPSQLDriver::init()
+{
+    qSqlDriverExtDict()->insert( this, new TQPSQLDriverExtension(this) );
+    qSqlOpenExtDict()->insert( this, new TQPSQLOpenExtension(this) );
+
+    d = new TQPSQLPrivate();
+}
+
+TQPSQLDriver::~TQPSQLDriver()
+{
+    if ( d->connection )
+	PQfinish( d->connection );
+    delete d;
+    if ( !qSqlDriverExtDict()->isEmpty() ) {
+	TQSqlDriverExtension *ext = qSqlDriverExtDict()->take( this );
+	delete ext;
+    }
+    if ( !qSqlOpenExtDict()->isEmpty() ) {
+	TQSqlOpenExtension *ext = qSqlOpenExtDict()->take( this );
+	delete ext;
+    }
+}
+
+PGconn* TQPSQLDriver::connection()
+{
+    return d->connection;
+}
+
+
+bool TQPSQLDriver::hasFeature( DriverFeature f ) const
+{
+    switch ( f ) {
+    case Transactions:
+	return TRUE;
+    case QuerySize:
+	return TRUE;
+    case BLOB:
+	return pro >= TQPSQLDriver::Version71;
+    case Unicode:
+	return d->isUtf8;
+    default:
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+bool TQPSQLDriver::open( const TQString&,
+			const TQString&,
+			const TQString&,
+			const TQString&,
+			int )
+{
+    qWarning("TQPSQLDriver::open(): This version of open() is no longer supported." );
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool TQPSQLDriver::open( const TQString & db,
+			const TQString & user,
+			const TQString & password,
+			const TQString & host,
+			int port,
+			const TQString& connOpts )
+{
+    if ( isOpen() )
+	close();
+    TQString connectString;
+    if ( host.length() )
+	connectString.append( "host=" ).append( host );
+    if ( db.length() )
+	connectString.append( " dbname=" ).append( db );
+    if ( user.length() )
+	connectString.append( " user=" ).append( user );
+    if ( password.length() )
+	connectString.append( " password=" ).append( password );
+    if ( port > -1 )
+	connectString.append( " port=" ).append( TQString::number( port ) );
+
+    // add any connect options - the server will handle error detection
+    if ( !connOpts.isEmpty() )
+	connectString += " " + TQStringList::split( ';', connOpts ).join( " " );
+
+    d->connection = PQconnectdb( connectString.local8Bit().data() );
+    if ( PQstatus( d->connection ) == CONNECTION_BAD ) {
+	setLastError( qMakeError("Unable to connect", TQSqlError::Connection, d ) );
+	setOpenError( TRUE );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    pro = getPSQLVersion( d->connection );
+    d->isUtf8 = setEncodingUtf8( d->connection );
+    setDatestyle( d->connection );
+
+    setOpen( TRUE );
+    setOpenError( FALSE );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+void TQPSQLDriver::close()
+{
+    if ( isOpen() ) {
+        if (d->connection)
+	    PQfinish( d->connection );
+	d->connection = 0;
+	setOpen( FALSE );
+	setOpenError( FALSE );
+    }
+}
+
+TQSqlQuery TQPSQLDriver::createQuery() const
+{
+    return TQSqlQuery( new TQPSQLResult( this, d ) );
+}
+
+bool TQPSQLDriver::beginTransaction()
+{
+    if ( !isOpen() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "TQPSQLDriver::beginTransaction: Database not open" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    PGresult* res = PQexec( d->connection, "BEGIN" );
+    if ( !res || PQresultStatus( res ) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK ) {
+	PQclear( res );
+	setLastError( qMakeError( "Could not begin transaction", TQSqlError::Transaction, d ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    PQclear( res );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQPSQLDriver::commitTransaction()
+{
+    if ( !isOpen() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "TQPSQLDriver::commitTransaction: Database not open" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    PGresult* res = PQexec( d->connection, "COMMIT" );
+    if ( !res || PQresultStatus( res ) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK ) {
+	PQclear( res );
+	setLastError( qMakeError( "Could not commit transaction", TQSqlError::Transaction, d ) );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    PQclear( res );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQPSQLDriver::rollbackTransaction()
+{
+    if ( !isOpen() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "TQPSQLDriver::rollbackTransaction: Database not open" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    PGresult* res = PQexec( d->connection, "ROLLBACK" );
+    if ( !res || PQresultStatus( res ) != PGRES_COMMAND_OK ) {
+	setLastError( qMakeError( "Could not rollback transaction", TQSqlError::Transaction, d ) );
+	PQclear( res );
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    PQclear( res );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+TQStringList TQPSQLDriver::tables( const TQString& typeName ) const
+{
+    TQStringList tl;
+    if ( !isOpen() )
+	return tl;
+    int type = typeName.toInt();
+    TQSqlQuery t = createQuery();
+    t.setForwardOnly( TRUE );
+
+    if ( typeName.isEmpty() || ((type & (int)TQSql::Tables) == (int)TQSql::Tables) ) {
+
+        TQString query("select relname from pg_class where (relkind = 'r') "
+                      "and (relname !~ '^Inv') "
+                      "and (relname !~ '^pg_') ");
+        if (pro >= TQPSQLDriver::Version73)
+            query.append("and (relnamespace not in "
+                         "(select oid from pg_namespace where nspname = 'information_schema')) "
+                         "and pg_table_is_visible(pg_class.oid) ");
+        t.exec(query);
+	while ( t.next() )
+	    tl.append( t.value(0).toString() );
+    }
+    if ( (type & (int)TQSql::Views) == (int)TQSql::Views ) {
+        TQString query("select relname from pg_class where ( relkind = 'v' ) "
+                "and ( relname !~ '^Inv' ) "
+                "and ( relname !~ '^pg_' ) ");
+        if (pro >= TQPSQLDriver::Version73)
+            query.append("and (relnamespace not in "
+                         "(select oid from pg_namespace where nspname = 'information_schema')) "
+                         "and pg_table_is_visible(pg_class.oid) ");
+        t.exec(query);
+	while ( t.next() )
+	    tl.append( t.value(0).toString() );
+    }
+    if ( (type & (int)TQSql::SystemTables) == (int)TQSql::SystemTables ) {
+        TQString query( "select relname from pg_class where ( relkind = 'r' ) "
+		"and ( relname like 'pg_%' ) " );
+        if (pro >= TQPSQLDriver::Version73)
+		query.append( "and pg_table_is_visible(pg_class.oid) " );
+        t.exec(query);
+	while ( t.next() )
+	    tl.append( t.value(0).toString() );
+    }
+
+    return tl;
+}
+
+TQSqlIndex TQPSQLDriver::primaryIndex( const TQString& tablename ) const
+{
+    TQSqlIndex idx( tablename );
+    if ( !isOpen() )
+	return idx;
+    TQSqlQuery i = createQuery();
+    TQString stmt;
+
+    switch( pro ) {
+    case TQPSQLDriver::Version6:
+	stmt = "select pg_att1.attname, int(pg_att1.atttypid), pg_att2.attnum, pg_cl.relname "
+		"from pg_attribute pg_att1, pg_attribute pg_att2, pg_class pg_cl, pg_index pg_ind "
+		"where lower(pg_cl.relname) = '%1_pkey' ";
+	break;
+    case TQPSQLDriver::Version7:
+    case TQPSQLDriver::Version71:
+	stmt = "select pg_att1.attname, pg_att1.atttypid::int, pg_cl.relname "
+		"from pg_attribute pg_att1, pg_attribute pg_att2, pg_class pg_cl, pg_index pg_ind "
+		"where lower(pg_cl.relname) = '%1_pkey' ";
+	break;
+    case TQPSQLDriver::Version73:
+	stmt = "select pg_att1.attname, pg_att1.atttypid::int, pg_cl.relname "
+		"from pg_attribute pg_att1, pg_attribute pg_att2, pg_class pg_cl, pg_index pg_ind "
+		"where lower(pg_cl.relname) = '%1_pkey' "
+		"and pg_table_is_visible(pg_cl.oid) "
+		"and pg_att1.attisdropped = false ";
+	break;
+    }
+    stmt += "and pg_cl.oid = pg_ind.indexrelid "
+	    "and pg_att2.attrelid = pg_ind.indexrelid "
+	    "and pg_att1.attrelid = pg_ind.indrelid "
+	    "and pg_att1.attnum = pg_ind.indkey[pg_att2.attnum-1] "
+	    "order by pg_att2.attnum";
+
+    i.exec( stmt.arg( tablename.lower() ) );
+    while ( i.isActive() && i.next() ) {
+	TQSqlField f( i.value(0).toString(), qDecodePSQLType( i.value(1).toInt() ) );
+	idx.append( f );
+	idx.setName( i.value(2).toString() );
+    }
+    return idx;
+}
+
+TQSqlRecord TQPSQLDriver::record( const TQString& tablename ) const
+{
+    TQSqlRecord fil;
+    if ( !isOpen() )
+	return fil;
+    TQString stmt;
+    switch( pro ) {
+    case TQPSQLDriver::Version6:
+	stmt = "select pg_attribute.attname, int(pg_attribute.atttypid) "
+			"from pg_class, pg_attribute "
+			"where lower(pg_class.relname) = '%1' "
+			"and pg_attribute.attnum > 0 "
+			"and pg_attribute.attrelid = pg_class.oid ";
+	break;
+    case TQPSQLDriver::Version7:
+    case TQPSQLDriver::Version71:
+	stmt = "select pg_attribute.attname, pg_attribute.atttypid::int "
+			"from pg_class, pg_attribute "
+			"where lower(pg_class.relname) = '%1' "
+			"and pg_attribute.attnum > 0 "
+			"and pg_attribute.attrelid = pg_class.oid ";
+	break;
+    case TQPSQLDriver::Version73:
+	stmt = "select pg_attribute.attname, pg_attribute.atttypid::int "
+			"from pg_class, pg_attribute "
+			"where lower(pg_class.relname) = '%1' "
+			"and pg_table_is_visible(pg_class.oid) "
+			"and pg_attribute.attnum > 0 "
+			"and pg_attribute.attisdropped = false "
+			"and pg_attribute.attrelid = pg_class.oid ";
+	break;
+    }
+
+    TQSqlQuery fi = createQuery();
+    fi.exec( stmt.arg( tablename.lower() ) );
+    while ( fi.next() ) {
+	TQSqlField f( fi.value(0).toString(), qDecodePSQLType( fi.value(1).toInt() ) );
+	fil.append( f );
+    }
+    return fil;
+}
+
+TQSqlRecord TQPSQLDriver::record( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const
+{
+    TQSqlRecord fil;
+    if ( !isOpen() )
+	return fil;
+    if ( query.isActive() && query.driver() == this ) {
+	TQPSQLResult* result = (TQPSQLResult*)query.result();
+	int count = PQnfields( result->d->result );
+	for ( int i = 0; i < count; ++i ) {
+	    TQString name = PQfname( result->d->result, i );
+	    TQVariant::Type type = qDecodePSQLType( PQftype( result->d->result, i ) );
+	    TQSqlField rf( name, type );
+	    fil.append( rf );
+	}
+    }
+    return fil;
+}
+
+TQSqlRecordInfo TQPSQLDriver::recordInfo( const TQString& tablename ) const
+{
+    TQSqlRecordInfo info;
+    if ( !isOpen() )
+	return info;
+
+    TQString stmt;
+    switch( pro ) {
+    case TQPSQLDriver::Version6:
+	stmt = "select pg_attribute.attname, int(pg_attribute.atttypid), pg_attribute.attnotnull, "
+		"pg_attribute.attlen, pg_attribute.atttypmod, int(pg_attribute.attrelid), pg_attribute.attnum "
+		"from pg_class, pg_attribute "
+		"where lower(pg_class.relname) = '%1' "
+		"and pg_attribute.attnum > 0 "
+		"and pg_attribute.attrelid = pg_class.oid ";
+	break;
+    case TQPSQLDriver::Version7:
+	stmt = "select pg_attribute.attname, pg_attribute.atttypid::int, pg_attribute.attnotnull, "
+		"pg_attribute.attlen, pg_attribute.atttypmod, pg_attribute.attrelid::int, pg_attribute.attnum "
+		"from pg_class, pg_attribute "
+		"where lower(pg_class.relname) = '%1' "
+		"and pg_attribute.attnum > 0 "
+		"and pg_attribute.attrelid = pg_class.oid ";
+	break;
+    case TQPSQLDriver::Version71:
+	stmt = "select pg_attribute.attname, pg_attribute.atttypid::int, pg_attribute.attnotnull, "
+		"pg_attribute.attlen, pg_attribute.atttypmod, pg_attrdef.adsrc "
+		"from pg_class, pg_attribute "
+		"left join pg_attrdef on (pg_attrdef.adrelid = pg_attribute.attrelid and pg_attrdef.adnum = pg_attribute.attnum) "
+		"where lower(pg_class.relname) = '%1' "
+		"and pg_attribute.attnum > 0 "
+		"and pg_attribute.attrelid = pg_class.oid "
+		"order by pg_attribute.attnum ";
+	break;
+    case TQPSQLDriver::Version73:
+	stmt = "select pg_attribute.attname, pg_attribute.atttypid::int, pg_attribute.attnotnull, "
+		"pg_attribute.attlen, pg_attribute.atttypmod, pg_attrdef.adsrc "
+		"from pg_class, pg_attribute "
+		"left join pg_attrdef on (pg_attrdef.adrelid = pg_attribute.attrelid and pg_attrdef.adnum = pg_attribute.attnum) "
+		"where lower(pg_class.relname) = '%1' "
+		"and pg_table_is_visible(pg_class.oid) "
+		"and pg_attribute.attnum > 0 "
+		"and pg_attribute.attrelid = pg_class.oid "
+		"and pg_attribute.attisdropped = false "
+		"order by pg_attribute.attnum ";
+	break;
+    }
+
+    TQSqlQuery query = createQuery();
+    query.exec( stmt.arg( tablename.lower() ) );
+    if ( pro >= TQPSQLDriver::Version71 ) {
+	while ( query.next() ) {
+	    int len = query.value( 3 ).toInt();
+	    int precision = query.value( 4 ).toInt();
+	    // swap length and precision if length == -1
+	    if ( len == -1 && precision > -1 ) {
+		len = precision - 4;
+		precision = -1;
+	    }
+	    TQString defVal = query.value( 5 ).toString();
+	    if ( !defVal.isEmpty() && defVal.startsWith( "'" ) )
+		defVal = defVal.mid( 1, defVal.length() - 2 );
+	    info.append( TQSqlFieldInfo( query.value( 0 ).toString(),
+					qDecodePSQLType( query.value( 1 ).toInt() ),
+					query.value( 2 ).toBool(),
+					len,
+					precision,
+					defVal,
+					query.value( 1 ).toInt() ) );
+	}
+    } else {
+	// Postgres < 7.1 cannot handle outer joins
+	while ( query.next() ) {
+	    TQString defVal;
+	    TQString stmt2 = "select pg_attrdef.adsrc from pg_attrdef where "
+			    "pg_attrdef.adrelid = %1 and pg_attrdef.adnum = %2 ";
+	    TQSqlQuery query2 = createQuery();
+	    query2.exec( stmt2.arg( query.value( 5 ).toInt() ).arg( query.value( 6 ).toInt() ) );
+	    if ( query2.isActive() && query2.next() )
+		defVal = query2.value( 0 ).toString();
+	    if ( !defVal.isEmpty() && defVal.startsWith( "'" ) )
+		defVal = defVal.mid( 1, defVal.length() - 2 );
+	    int len = query.value( 3 ).toInt();
+	    int precision = query.value( 4 ).toInt();
+	    // swap length and precision if length == -1
+	    if ( len == -1 && precision > -1 ) {
+		len = precision - 4;
+		precision = -1;
+	    }
+	    info.append( TQSqlFieldInfo( query.value( 0 ).toString(),
+					qDecodePSQLType( query.value( 1 ).toInt() ),
+					query.value( 2 ).toBool(),
+					len,
+					precision,
+					defVal,
+					query.value( 1 ).toInt() ) );
+	}
+    }
+
+    return info;
+}
+
+TQSqlRecordInfo TQPSQLDriver::recordInfo( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const
+{
+    TQSqlRecordInfo info;
+    if ( !isOpen() )
+	return info;
+    if ( query.isActive() && query.driver() == this ) {
+	TQPSQLResult* result = (TQPSQLResult*)query.result();
+	int count = PQnfields( result->d->result );
+	for ( int i = 0; i < count; ++i ) {
+	    TQString name = PQfname( result->d->result, i );
+	    int len = PQfsize( result->d->result, i );
+	    int precision = PQfmod( result->d->result, i );
+	    // swap length and precision if length == -1
+	    if ( len == -1 && precision > -1 ) {
+		len = precision - 4;
+		precision = -1;
+	    }
+	    info.append( TQSqlFieldInfo( name,
+					qDecodePSQLType( PQftype( result->d->result, i ) ),
+					-1,
+					len,
+					precision,
+					TQVariant(),
+					PQftype( result->d->result, i ) ) );
+	}
+    }
+    return info;
+}
+
+TQString TQPSQLDriver::formatValue( const TQSqlField* field,
+				  bool ) const
+{
+    TQString r;
+    if ( field->isNull() ) {
+	r = nullText();
+    } else {
+	switch ( field->type() ) {
+	case TQVariant::DateTime:
+	    if ( field->value().toDateTime().isValid() ) {
+		TQDate dt = field->value().toDateTime().date();
+		TQTime tm = field->value().toDateTime().time();
+		// msecs need to be right aligned otherwise psql
+		// interpretes them wrong
+		r = "'" + TQString::number( dt.year() ) + "-" +
+			  TQString::number( dt.month() ) + "-" +
+			  TQString::number( dt.day() ) + " " +
+			  tm.toString() + "." +
+			  TQString::number( tm.msec() ).rightJustify( 3, '0' ) + "'";
+	    } else {
+		r = nullText();
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::Time:
+	    if ( field->value().toTime().isValid() ) {
+		r = field->value().toTime().toString( TQt::ISODate );
+	    } else {
+		r = nullText();
+	    }
+	case TQVariant::String:
+	case TQVariant::CString: {
+	    switch ( field->value().type() ) {
+		case TQVariant::Rect: {
+		    TQRect rec = field->value().toRect();
+		    // upper right corner then lower left according to psql docs
+		    r = "'(" + TQString::number( rec.right() ) +
+			"," + TQString::number( rec.bottom() ) +
+			"),(" + TQString::number( rec.left() ) +
+			"," + TQString::number( rec.top() ) + ")'";
+		    break;
+		}
+		case TQVariant::Point: {
+		    TQPoint p = field->value().toPoint();
+		    r = "'(" + TQString::number( p.x() ) +
+			"," + TQString::number( p.y() ) + ")'";
+		    break;
+		}
+		case TQVariant::PointArray: {
+		    TQPointArray pa = field->value().toPointArray();
+		    r = "' ";
+		    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)pa.size(); ++i ) {
+			r += "(" + TQString::number( pa[i].x() ) +
+			     "," + TQString::number( pa[i].y() ) + "),";
+		    }
+		    r.truncate( r.length() - 1 );
+		    r += "'";
+		    break;
+		}
+		default:
+		    // Escape '\' characters
+		    r = TQSqlDriver::formatValue( field );
+		    r.replace( "\\", "\\\\" );
+		    break;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	}
+	case TQVariant::Bool:
+	    if ( field->value().toBool() )
+		r = "TRUE";
+	    else
+		r = "FALSE";
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::ByteArray: {
+	    TQByteArray ba = field->value().asByteArray();
+	    TQString res;
+	    r = "'";
+	    unsigned char uc;
+	    for ( int i = 0; i < (int)ba.size(); ++i ) {
+		uc = (unsigned char) ba[ i ];
+		if ( uc > 40 && uc < 92 ) {
+		    r += uc;
+		} else {
+		    r += "\\\\";
+		    r += TQString::number( (unsigned char) ba[ i ], 8 ).rightJustify( 3, '0', TRUE );
+		}
+	    }
+	    r += "'";
+	    break;
+	}
+	default:
+	    r = TQSqlDriver::formatValue( field );
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    return r;
+}
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/psql/qsql_psql.h b/src/sql/drivers/psql/qsql_psql.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..217cfe45e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/psql/qsql_psql.h
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of PostgreSQL driver classes
+**
+** Created : 001103
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQL_PSQL_H
+#define TQSQL_PSQL_H
+
+#include <qsqlresult.h>
+#include <qsqlfield.h>
+#include <qsqldriver.h>
+#include <libpq-fe.h>
+
+#ifdef QT_PLUGIN
+#define Q_EXPORT_SQLDRIVER_PSQL
+#else
+#define Q_EXPORT_SQLDRIVER_PSQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+class TQPSQLPrivate;
+class TQPSQLDriver;
+class TQSqlRecordInfo;
+
+class TQPSQLResult : public TQSqlResult
+{
+    friend class TQPSQLDriver;
+public:
+    TQPSQLResult( const TQPSQLDriver* db, const TQPSQLPrivate* p );
+    ~TQPSQLResult();
+    PGresult* result();
+protected:
+    void		cleanup();
+    bool		fetch( int i );
+    bool		fetchFirst();
+    bool		fetchLast();
+    TQVariant		data( int i );
+    bool		isNull( int field );
+    bool		reset ( const TQString& query );
+    int			size();
+    int			numRowsAffected();
+private:
+    int			currentSize;
+    TQPSQLPrivate*	d;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT_SQLDRIVER_PSQL TQPSQLDriver : public TQSqlDriver
+{
+public:
+    enum Protocol {
+	Version6 = 6,
+	Version7 = 7,
+	Version71 = 8,
+	Version73 = 9
+    };
+
+    TQPSQLDriver( TQObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 );
+    TQPSQLDriver( PGconn * conn, TQObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 );
+    ~TQPSQLDriver();
+    bool		hasFeature( DriverFeature f ) const;
+    bool		open( const TQString & db,
+				const TQString & user = TQString::null,
+				const TQString & password = TQString::null,
+				const TQString & host = TQString::null,
+				int port = -1 );
+    void		close();
+    TQSqlQuery		createQuery() const;
+    TQStringList		tables( const TQString& user ) const;
+    TQSqlIndex		primaryIndex( const TQString& tablename ) const;
+    TQSqlRecord		record( const TQString& tablename ) const;
+    TQSqlRecord		record( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const;
+    TQSqlRecordInfo	recordInfo( const TQString& tablename ) const;
+    TQSqlRecordInfo	recordInfo( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const;
+
+    Protocol            protocol() const { return pro; }
+    PGconn*             connection();
+    TQString		formatValue( const TQSqlField* field,
+				     bool trimStrings ) const;
+    
+    // ### remove me for 4.0
+    bool open( const TQString& db,
+	       const TQString& user,
+	       const TQString& password,
+	       const TQString& host,
+	       int port,
+	       const TQString& connOpts );
+protected:
+    bool		beginTransaction();
+    bool		commitTransaction();
+    bool		rollbackTransaction();
+private:
+    void		init();
+    Protocol            pro;
+    TQPSQLPrivate*	d;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/sqlite/qsql_sqlite.cpp b/src/sql/drivers/sqlite/qsql_sqlite.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ecdda1c0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/sqlite/qsql_sqlite.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of SQLite driver classes.
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+** EDITIONS: FREE, ENTERPRISE
+**
+** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
+** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsql_sqlite.h"
+
+#include <qdatetime.h>
+#include <qregexp.h>
+#include <qfile.h>
+
+#if (QT_VERSION-0 < 0x030000)
+#  include <qvector.h>
+#  if !defined Q_WS_WIN32
+#    include <unistd.h>
+#  endif
+#  include "../../../3rdparty/libraries/sqlite/sqlite.h"
+#else
+#  include <qptrvector.h>
+#  if !defined Q_WS_WIN32
+#    include <unistd.h>
+#  endif
+#  include <sqlite.h>
+#endif
+
+typedef struct sqlite_vm sqlite_vm;
+
+#define TQSQLITE_DRIVER_NAME "TQSQLITE"
+
+static TQSqlVariant::Type nameToType(const TQString& typeName)
+{
+    TQString tName = typeName.upper();
+    if (tName.startsWith("INT"))
+        return TQSqlVariant::Int;
+    if (tName.startsWith("FLOAT") || tName.startsWith("NUMERIC"))
+        return TQSqlVariant::Double;
+    if (tName.startsWith("BOOL"))
+        return TQSqlVariant::Bool;
+    // SQLite is typeless - consider everything else as string
+    return TQSqlVariant::String;
+}
+
+class TQSQLiteDriverPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQSQLiteDriverPrivate();
+    sqlite *access;
+    bool utf8;
+};
+
+TQSQLiteDriverPrivate::TQSQLiteDriverPrivate() : access(0)
+{
+    utf8 = (qstrcmp(sqlite_encoding, "UTF-8") == 0);
+}
+
+class TQSQLiteResultPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQSQLiteResultPrivate(TQSQLiteResult *res);
+    void cleanup();
+    bool fetchNext(TQtSqlCachedResult::RowCache *row);
+    bool isSelect();
+    // initializes the recordInfo and the cache
+    void init(const char **cnames, int numCols, TQtSqlCachedResult::RowCache **row = 0);
+    void finalize();
+
+    TQSQLiteResult* q;
+    sqlite *access;
+
+    // and we have too keep our own struct for the data (sqlite works via
+    // callback.
+    const char *currentTail;
+    sqlite_vm *currentMachine;
+
+    uint skippedStatus: 1; // the status of the fetchNext() that's skipped
+    TQtSqlCachedResult::RowCache *skipRow;
+
+    uint utf8: 1;
+    TQSqlRecordInfo rInf;
+};
+
+static const uint initial_cache_size = 128;
+
+TQSQLiteResultPrivate::TQSQLiteResultPrivate(TQSQLiteResult* res) : q(res), access(0), currentTail(0),
+    currentMachine(0), skippedStatus(FALSE), skipRow(0), utf8(FALSE)
+{
+}
+
+void TQSQLiteResultPrivate::cleanup()
+{
+    finalize();
+    rInf.clear();
+    currentTail = 0;
+    currentMachine = 0;
+    skippedStatus = FALSE;
+    delete skipRow;
+    skipRow = 0;
+    q->setAt(TQSql::BeforeFirst);
+    q->setActive(FALSE);
+    q->cleanup();
+}
+
+void TQSQLiteResultPrivate::finalize()
+{
+    if (!currentMachine)
+        return;
+
+    char* err = 0;
+    int res = sqlite_finalize(currentMachine, &err);
+    if (err) {
+        q->setLastError(TQSqlError("Unable to fetch results", err, TQSqlError::Statement, res));
+        sqlite_freemem(err);
+    }
+    currentMachine = 0;
+}
+
+// called on first fetch
+void TQSQLiteResultPrivate::init(const char **cnames, int numCols, TQtSqlCachedResult::RowCache **row)
+{
+    if (!cnames)
+        return;
+
+    rInf.clear();
+    if (numCols <= 0)
+        return;
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < numCols; ++i) {
+        const char* lastDot = strrchr(cnames[i], '.');
+        const char* fieldName = lastDot ? lastDot + 1 : cnames[i];
+        rInf.append(TQSqlFieldInfo(fieldName, nameToType(cnames[i+numCols])));
+    }
+    // skip the first fetch
+    if (row && !*row) {
+	*row = new TQtSqlCachedResult::RowCache(numCols);
+	skipRow = *row;
+    }
+}
+
+bool TQSQLiteResultPrivate::fetchNext(TQtSqlCachedResult::RowCache* row)
+{
+    // may be caching.
+    const char **fvals;
+    const char **cnames;
+    int colNum;
+    int res;
+    int i;
+
+    if (skipRow) {
+	// already fetched
+	if (row)
+	    *row = *skipRow;
+	delete skipRow;
+	skipRow = 0;
+	return skippedStatus;
+    }
+
+    if (!currentMachine)
+	return FALSE;
+
+    // keep trying while busy, wish I could implement this better.
+    while ((res = sqlite_step(currentMachine, &colNum, &fvals, &cnames)) == SQLITE_BUSY) {
+	// sleep instead requesting result again immidiately.
+#if defined Q_WS_WIN32
+	Sleep(1000);
+#else
+	sleep(1);
+#endif
+    }
+
+    switch(res) {
+    case SQLITE_ROW:
+	// check to see if should fill out columns
+	if (rInf.isEmpty())
+	    // must be first call.
+	    init(cnames, colNum, &row);
+	if (!fvals)
+	    return FALSE;
+	if (!row)
+	    return TRUE;
+	for (i = 0; i < colNum; ++i)
+	    (*row)[i] = utf8 ? TQString::fromUtf8(fvals[i]) : TQString(fvals[i]);
+	return TRUE;
+    case SQLITE_DONE:
+	if (rInf.isEmpty())
+	    // must be first call.
+	    init(cnames, colNum);
+	q->setAt(TQSql::AfterLast);
+	return FALSE;
+    case SQLITE_ERROR:
+    case SQLITE_MISUSE:
+    default:
+	// something wrong, don't get col info, but still return false
+	finalize(); // finalize to get the error message.
+	q->setAt(TQSql::AfterLast);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+TQSQLiteResult::TQSQLiteResult(const TQSQLiteDriver* db)
+: TQtSqlCachedResult(db)
+{
+    d = new TQSQLiteResultPrivate(this);
+    d->access = db->d->access;
+    d->utf8 = db->d->utf8;
+}
+
+TQSQLiteResult::~TQSQLiteResult()
+{
+    d->cleanup();
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*
+   Execute \a query.
+*/
+bool TQSQLiteResult::reset (const TQString& query)
+{
+    // this is where we build a query.
+    if (!driver())
+        return FALSE;
+    if (!driver()-> isOpen() || driver()->isOpenError())
+        return FALSE;
+
+    d->cleanup();
+
+    // Um, ok.  callback based so.... pass private static function for this.
+    setSelect(FALSE);
+    char *err = 0;
+    int res = sqlite_compile(d->access,
+                                d->utf8 ? (const char*)query.utf8().data() : query.ascii(),
+                                &(d->currentTail),
+                                &(d->currentMachine),
+                                &err);
+    if (res != SQLITE_OK || err) {
+        setLastError(TQSqlError("Unable to execute statement", err, TQSqlError::Statement, res));
+        sqlite_freemem(err);
+    }
+    //if (*d->currentTail != '\000' then there is more sql to eval
+    if (!d->currentMachine) {
+	setActive(FALSE);
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    // we have to fetch one row to find out about
+    // the structure of the result set
+    d->skippedStatus = d->fetchNext(0);
+    setSelect(!d->rInf.isEmpty());
+    if (isSelect())
+	init(d->rInf.count());
+    setActive(TRUE);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+bool TQSQLiteResult::gotoNext(TQtSqlCachedResult::RowCache* row)
+{
+    return d->fetchNext(row);
+}
+
+int TQSQLiteResult::size()
+{
+    return -1;
+}
+
+int TQSQLiteResult::numRowsAffected()
+{
+    return sqlite_changes(d->access);
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+TQSQLiteDriver::TQSQLiteDriver(TQObject * parent, const char * name)
+    : TQSqlDriver(parent, name ? name : TQSQLITE_DRIVER_NAME)
+{
+    d = new TQSQLiteDriverPrivate();
+}
+
+TQSQLiteDriver::TQSQLiteDriver(sqlite *connection, TQObject *parent, const char *name)
+    : TQSqlDriver(parent, name ? name : TQSQLITE_DRIVER_NAME)
+{
+    d = new TQSQLiteDriverPrivate();
+    d->access = connection;
+    setOpen(TRUE);
+    setOpenError(FALSE);
+}
+
+
+TQSQLiteDriver::~TQSQLiteDriver()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+bool TQSQLiteDriver::hasFeature(DriverFeature f) const
+{
+    switch (f) {
+    case Transactions:
+        return TRUE;
+#if (QT_VERSION-0 >= 0x030000)
+    case Unicode:
+        return d->utf8;
+#endif
+//   case BLOB:
+    default:
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+   SQLite dbs have no user name, passwords, hosts or ports.
+   just file names.
+*/
+bool TQSQLiteDriver::open(const TQString & db, const TQString &, const TQString &, const TQString &, int, const TQString &)
+{
+    if (isOpen())
+        close();
+
+    if (db.isEmpty())
+	return FALSE;
+
+    char* err = 0;
+    d->access = sqlite_open(TQFile::encodeName(db), 0, &err);
+    if (err) {
+        setLastError(TQSqlError("Error to open database", err, TQSqlError::Connection));
+        sqlite_freemem(err);
+        err = 0;
+    }
+
+    if (d->access) {
+        setOpen(TRUE);
+	setOpenError(FALSE);
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    setOpenError(TRUE);
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+void TQSQLiteDriver::close()
+{
+    if (isOpen()) {
+        sqlite_close(d->access);
+        d->access = 0;
+        setOpen(FALSE);
+        setOpenError(FALSE);
+    }
+}
+
+TQSqlQuery TQSQLiteDriver::createQuery() const
+{
+    return TQSqlQuery(new TQSQLiteResult(this));
+}
+
+bool TQSQLiteDriver::beginTransaction()
+{
+    if (!isOpen() || isOpenError())
+        return FALSE;
+
+    char* err;
+    int res = sqlite_exec(d->access, "BEGIN", 0, this, &err);
+
+    if (res == SQLITE_OK)
+        return TRUE;
+
+    setLastError(TQSqlError("Unable to begin transaction", err, TQSqlError::Transaction, res));
+    sqlite_freemem(err);
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool TQSQLiteDriver::commitTransaction()
+{
+    if (!isOpen() || isOpenError())
+        return FALSE;
+
+    char* err;
+    int res = sqlite_exec(d->access, "COMMIT", 0, this, &err);
+
+    if (res == SQLITE_OK)
+        return TRUE;
+
+    setLastError(TQSqlError("Unable to commit transaction", err, TQSqlError::Transaction, res));
+    sqlite_freemem(err);
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool TQSQLiteDriver::rollbackTransaction()
+{
+    if (!isOpen() || isOpenError())
+        return FALSE;
+
+    char* err;
+    int res = sqlite_exec(d->access, "ROLLBACK", 0, this, &err);
+
+    if (res == SQLITE_OK)
+        return TRUE;
+
+    setLastError(TQSqlError("Unable to rollback Transaction", err, TQSqlError::Transaction, res));
+    sqlite_freemem(err);
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+TQStringList TQSQLiteDriver::tables(const TQString &typeName) const
+{
+    TQStringList res;
+    if (!isOpen())
+        return res;
+    int type = typeName.toInt();
+
+    TQSqlQuery q = createQuery();
+    q.setForwardOnly(TRUE);
+#if (QT_VERSION-0 >= 0x030000)
+    if ((type & (int)TQSql::Tables) && (type & (int)TQSql::Views))
+        q.exec("SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' OR type='view'");
+    else if (typeName.isEmpty() || (type & (int)TQSql::Tables))
+        q.exec("SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table'");
+    else if (type & (int)TQSql::Views)
+        q.exec("SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='view'");
+#else
+        q.exec("SELECT name FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' OR type='view'");
+#endif
+
+
+    if (q.isActive()) {
+        while(q.next())
+            res.append(q.value(0).toString());
+    }
+
+#if (QT_VERSION-0 >= 0x030000)
+    if (type & (int)TQSql::SystemTables) {
+        // there are no internal tables beside this one:
+        res.append("sqlite_master");
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return res;
+}
+
+TQSqlIndex TQSQLiteDriver::primaryIndex(const TQString &tblname) const
+{
+    TQSqlRecordInfo rec(recordInfo(tblname)); // expensive :(
+
+    if (!isOpen())
+        return TQSqlIndex();
+
+    TQSqlQuery q = createQuery();
+    q.setForwardOnly(TRUE);
+    // finrst find a UNITQUE INDEX
+    q.exec("PRAGMA index_list('" + tblname + "');");
+    TQString indexname;
+    while(q.next()) {
+	if (q.value(2).toInt()==1) {
+	    indexname = q.value(1).toString();
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    if (indexname.isEmpty())
+	return TQSqlIndex();
+
+    q.exec("PRAGMA index_info('" + indexname + "');");
+
+    TQSqlIndex index(tblname, indexname);
+    while(q.next()) {
+	TQString name = q.value(2).toString();
+	TQSqlVariant::Type type = TQSqlVariant::Invalid;
+	if (rec.contains(name))
+	    type = rec.find(name).type();
+	index.append(TQSqlField(name, type));
+    }
+    return index;
+}
+
+TQSqlRecordInfo TQSQLiteDriver::recordInfo(const TQString &tbl) const
+{
+    if (!isOpen())
+        return TQSqlRecordInfo();
+
+    TQSqlQuery q = createQuery();
+    q.setForwardOnly(TRUE);
+    q.exec("SELECT * FROM " + tbl + " LIMIT 1");
+    return recordInfo(q);
+}
+
+TQSqlRecord TQSQLiteDriver::record(const TQString &tblname) const
+{
+    if (!isOpen())
+        return TQSqlRecord();
+
+    return recordInfo(tblname).toRecord();
+}
+
+TQSqlRecord TQSQLiteDriver::record(const TQSqlQuery& query) const
+{
+    if (query.isActive() && query.driver() == this) {
+        TQSQLiteResult* result = (TQSQLiteResult*)query.result();
+        return result->d->rInf.toRecord();
+    }
+    return TQSqlRecord();
+}
+
+TQSqlRecordInfo TQSQLiteDriver::recordInfo(const TQSqlQuery& query) const
+{
+    if (query.isActive() && query.driver() == this) {
+        TQSQLiteResult* result = (TQSQLiteResult*)query.result();
+        return result->d->rInf;
+    }
+    return TQSqlRecordInfo();
+}
diff --git a/src/sql/drivers/sqlite/qsql_sqlite.h b/src/sql/drivers/sqlite/qsql_sqlite.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ccde9b865
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/drivers/sqlite/qsql_sqlite.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of SQLite driver classes.
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+** EDITIONS: FREE, ENTERPRISE
+**
+** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
+** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+**
+****************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQL_SQLITE_H
+#define TQSQL_SQLITE_H
+
+#include <qsqldriver.h>
+#include <qsqlresult.h>
+#include <qsqlrecord.h>
+#include <qsqlindex.h>
+#include "../cache/qsqlcachedresult.h"
+
+#if (QT_VERSION-0 >= 0x030000)
+typedef TQVariant TQSqlVariant;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (Q_OS_WIN32)
+# include <qt_windows.h>
+#endif
+
+class TQSQLiteDriverPrivate;
+class TQSQLiteResultPrivate;
+class TQSQLiteDriver;
+struct sqlite;
+
+class TQSQLiteResult : public TQtSqlCachedResult
+{
+    friend class TQSQLiteDriver;
+    friend class TQSQLiteResultPrivate;
+public:
+    TQSQLiteResult(const TQSQLiteDriver* db);
+    ~TQSQLiteResult();
+
+protected:
+    bool gotoNext(TQtSqlCachedResult::RowCache* row);    
+    bool reset (const TQString& query);
+    int size();
+    int numRowsAffected();
+
+private:
+    TQSQLiteResultPrivate* d;
+};
+
+class TQSQLiteDriver : public TQSqlDriver
+{
+    friend class TQSQLiteResult;
+public:
+    TQSQLiteDriver(TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
+    TQSQLiteDriver(sqlite *connection, TQObject *parent = 0, const char *name = 0);
+    ~TQSQLiteDriver();
+    bool hasFeature(DriverFeature f) const;
+    bool open(const TQString & db,
+                   const TQString & user,
+                   const TQString & password,
+                   const TQString & host,
+                   int port,
+                   const TQString & connOpts);
+    bool open( const TQString & db,
+	    const TQString & user,
+	    const TQString & password,
+	    const TQString & host,
+	    int port ) { return open (db, user, password, host, port, TQString()); }
+    void close();
+    TQSqlQuery createQuery() const;
+    bool beginTransaction();
+    bool commitTransaction();
+    bool rollbackTransaction();
+    TQStringList tables(const TQString& user) const;
+
+    TQSqlRecord record(const TQString& tablename) const;
+    TQSqlRecordInfo recordInfo(const TQString& tablename) const;
+    TQSqlIndex primaryIndex(const TQString &table) const;
+    TQSqlRecord record(const TQSqlQuery& query) const;
+    TQSqlRecordInfo recordInfo(const TQSqlQuery& query) const;
+
+private:
+    TQSQLiteDriverPrivate* d;
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qdatabrowser.cpp b/src/sql/qdatabrowser.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b1dc0bddd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qdatabrowser.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1284 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQDataBrowser class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qdatabrowser.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL_VIEW_WIDGETS
+
+#include "qsqlform.h"
+#include "qsqlmanager_p.h"
+#include "qsqlresult.h"
+
+class TQDataBrowserPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQDataBrowserPrivate() : boundaryCheck( TRUE ), readOnly( FALSE ) {}
+    TQSqlCursorManager cur;
+    TQSqlFormManager frm;
+    TQDataManager dat;
+    bool boundaryCheck;
+    bool readOnly;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class TQDataBrowser qdatabrowser.h
+    \brief The TQDataBrowser class provides data manipulation and
+    navigation for data entry forms.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \mainclass
+    \module sql
+
+    A high-level API is provided for navigating through data records
+    in a cursor, for inserting, updating and deleting records, and for
+    refreshing data in the display.
+
+    If you want a read-only form to present database data use
+    TQDataView; if you want a table-based presentation of your data use
+    TQDataTable.
+
+    A TQDataBrowser is used to associate a dataset with a form in much
+    the same way as a TQDataTable associates a dataset with a table.
+    Once the data browser has been constructed it can be associated
+    with a dataset with setSqlCursor(), and with a form with
+    setForm(). Boundary checking, sorting and filtering can be set
+    with setBoundaryChecking(), setSort() and setFilter(),
+    respectively.
+
+    The insertCurrent() function reads the fields from the default
+    form into the default cursor and performs the insert. The
+    updateCurrent() and deleteCurrent() functions perform similarly to
+    update and delete the current record respectively.
+
+    The user can be asked to confirm all edits with setConfirmEdits().
+    For more precise control use setConfirmInsert(),
+    setConfirmUpdate(), setConfirmDelete() and setConfirmCancels().
+    Use setAutoEdit() to control the behaviour of the form when the
+    user edits a record and then navigates.
+
+    The record set is navigated using first(), next(), prev(), last()
+    and seek(). The form's display is updated with refresh(). When
+    navigation takes place the firstRecordAvailable(),
+    lastRecordAvailable(), nextRecordAvailable() and
+    prevRecordAvailable() signals are emitted. When the cursor record
+    is changed due to navigation the cursorChanged() signal is
+    emitted.
+
+    If you want finer control of the insert, update and delete
+    processes then you can use the lower level functions to perform
+    these operations as described below.
+
+    The form is populated with data from the database with
+    readFields(). If the user is allowed to edit, (see setReadOnly()),
+    write the form's data back to the cursor's edit buffer with
+    writeFields(). You can clear the values in the form with
+    clearValues(). Editing is performed as follows:
+    \list
+    \i \e insert When the data browser enters insertion mode it emits the
+    primeInsert() signal which you can connect to, for example to
+    pre-populate fields. Call writeFields() to write the user's edits to
+    the cursor's edit buffer then call insert() to insert the record
+    into the database. The beforeInsert() signal is emitted just before
+    the cursor's edit buffer is inserted into the database; connect to
+    this for example, to populate fields such as an auto-generated
+    primary key.
+    \i \e update For updates the primeUpdate() signal is emitted when
+    the data browser enters update mode. After calling writeFields()
+    call update() to update the record and connect to the beforeUpdate()
+    signal to manipulate the user's data before the update takes place.
+    \i \e delete For deletion the primeDelete() signal is emitted when
+    the data browser enters deletion mode. After calling writeFields()
+    call del() to delete the record and connect to the beforeDelete()
+    signal, for example to record an audit of the deleted record.
+    \endlist
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQDataBrowser::Boundary
+
+    This enum describes where the data browser is positioned.
+
+    \value Unknown  the boundary cannot be determined (usually because
+    there is no default cursor, or the default cursor is not active).
+
+    \value None  the browser is not positioned on a boundary, but it is
+    positioned on a record somewhere in the middle.
+
+    \value BeforeBeginning  the browser is positioned before the
+    first available record.
+
+    \value Beginning  the browser is positioned at the first record.
+
+    \value End  the browser is positioned at the last
+    record.
+
+    \value AfterEnd  the browser is positioned after the last
+    available record.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a data browser which is a child of \a parent, with the
+    name \a name and widget flags set to \a fl.
+*/
+
+TQDataBrowser::TQDataBrowser( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, WFlags fl )
+    : TQWidget( parent, name, fl )
+{
+    d = new TQDataBrowserPrivate();
+    d->dat.setMode( TQSql::Update );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+TQDataBrowser::~TQDataBrowser()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns an enum indicating the boundary status of the browser.
+
+    This is achieved by moving the default cursor and checking the
+    position, however the current default form values will not be
+    altered. After checking for the boundary, the cursor is moved back
+    to its former position. See \l TQDataBrowser::Boundary.
+
+    \sa Boundary
+*/
+
+TQDataBrowser::Boundary TQDataBrowser::boundary()
+{
+    TQSqlCursor* cur = d->cur.cursor();
+    if ( !cur || !cur->isActive() )
+	return Unknown;
+    if ( !cur->isValid() ) {
+	if ( cur->at() == TQSql::BeforeFirst )
+	    return BeforeBeginning;
+	if ( cur->at() == TQSql::AfterLast )
+	    return AfterEnd;
+	return Unknown;
+    }
+    if ( cur->at() == 0 )
+	return Beginning;
+    int currentAt = cur->at();
+
+    Boundary b = None;
+    if ( !cur->prev() )
+	b = Beginning;
+    else
+	cur->seek( currentAt );
+    if ( b == None && !cur->next() )
+	b = End;
+    cur->seek( currentAt );
+    return b;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataBrowser::boundaryChecking
+    \brief whether boundary checking is active
+
+    When boundary checking is active (the default), signals are
+    emitted indicating the current position of the default cursor.
+
+    \sa boundary()
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::setBoundaryChecking( bool active )
+{
+    d->boundaryCheck = active;
+}
+
+bool TQDataBrowser::boundaryChecking() const
+{
+    return d->boundaryCheck;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataBrowser::sort
+    \brief the data browser's sort
+
+    The data browser's sort affects the order in which records are
+    viewed in the browser. Call refresh() to apply the new sort.
+
+    When retrieving the sort property, a string list is returned in
+    the form 'fieldname order', e.g. 'id ASC', 'surname DESC'.
+
+    There is no default sort.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
+    over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    TQStringList list = myDataBrowser.sort();
+    TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::setSort( const TQStringList& sort )
+{
+    d->cur.setSort( sort );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the data browser's sort to the TQSqlIndex \a sort. To apply
+    the new sort, use refresh().
+
+*/
+void TQDataBrowser::setSort( const TQSqlIndex& sort )
+{
+    d->cur.setSort( sort );
+}
+
+TQStringList TQDataBrowser::sort() const
+{
+    return d->cur.sort();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataBrowser::filter
+    \brief the data browser's filter
+
+    The filter applies to the data shown in the browser. Call
+    refresh() to apply the new filter. A filter is a string containing
+    a SQL WHERE clause without the WHERE keyword, e.g. "id>1000",
+    "name LIKE 'A%'", etc.
+
+    There is no default filter.
+
+    \sa sort()
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::setFilter( const TQString& filter )
+{
+    d->cur.setFilter( filter );
+}
+
+
+TQString TQDataBrowser::filter() const
+{
+    return d->cur.filter();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the default cursor used by the data browser to \a cursor. If
+    \a autoDelete is TRUE (the default is FALSE), the data browser
+    takes ownership of the \a cursor pointer, which will be deleted
+    when the browser is destroyed, or when setSqlCursor() is called
+    again. To activate the \a cursor use refresh(). The cursor's edit
+    buffer is used in the default form to browse and edit records.
+
+    \sa sqlCursor() form() setForm()
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::setSqlCursor( TQSqlCursor* cursor, bool autoDelete )
+{
+    if ( !cursor )
+	return;
+    d->cur.setCursor( cursor, autoDelete );
+    d->frm.setRecord( cursor->editBuffer() );
+    if ( cursor->isReadOnly() )
+	setReadOnly( TRUE );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the default cursor used for navigation, or 0 if there is
+    no default cursor.
+
+    \sa setSqlCursor()
+*/
+
+TQSqlCursor* TQDataBrowser::sqlCursor() const
+{
+    return d->cur.cursor();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the browser's default form to \a form. The cursor and all
+    navigation and data manipulation functions that the browser
+    provides become available to the \a form.
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::setForm( TQSqlForm* form )
+{
+    d->frm.setForm( form );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the data browser's default form or 0 if no form has been
+    set.
+*/
+
+TQSqlForm* TQDataBrowser::form()
+{
+    return d->frm.form();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataBrowser::readOnly
+    \brief whether the browser is read-only
+
+    The default is FALSE, i.e. data can be edited. If the data browser
+    is read-only, no database edits will be allowed.
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::setReadOnly( bool active )
+{
+    d->readOnly = active;
+}
+
+bool TQDataBrowser::isReadOnly() const
+{
+    return d->readOnly;
+}
+
+void TQDataBrowser::setConfirmEdits( bool confirm )
+{
+    d->dat.setConfirmEdits( confirm );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataBrowser::confirmInsert
+    \brief whether the data browser confirms insertions
+
+    If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms insertions,
+    otherwise insertions happen immediately.
+
+    \sa confirmCancels() confirmEdits() confirmUpdate() confirmDelete() confirmEdit()
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::setConfirmInsert( bool confirm )
+{
+    d->dat.setConfirmInsert( confirm );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataBrowser::confirmUpdate
+    \brief whether the browser confirms updates
+
+    If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms updates, otherwise
+    updates happen immediately.
+
+    \sa confirmCancels() confirmEdits() confirmInsert() confirmDelete() confirmEdit()
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::setConfirmUpdate( bool confirm )
+{
+    d->dat.setConfirmUpdate( confirm );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataBrowser::confirmDelete
+    \brief whether the browser confirms deletions
+
+    If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms deletions,
+    otherwise deletions happen immediately.
+
+    \sa confirmCancels() confirmEdits() confirmUpdate() confirmInsert() confirmEdit()
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::setConfirmDelete( bool confirm )
+{
+    d->dat.setConfirmDelete( confirm );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataBrowser::confirmEdits
+    \brief whether the browser confirms edits
+
+    If this property is TRUE, the browser confirms all edit operations
+    (insertions, updates and deletions), otherwise all edit operations
+    happen immediately. Confirmation is achieved by presenting the
+    user with a message box -- this behavior can be changed by
+    reimplementing the confirmEdit() function,
+
+    \sa confirmEdit() confirmCancels() confirmInsert() confirmUpdate() confirmDelete()
+*/
+
+bool TQDataBrowser::confirmEdits() const
+{
+    return ( d->dat.confirmEdits() );
+}
+
+bool TQDataBrowser::confirmInsert() const
+{
+    return ( d->dat.confirmInsert() );
+}
+
+bool TQDataBrowser::confirmUpdate() const
+{
+    return ( d->dat.confirmUpdate() );
+}
+
+bool TQDataBrowser::confirmDelete() const
+{
+    return ( d->dat.confirmDelete() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataBrowser::confirmCancels
+    \brief whether the browser confirms cancel operations
+
+    If this property is TRUE, all cancels must be confirmed by the
+    user through a message box (this behavior can be changed by
+    overriding the confirmCancel() function), otherwise all cancels
+    occur immediately. The default is FALSE.
+
+    \sa confirmEdits() confirmCancel()
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::setConfirmCancels( bool confirm )
+{
+    d->dat.setConfirmCancels( confirm );
+}
+
+bool TQDataBrowser::confirmCancels() const
+{
+    return d->dat.confirmCancels();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataBrowser::autoEdit
+    \brief whether the browser automatically applies edits
+
+    The default value for this property is TRUE. When the user begins
+    an insertion or an update on a form there are two possible
+    outcomes when they navigate to another record:
+
+    \list
+    \i the insert or update is is performed -- this occurs if autoEdit is TRUE
+    \i the insert or update is discarded -- this occurs if autoEdit is FALSE
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::setAutoEdit( bool autoEdit )
+{
+    d->dat.setAutoEdit( autoEdit );
+}
+
+bool TQDataBrowser::autoEdit() const
+{
+    return d->dat.autoEdit();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataBrowser::firstRecordAvailable( bool available )
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the position of the cursor
+    changes. The \a available parameter indicates whether or not the
+    first record in the default cursor is available.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataBrowser::lastRecordAvailable( bool available )
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the position of the cursor
+    changes. The \a available parameter indicates whether or not the
+    last record in the default cursor is available.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataBrowser::nextRecordAvailable( bool available )
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the position of the cursor
+    changes. The \a available parameter indicates whether or not the
+    next record in the default cursor is available.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataBrowser::prevRecordAvailable( bool available )
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the position of the cursor
+    changes. The \a available parameter indicates whether or not the
+    previous record in the default cursor is available.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataBrowser::currentChanged( const TQSqlRecord* record )
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the current cursor position
+    changes. The \a record parameter points to the contents of the
+    current cursor's record.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataBrowser::primeInsert( TQSqlRecord* buf )
+
+    This signal is emitted when the data browser enters insertion
+    mode. The \a buf parameter points to the record buffer that is to
+    be inserted. Connect to this signal to, for example, prime the
+    record buffer with default data values, auto-numbered fields etc.
+    (Note that TQSqlCursor::primeInsert() is \e not called on the
+    default cursor, as this would corrupt values in the form.)
+
+    \sa insert()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataBrowser::primeUpdate( TQSqlRecord* buf )
+
+    This signal is emitted when the data browser enters update mode.
+    Note that during navigation (first(), last(), next(), prev()),
+    each record that is shown in the default form is primed for
+    update. The \a buf parameter points to the record buffer being
+    updated. (Note that TQSqlCursor::primeUpdate() is \e not called on
+    the default cursor, as this would corrupt values in the form.)
+    Connect to this signal in order to, for example, keep track of
+    which records have been updated, perhaps for auditing purposes.
+
+    \sa update()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataBrowser::primeDelete( TQSqlRecord* buf )
+
+    This signal is emitted when the data browser enters deletion mode.
+    The \a buf parameter points to the record buffer being deleted.
+    (Note that TQSqlCursor::primeDelete() is \e not called on the
+    default cursor, as this would corrupt values in the form.)
+    Connect to this signal in order to, for example, save a copy of
+    the deleted record for auditing purposes.
+
+    \sa del()
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataBrowser::cursorChanged( TQSqlCursor::Mode mode )
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the cursor record was changed due
+    to navigation. The \a mode parameter is the edit that just took
+    place, e.g. Insert, Update or Delete. See \l TQSqlCursor::Mode.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Refreshes the data browser's data using the default cursor. The
+    browser's current filter and sort are applied if they have been
+    set.
+
+    \sa setFilter() setSort()
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::refresh()
+{
+    d->cur.refresh();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Performs an insert operation on the data browser's cursor. If
+    there is no default cursor or no default form, nothing happens.
+
+    If auto-editing is on (see setAutoEdit()), the following happens:
+
+    \list
+    \i If the browser is already actively inserting a record,
+    the current form's data is inserted into the database.
+    \i If the browser is not inserting a record, but the current record
+    was changed by the user, the record is updated in the database with
+    the current form's data (i.e. with the changes).
+    \endlist
+
+    If there is an error handling any of the above auto-edit actions,
+    handleError() is called and no insert or update is performed.
+
+    If no error occurred, or auto-editing is not enabled, the data browser
+    begins actively inserting a record into the database by performing the
+    following actions:
+
+    \list
+    \i The default cursor is primed for insert using TQSqlCursor::primeInsert().
+    \i The primeInsert() signal is emitted.
+    \i The form is updated with the values in the default cursor's.
+    edit buffer so that the user can fill in the values to be inserted.
+    \endlist
+
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::insert()
+{
+    TQSqlRecord* buf = d->frm.record();
+    TQSqlCursor* cur = d->cur.cursor();
+    if ( !buf || !cur )
+	return;
+    bool doIns = TRUE;
+    TQSql::Confirm conf = TQSql::Yes;
+    switch ( d->dat.mode() ) {
+    case TQSql::Insert:
+	if ( autoEdit() ) {
+	    if ( confirmInsert() )
+		conf = confirmEdit( TQSql::Insert );
+	    switch ( conf ) {
+	    case TQSql::Yes:
+		insertCurrent();
+		break;
+	    case TQSql::No:
+		break;
+	    case TQSql::Cancel:
+		doIns = FALSE;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	break;
+    default:
+	if ( autoEdit() && currentEdited() ) {
+	    if ( confirmUpdate() )
+		conf = confirmEdit( TQSql::Update );
+	    switch ( conf ) {
+	    case TQSql::Yes:
+		updateCurrent();
+		break;
+	    case TQSql::No:
+		break;
+	    case TQSql::Cancel:
+		doIns = FALSE;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+    if ( doIns ) {
+	d->dat.setMode( TQSql::Insert );
+	sqlCursor()->primeInsert();
+	emit primeInsert( d->frm.record() );
+	readFields();
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Performs an update operation on the data browser's cursor.
+
+    If there is no default cursor or no default form, nothing happens.
+    Otherwise, the following happens:
+
+    If the data browser is actively inserting a record (see insert()),
+    that record is inserted into the database using insertCurrent().
+    Otherwise, the database is updated with the current form's data
+    using updateCurrent(). If there is an error handling either
+    action, handleError() is called.
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::update()
+{
+    TQSqlRecord* buf = d->frm.record();
+    TQSqlCursor* cur = d->cur.cursor();
+    if ( !buf || !cur )
+	return;
+    TQSql::Confirm conf = TQSql::Yes;
+    switch ( d->dat.mode() ){
+    case TQSql::Insert:
+	if ( confirmInsert() )
+	    conf = confirmEdit( TQSql::Insert );		
+	switch ( conf ) {
+	    case TQSql::Yes:
+		if ( insertCurrent() )
+		    d->dat.setMode( TQSql::Update );
+	    break;
+	    case TQSql::No:
+		d->dat.setMode( TQSql::Update );
+	    cur->editBuffer( TRUE );
+	    readFields();
+	    break;
+	    case TQSql::Cancel:
+	    break;
+	}
+    break;
+    default:
+	d->dat.setMode( TQSql::Update );
+	if ( confirmUpdate() )
+	    conf = confirmEdit( TQSql::Update );
+	switch ( conf ) {
+	case TQSql::Yes:
+	    updateCurrent();
+	    break;
+	case TQSql::No:
+	case TQSql::Cancel:
+	    break;
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Performs a delete operation on the data browser's cursor. If there
+    is no default cursor or no default form, nothing happens.
+
+    Otherwise, the following happens:
+
+    The current form's record is deleted from the database, providing
+    that the data browser is not in insert mode. If the data browser
+    is actively inserting a record (see insert()), the insert action
+    is canceled, and the browser navigates to the last valid record
+    that was current. If there is an error, handleError() is called.
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::del()
+{
+    TQSqlRecord* buf = d->frm.record();
+    TQSqlCursor* cur = d->cur.cursor();
+    if ( !buf || !cur )
+	return;
+    TQSql::Confirm conf = TQSql::Yes;
+    switch ( d->dat.mode() ){
+    case TQSql::Insert:
+	if ( confirmCancels() )
+	    conf = confirmCancel( TQSql::Insert );
+	if ( conf == TQSql::Yes ) {
+	    cur->editBuffer( TRUE ); /* restore from cursor */
+	    readFields();
+	    d->dat.setMode( TQSql::Update );
+	} else
+	    d->dat.setMode( TQSql::Insert );
+	break;
+    default:
+	if ( confirmDelete() )
+	    conf = confirmEdit( TQSql::Delete );
+	switch ( conf ) {
+	case TQSql::Yes:
+	    emit primeDelete( buf );
+	    deleteCurrent();
+	    break;
+	case TQSql::No:
+	case TQSql::Cancel:
+	    break;
+	}
+	d->dat.setMode( TQSql::Update );
+	break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Moves the default cursor to the record specified by the index \a i
+    and refreshes the default form to display this record. If there is
+    no default form or no default cursor, nothing happens. If \a
+    relative is TRUE (the default is FALSE), the cursor is moved
+    relative to its current position. If the data browser successfully
+    navigated to the desired record, the default cursor is primed for
+    update and the primeUpdate() signal is emitted.
+
+    If the browser is already positioned on the desired record nothing
+    happens.
+*/
+
+bool TQDataBrowser::seek( int i, bool relative )
+{
+    int b = 0;
+    TQSqlCursor* cur = d->cur.cursor();
+    if ( !cur )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( preNav() )
+	b = cur->seek( i, relative );
+    postNav( b );
+    return b;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Moves the default cursor to the first record and refreshes the
+    default form to display this record. If there is no default form
+    or no default cursor, nothing happens. If the data browser
+    successfully navigated to the first record, the default cursor is
+    primed for update and the primeUpdate() signal is emitted.
+
+    If the browser is already positioned on the first record nothing
+    happens.
+
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::first()
+{
+    nav( &TQSqlCursor::first );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Moves the default cursor to the last record and refreshes the
+    default form to display this record. If there is no default form
+    or no default cursor, nothing happens. If the data browser
+    successfully navigated to the last record, the default cursor is
+    primed for update and the primeUpdate() signal is emitted.
+
+    If the browser is already positioned on the last record nothing
+    happens.
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::last()
+{
+    nav( &TQSqlCursor::last );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Moves the default cursor to the next record and refreshes the
+    default form to display this record. If there is no default form
+    or no default cursor, nothing happens. If the data browser
+    successfully navigated to the next record, the default cursor is
+    primed for update and the primeUpdate() signal is emitted.
+
+    If the browser is positioned on the last record nothing happens.
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::next()
+{
+    nav( &TQSqlCursor::next );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Moves the default cursor to the previous record and refreshes the
+    default form to display this record. If there is no default form
+    or no default cursor, nothing happens. If the data browser
+    successfully navigated to the previous record, the default cursor
+    is primed for update and the primeUpdate() signal is emitted.
+
+    If the browser is positioned on the first record nothing happens.
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::prev()
+{
+    nav( &TQSqlCursor::prev );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Reads the fields from the default cursor's edit buffer and
+    displays them in the form. If there is no default cursor or no
+    default form, nothing happens.
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::readFields()
+{
+    d->frm.readFields();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Writes the form's data to the default cursor's edit buffer. If
+    there is no default cursor or no default form, nothing happens.
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::writeFields()
+{
+    d->frm.writeFields();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Clears all the values in the form.
+
+    All the edit buffer field values are set to their 'zero state',
+    e.g. 0 for numeric fields and "" for string fields. Then the
+    widgets are updated using the property map. For example, a
+    combobox that is property-mapped to integers would scroll to the
+    first item. See the \l TQSqlPropertyMap constructor for the default
+    mappings of widgets to properties.
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::clearValues()
+{
+    d->frm.clearValues();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Reads the fields from the default form into the default cursor and
+    performs an insert on the default cursor. If there is no default
+    form or no default cursor, nothing happens. If an error occurred
+    during the insert into the database, handleError() is called and
+    FALSE is returned. If the insert was successfull, the cursor is
+    refreshed and relocated to the newly inserted record, the
+    cursorChanged() signal is emitted, and TRUE is returned.
+
+    \sa cursorChanged() sqlCursor() form() handleError()
+*/
+
+bool TQDataBrowser::insertCurrent()
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() )
+	return FALSE;
+    TQSqlRecord* buf = d->frm.record();
+    TQSqlCursor* cur = d->cur.cursor();
+    if ( !buf || !cur )
+	return FALSE;
+    writeFields();
+    emit beforeInsert( buf );
+    int ar = cur->insert();
+    if ( !ar || !cur->isActive() ) {
+	handleError( cur->lastError() );
+	refresh();
+	updateBoundary();
+    } else {
+	refresh();
+	d->cur.findBuffer( cur->primaryIndex() );
+	updateBoundary();
+	cursorChanged( TQSqlCursor::Insert );
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Reads the fields from the default form into the default cursor and
+    performs an update on the default cursor. If there is no default
+    form or no default cursor, nothing happens. If an error occurred
+    during the update on the database, handleError() is called and
+    FALSE is returned. If the update was successfull, the cursor is
+    refreshed and relocated to the updated record, the cursorChanged()
+    signal is emitted, and TRUE is returned.
+
+    \sa cursor() form() handleError()
+*/
+
+bool TQDataBrowser::updateCurrent()
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() )
+	return FALSE;
+    TQSqlRecord* buf = d->frm.record();
+    TQSqlCursor* cur = d->cur.cursor();
+    if ( !buf || !cur )
+	return FALSE;
+    writeFields();
+    emit beforeUpdate( buf );
+    int ar = cur->update();
+    if ( !ar || !cur->isActive() ) {
+	handleError( cur->lastError() );
+	refresh();
+	updateBoundary();
+    } else {
+	refresh();
+	d->cur.findBuffer( cur->primaryIndex() );
+	updateBoundary();
+	cur->editBuffer( TRUE );
+	cursorChanged( TQSqlCursor::Update );
+	readFields();
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Performs a delete on the default cursor using the values from the
+    default form and updates the default form. If there is no default
+    form or no default cursor, nothing happens. If the deletion was
+    successful, the cursor is repositioned to the nearest record and
+    TRUE is returned. The nearest record is the next record if there
+    is one otherwise the previous record if there is one. If an error
+    occurred during the deletion from the database, handleError() is
+    called and FALSE is returned.
+
+    \sa cursor() form() handleError()
+*/
+
+bool TQDataBrowser::deleteCurrent()
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() )
+	return FALSE;
+    TQSqlRecord* buf = d->frm.record();
+    TQSqlCursor* cur = d->cur.cursor();
+    if ( !buf || !cur )
+	return FALSE;
+    writeFields();
+    int n = cur->at();
+    emit beforeDelete( buf );
+    int ar = cur->del();
+    if ( ar ) {
+	refresh();
+	updateBoundary();
+	cursorChanged( TQSqlCursor::Delete );
+	if ( !cur->seek( n ) )
+	    last();
+	if ( cur->isValid() ) {
+	    cur->editBuffer( TRUE );
+	    readFields();
+	} else {
+	    clearValues();
+	}
+	return TRUE;
+    } else {
+	if ( !cur->isActive() ) {
+	    handleError( cur->lastError() );
+	    refresh();
+	    updateBoundary();
+	}
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the form's edit buffer differs from the current
+    cursor buffer; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQDataBrowser::currentEdited()
+{
+    TQSqlRecord* buf = d->frm.record();
+    TQSqlCursor* cur = d->cur.cursor();
+    if ( !buf || !cur )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( !cur->isActive() || !cur->isValid() )
+	return FALSE;
+    writeFields();
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < cur->count(); ++i ) {
+	if ( cur->value(i) != buf->value(i) )
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Pre-navigation checking.
+*/
+
+bool TQDataBrowser::preNav()
+{
+    TQSqlRecord* buf = d->frm.record();
+    TQSqlCursor* cur = d->cur.cursor();
+    if ( !buf || !cur )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    if ( !isReadOnly() && autoEdit() && currentEdited() ) {
+	bool ok = TRUE;
+	TQSql::Confirm conf = TQSql::Yes;
+	switch ( d->dat.mode() ){
+	case TQSql::Insert:
+	    if ( confirmInsert() )
+		conf = confirmEdit( TQSql::Insert );
+	    switch ( conf ) {
+	    case TQSql::Yes:
+		ok = insertCurrent();
+		d->dat.setMode( TQSql::Update );
+		break;
+	    case TQSql::No:
+		d->dat.setMode( TQSql::Update );
+		break;
+	    case TQSql::Cancel:
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    if ( confirmUpdate() )
+		conf = confirmEdit( TQSql::Update );
+	    switch ( conf ) {
+	    case TQSql::Yes:
+		ok = updateCurrent();
+		break;
+	    case TQSql::No:
+		break;
+	    case TQSql::Cancel:
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+	}
+	return ok;
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Handles post-navigation according to \a primeUpd.
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::postNav( bool primeUpd )
+{
+    if ( primeUpd ) {
+	TQSqlRecord* buf = d->frm.record();
+	TQSqlCursor* cur = d->cur.cursor();
+	if ( !buf || !cur )
+	    return;
+	currentChanged( cur );
+	cur->primeUpdate();
+	emit primeUpdate( buf );
+	readFields();
+    }
+    updateBoundary();
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Navigate default cursor according to \a nav. Handles autoEdit.
+
+*/
+void TQDataBrowser::nav( Nav nav )
+{
+    int b = 0;
+    TQSqlCursor* cur = d->cur.cursor();
+    if ( !cur )
+	return;
+    if ( preNav() )
+	b = (cur->*nav)();
+    postNav( b );
+}
+
+/*!
+    If boundaryChecking() is TRUE, checks the boundary of the current
+    default cursor and emits signals which indicate the position of
+    the cursor.
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::updateBoundary()
+{
+    if ( d->boundaryCheck ) {
+	Boundary bound = boundary();
+	switch ( bound ) {
+	case Unknown:
+	case None:
+	    emit firstRecordAvailable( TRUE );
+	    emit prevRecordAvailable( TRUE );
+	    emit nextRecordAvailable( TRUE );
+	    emit lastRecordAvailable( TRUE );
+	    break;
+
+	case BeforeBeginning:
+	    emit firstRecordAvailable( FALSE );
+	    emit prevRecordAvailable( FALSE );
+	    emit nextRecordAvailable( TRUE );
+	    emit lastRecordAvailable( TRUE );
+	    break;
+
+	case Beginning:
+	    emit firstRecordAvailable( FALSE );
+	    emit prevRecordAvailable( FALSE );
+	    emit nextRecordAvailable( TRUE );
+	    emit lastRecordAvailable( TRUE );
+	    break;
+
+	case End:
+	    emit firstRecordAvailable( TRUE );
+	    emit prevRecordAvailable( TRUE );
+	    emit nextRecordAvailable( FALSE );
+	    emit lastRecordAvailable( FALSE );
+	    break;
+
+	case AfterEnd:
+	    emit firstRecordAvailable( TRUE );
+	    emit prevRecordAvailable( TRUE );
+	    emit nextRecordAvailable( FALSE );
+	    emit lastRecordAvailable( FALSE );
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Virtual function which handles the error \a error. The default
+    implementation warns the user with a message box.
+*/
+
+void TQDataBrowser::handleError( const TQSqlError& error )
+{
+    d->dat.handleError( this, error );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Protected virtual function which returns a confirmation for an
+    edit of mode \a m. Derived classes can reimplement this function
+    and provide their own confirmation dialog. The default
+    implementation uses a message box which prompts the user to
+    confirm the edit action.
+*/
+
+TQSql::Confirm TQDataBrowser::confirmEdit( TQSql::Op m )
+{
+    return d->dat.confirmEdit( this, m );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Protected virtual function which returns a confirmation for
+    cancelling an edit mode \a m. Derived classes can reimplement this
+    function and provide their own confirmation dialog. The default
+    implementation uses a message box which prompts the user to
+    confirm the edit action.
+*/
+
+TQSql::Confirm  TQDataBrowser::confirmCancel( TQSql::Op m )
+{
+    return d->dat.confirmCancel( this, m );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataBrowser::beforeInsert( TQSqlRecord* buf )
+
+    This signal is emitted just before the cursor's edit buffer is
+    inserted into the database. The \a buf parameter points to the
+    edit buffer being inserted. You might connect to this signal to
+    populate a generated primary key for example.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataBrowser::beforeUpdate( TQSqlRecord* buf )
+
+    This signal is emitted just before the cursor's edit buffer is
+    updated in the database. The \a buf parameter points to the edit
+    buffer being updated. You might connect to this signal to capture
+    some auditing information about the update.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataBrowser::beforeDelete( TQSqlRecord* buf )
+
+    This signal is emitted just before the cursor's edit buffer  is
+    deleted from the database. The \a buf parameter points to the edit
+    buffer being deleted. You might connect to this signal to capture
+    some auditing information about the deletion.
+*/
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qdatabrowser.h b/src/sql/qdatabrowser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b7aee2bf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qdatabrowser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQDataBrowser class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQDATABROWSER_H
+#define TQDATABROWSER_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qsql.h"
+#include "qsqlindex.h"
+#include "qsqlcursor.h"
+#include "qsqlerror.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL_VIEW_WIDGETS
+
+class TQSqlForm;
+class TQDataBrowserPrivate;
+
+class Q_EXPORT TQDataBrowser : public TQWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool boundaryChecking READ boundaryChecking WRITE setBoundaryChecking )
+    Q_PROPERTY( TQString filter READ filter WRITE setFilter )
+    Q_PROPERTY( TQStringList sort READ sort WRITE setSort )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool confirmEdits READ confirmEdits WRITE setConfirmEdits )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool confirmInsert READ confirmInsert WRITE setConfirmInsert )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool confirmUpdate READ confirmUpdate WRITE setConfirmUpdate )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool confirmDelete READ confirmDelete WRITE setConfirmDelete )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool confirmCancels READ confirmCancels WRITE setConfirmCancels )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool readOnly READ isReadOnly WRITE setReadOnly )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool autoEdit READ autoEdit WRITE setAutoEdit )
+
+public:
+    TQDataBrowser( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, WFlags fl = 0 );
+    ~TQDataBrowser();
+
+    enum Boundary {
+	Unknown,
+	None,
+	BeforeBeginning,
+	Beginning,
+	End,
+	AfterEnd
+    };
+
+    Boundary boundary();
+    void setBoundaryChecking( bool active );
+    bool boundaryChecking() const;
+
+    void setSort( const TQSqlIndex& sort );
+    void setSort( const TQStringList& sort );
+    TQStringList  sort() const;
+    void setFilter( const TQString& filter );
+    TQString filter() const;
+    virtual void setSqlCursor( TQSqlCursor* cursor, bool autoDelete = FALSE );
+    TQSqlCursor* sqlCursor() const;
+    virtual void setForm( TQSqlForm* form );
+    TQSqlForm* form();
+
+    virtual void setConfirmEdits( bool confirm );
+    virtual void setConfirmInsert( bool confirm );
+    virtual void setConfirmUpdate( bool confirm );
+    virtual void setConfirmDelete( bool confirm );
+    virtual void setConfirmCancels( bool confirm );
+    bool confirmEdits() const;
+    bool confirmInsert() const;
+    bool confirmUpdate() const;
+    bool confirmDelete() const;
+    bool confirmCancels() const;
+
+    virtual void setReadOnly( bool active );
+    bool isReadOnly() const;
+    virtual void setAutoEdit( bool autoEdit );
+    bool autoEdit() const;
+
+    virtual bool seek( int i, bool relative = FALSE );
+
+signals:
+    void firstRecordAvailable( bool available );
+    void lastRecordAvailable( bool available );
+    void nextRecordAvailable( bool available );
+    void prevRecordAvailable( bool available );
+
+    void currentChanged( const TQSqlRecord* record );
+    void primeInsert( TQSqlRecord* buf );
+    void primeUpdate( TQSqlRecord* buf );
+    void primeDelete( TQSqlRecord* buf );
+    void beforeInsert( TQSqlRecord* buf );
+    void beforeUpdate( TQSqlRecord* buf );
+    void beforeDelete( TQSqlRecord* buf );
+    void cursorChanged( TQSqlCursor::Mode mode );
+
+public slots:
+    virtual void refresh();
+
+    virtual void insert();
+    virtual void update();
+    virtual void del();
+
+    virtual void first();
+    virtual void last();
+    virtual void next();
+    virtual void prev();
+
+    virtual void readFields();
+    virtual void writeFields();
+    virtual void clearValues();
+
+    void updateBoundary();
+
+protected:
+    virtual bool insertCurrent();
+    virtual bool updateCurrent();
+    virtual bool deleteCurrent();
+    virtual bool currentEdited();
+
+    virtual TQSql::Confirm confirmEdit( TQSql::Op m );
+    virtual TQSql::Confirm confirmCancel( TQSql::Op m );
+
+    virtual void handleError( const TQSqlError& error );
+
+private:
+    typedef bool (TQSqlCursor::*Nav)();
+    bool preNav();
+    void postNav( bool primeUpd );
+    void nav( Nav nav );
+    TQDataBrowserPrivate* d;
+
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    TQDataBrowser( const TQDataBrowser & );
+    TQDataBrowser &operator=( const TQDataBrowser & );
+#endif
+};
+
+
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qdatatable.cpp b/src/sql/qdatatable.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8edc7f230
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qdatatable.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,2322 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQDataTable class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qdatatable.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL_VIEW_WIDGETS
+
+#include "qsqldriver.h"
+#include "qsqleditorfactory.h"
+#include "qsqlpropertymap.h"
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qlayout.h"
+#include "qpainter.h"
+#include "qpopupmenu.h"
+#include "qvaluelist.h"
+#include "qsqlmanager_p.h"
+#include "qdatetime.h"
+#include "qcursor.h"
+#include "qtimer.h"
+
+//#define QT_DEBUG_DATATABLE
+
+class TQDataTablePrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQDataTablePrivate()
+	: nullTxtChanged( FALSE ),
+	  haveAllRows( FALSE ),
+	  continuousEdit( FALSE ),
+	  editorFactory( 0 ),
+	  propertyMap( 0 ),
+	  editRow( -1 ),
+	  editCol( -1 ),
+	  insertRowLast( -1 ),
+	  insertPreRows( -1 ),
+	  editBuffer( 0 ),
+	  cancelMode( FALSE ),
+	  cancelInsert( FALSE ),
+	  cancelUpdate( FALSE )
+    {}
+    ~TQDataTablePrivate() { if ( propertyMap ) delete propertyMap; }
+
+    TQString nullTxt;
+    bool nullTxtChanged;
+    typedef TQValueList< uint > ColIndex;
+    ColIndex colIndex;
+    bool haveAllRows;
+    bool continuousEdit;
+    TQSqlEditorFactory* editorFactory;
+    TQSqlPropertyMap* propertyMap;
+    TQString trueTxt;
+    TQt::DateFormat datefmt;
+    TQString falseTxt;
+    int editRow;
+    int editCol;
+    int insertRowLast;
+    TQString insertHeaderLabelLast;
+    int insertPreRows;
+    TQSqlRecord* editBuffer;
+    bool cancelMode;
+    bool cancelInsert;
+    bool cancelUpdate;
+    int lastAt;
+    TQString ftr;
+    TQStringList srt;
+    TQStringList fld;
+    TQStringList fldLabel;
+    TQValueList<int> fldWidth;
+    TQValueList<TQIconSet> fldIcon;
+    TQValueList<bool> fldHidden;
+    TQSqlCursorManager cur;
+    TQDataManager dat;
+};
+
+#ifdef QT_DEBUG_DATATABLE
+void qt_debug_buffer( const TQString& msg, TQSqlRecord* cursor )
+{
+    qDebug("+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++");
+    qDebug(msg);
+    for ( uint j = 0; j < cursor->count(); ++j ) {
+	qDebug(cursor->field(j)->name() + " type:" + TQString(cursor->field(j)->value().typeName()) + " value:" + cursor->field(j)->value().toString() );
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQDataTable::Refresh
+
+    This enum describes the refresh options.
+
+    \value RefreshData  refresh the data, i.e. read it from the database
+    \value RefreshColumns  refresh the list of fields, e.g. the column headings
+    \value RefreshAll  refresh both the data and the list of fields
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class TQDataTable qdatatable.h
+    \brief The TQDataTable class provides a flexible SQL table widget that supports browsing and editing.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \mainclass
+    \module sql
+
+    TQDataTable supports various functions for presenting and editing
+    SQL data from a \l TQSqlCursor in a table.
+
+    If you want a to present your data in a form use TQDataBrowser, or
+    for read-only forms, TQDataView.
+
+    When displaying data, TQDataTable only retrieves data for visible
+    rows. If the driver supports the 'query size' property the
+    TQDataTable will have the correct number of rows and the vertical
+    scrollbar will accurately reflect the number of rows displayed in
+    proportion to the number of rows in the dataset. If the driver
+    does not support the 'query size' property, rows are dynamically
+    fetched from the database on an as-needed basis with the scrollbar
+    becoming more accurate as the user scrolls down through the
+    records. This allows extremely large queries to be displayed as
+    tquickly as possible, with minimum memory usage.
+
+    TQDataTable inherits TQTable's API and extends it with functions to
+    sort and filter the data and sort columns. See setSqlCursor(),
+    setFilter(), setSort(), setSorting(), sortColumn() and refresh().
+
+    When displaying editable cursors, cell editing will be enabled.
+    (For more information on editable cursors, see \l TQSqlCursor).
+    TQDataTable can be used to modify existing data and to add new
+    records. When a user makes changes to a field in the table, the
+    cursor's edit buffer is used. The table will not send changes in
+    the edit buffer to the database until the user moves to a
+    different record in the grid or presses Enter. Cell editing is
+    initiated by pressing F2 (or right clicking and then clicking the
+    appropriate popup menu item) and canceled by pressing Esc. If
+    there is a problem updating or adding data, errors are handled
+    automatically (see handleError() to change this behavior). Note
+    that if autoEdit() is FALSE navigating to another record will
+    cancel the insert or update.
+
+    The user can be asked to confirm all edits with setConfirmEdits().
+    For more precise control use setConfirmInsert(),
+    setConfirmUpdate(), setConfirmDelete() and setConfirmCancels().
+    Use setAutoEdit() to control the behaviour of the table when the
+    user edits a record and then navigates. (Note that setAutoDelete()
+    is unrelated; it is used to set whether the TQSqlCursor is deleted
+    when the table is deleted.)
+
+    Since the data table can perform edits, it must be able to
+    uniquely identify every record so that edits are correctly
+    applied. Because of this the underlying cursor must have a valid
+    primary index to ensure that a unique record is inserted, updated
+    or deleted within the database otherwise the database may be
+    changed to an inconsistent state.
+
+    TQDataTable creates editors using the default \l TQSqlEditorFactory.
+    Different editor factories can be used by calling
+    installEditorFactory(). A property map is used to map between the
+    cell's value and the editor. You can use your own property map
+    with installPropertyMap().
+
+    The contents of a cell is available as a TQString with text() or as
+    a TQVariant with value(). The current record is returned by
+    currentRecord(). Use the find() function to search for a string in
+    the table.
+
+    Editing actions can be applied programatically. For example, the
+    insertCurrent() function reads the fields from the current record
+    into the cursor and performs the insert. The updateCurrent() and
+    deleteCurrent() functions perform similarly to update and delete
+    the current record respectively.
+
+    Columns in the table can be created automatically based on the
+    cursor (see setSqlCursor()). Columns can be manipulated manually
+    using addColumn(), removeColumn() and setColumn().
+
+    The table automatically copies many of the properties of the
+    cursor to format the display of data within cells (alignment,
+    visibility, etc.). The cursor can be changed with setSqlCursor().
+    The filter (see setFilter()) and sort defined within the table are
+    used instead of the filter and sort set on the cursor. For sorting
+    options see setSort(), sortColumn(), sortAscending() and
+    sortDescending(). Note that sorting operations will not behave as
+    expected if you are using a TQSqlSelectCursor because it uses
+    user-defined SQL queries to obtain data.
+
+    The text used to represent NULL, TRUE and FALSE values can be
+    changed with setNullText(), setTrueText() and setFalseText()
+    respectively. You can change the appearance of cells by
+    reimplementing paintField().
+
+    Whenever a new row is selected in the table the currentChanged()
+    signal is emitted. The primeInsert() signal is emitted when an
+    insert is initiated. The primeUpdate() and primeDelete() signals
+    are emitted when update and deletion are initiated respectively.
+    Just before the database is updated a signal is emitted;
+    beforeInsert(), beforeUpdate() or beforeDelete() as appropriate.
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a data table which is a child of \a parent, called
+    name \a name.
+*/
+
+TQDataTable::TQDataTable ( TQWidget * parent, const char * name )
+    : TQTable( parent, name )
+{
+    init();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a data table which is a child of \a parent, called name
+    \a name using the cursor \a cursor.
+
+    If \a autoPopulate is TRUE (the default is FALSE), columns are
+    automatically created based upon the fields in the \a cursor
+    record. Note that \a autoPopulate only governs the creation of
+    columns; to load the cursor's data into the table use refresh().
+
+    If the \a cursor is read-only, the table also becomes read-only.
+    In addition, the table adopts the cursor's driver's definition for
+    representing NULL values as strings.
+*/
+
+TQDataTable::TQDataTable ( TQSqlCursor* cursor, bool autoPopulate, TQWidget * parent, const char * name )
+    : TQTable( parent, name )
+{
+    init();
+    setSqlCursor( cursor, autoPopulate );
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+
+
+void TQDataTable::init()
+{
+    d = new TQDataTablePrivate();
+    setAutoEdit( TRUE );
+    setSelectionMode( SingleRow );
+    setFocusStyle( FollowStyle );
+    d->trueTxt = tr( "True" );
+    d->falseTxt = tr( "False" );
+    d->datefmt = TQt::LocalDate;
+    reset();
+    connect( this, SIGNAL( selectionChanged() ),
+	     SLOT( updateCurrentSelection()));
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+TQDataTable::~TQDataTable()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Adds the next column to be displayed using the field \a fieldName,
+    column label \a label, width \a width and iconset \a iconset.
+
+    If \a label is specified, it is used as the column's header label,
+    otherwise the field's display label is used when setSqlCursor() is
+    called. The \a iconset is used to set the icon used by the column
+    header; by default there is no icon.
+
+    \sa setSqlCursor() refresh()
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::addColumn( const TQString& fieldName,
+			    const TQString& label,
+			    int width,
+			    const TQIconSet& iconset )
+{
+    d->fld += fieldName;
+    d->fldLabel += label;
+    d->fldIcon += iconset;
+    d->fldWidth += width;
+    d->fldHidden += FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the \a col column to display using the field \a fieldName,
+    column label \a label, width \a width and iconset \a iconset.
+
+    If \a label is specified, it is used as the column's header label,
+    otherwise the field's display label is used when setSqlCursor() is
+    called. The \a iconset is used to set the icon used by the column
+    header; by default there is no icon.
+
+    \sa setSqlCursor() refresh()
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setColumn( uint col, const TQString& fieldName,
+			    const TQString& label,
+			    int width,
+			    const TQIconSet& iconset )
+{
+    d->fld[col]= fieldName;
+    d->fldLabel[col] = label;
+    d->fldIcon[col] = iconset;
+    d->fldWidth[col] = width;
+    d->fldHidden[col] = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes column \a col from the list of columns to be displayed. If
+    \a col does not exist, nothing happens.
+
+    \sa TQSqlField
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::removeColumn( uint col )
+{
+    if ( d->fld.at( col ) != d->fld.end() ) {
+	d->fld.remove( d->fld.at( col ) );
+	d->fldLabel.remove( d->fldLabel.at( col ) );
+	d->fldIcon.remove( d->fldIcon.at( col ) );
+	d->fldWidth.remove( d->fldWidth.at( col ) );
+	d->fldHidden.remove( d->fldHidden.at( col ) );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the column \a col to the width \a w. Note that unlike TQTable
+    the TQDataTable is not immediately redrawn, you must call
+    refresh(TQDataTable::RefreshColumns)
+    yourself.
+
+    \sa refresh()
+*/
+void TQDataTable::setColumnWidth( int col, int w )
+{
+    if ( d->fldWidth.at( col ) != d->fldWidth.end() ) {
+	d->fldWidth[col] = w;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Resizes column \a col so that the column width is wide enough to
+    display the widest item the column contains (including the column
+    label). If the table's TQSqlCursor is not currently active, the
+    cursor will be refreshed before the column width is calculated. Be
+    aware that this function may be slow on tables that contain large
+    result sets.
+*/
+void TQDataTable::adjustColumn( int col )
+{
+    TQSqlCursor * cur = sqlCursor();
+    if ( !cur || cur->count() <= (uint)col )
+	return;
+    if ( !cur->isActive() ) {
+	d->cur.refresh();
+    }
+    int oldRow = currentRow();
+    int w = fontMetrics().width( horizontalHeader()->label( col ) + "W" );
+    cur->seek( TQSql::BeforeFirst );
+    while ( cur->next() ) {
+	w = TQMAX( w, fontMetrics().width( fieldToString( cur->field( indexOf( col ) ) ) ) + 10 );
+    }
+    setColumnWidth( col, w );
+    cur->seek( oldRow );
+    refresh( RefreshColumns );
+}
+
+/*! \reimp
+*/
+void TQDataTable::setColumnStretchable( int col, bool s )
+{
+    if ( numCols() == 0 ) {
+	refresh( RefreshColumns );
+    }
+    if ( numCols() > col ) {
+	TQTable::setColumnStretchable( col, s );
+    }
+}
+
+TQString TQDataTable::filter() const
+{
+    return d->cur.filter();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataTable::filter
+    \brief the data filter for the data table
+
+    The filter applies to the data shown in the table. To view data
+    with a new filter, use refresh(). A filter string is an SQL WHERE
+    clause without the WHERE keyword.
+
+    There is no default filter.
+
+    \sa sort()
+
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setFilter( const TQString& filter )
+{
+    d->cur.setFilter( filter );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataTable::sort
+    \brief the data table's sort
+
+    The table's sort affects the order in which data records are
+    displayed in the table. To apply a sort, use refresh().
+
+    When examining the sort property, a string list is returned with
+    each item having the form 'fieldname order' (e.g., 'id ASC',
+    'surname DESC').
+
+    There is no default sort.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the sort list, you should
+    iterate over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    TQStringList list = myDataTable.sort();
+    TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa filter() refresh()
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setSort( const TQStringList& sort )
+{
+    d->cur.setSort( sort );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the sort to be applied to the displayed data to \a sort. If
+    there is no current cursor, nothing happens. A TQSqlIndex contains
+    field names and their ordering (ASC or DESC); these are used to
+    compose the ORDER BY clause.
+
+    \sa sort()
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setSort( const TQSqlIndex& sort )
+{
+    d->cur.setSort( sort );
+}
+
+TQStringList TQDataTable::sort() const
+{
+    return d->cur.sort();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the cursor used by the data table.
+*/
+
+TQSqlCursor* TQDataTable::sqlCursor() const
+{
+    return d->cur.cursor();
+}
+
+void TQDataTable::setConfirmEdits( bool confirm )
+{
+    d->dat.setConfirmEdits( confirm );
+}
+
+void TQDataTable::setConfirmInsert( bool confirm )
+{
+    d->dat.setConfirmInsert( confirm );
+}
+
+void TQDataTable::setConfirmUpdate( bool confirm )
+{
+    d->dat.setConfirmUpdate( confirm );
+}
+
+void TQDataTable::setConfirmDelete( bool confirm )
+{
+    d->dat.setConfirmDelete( confirm );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataTable::confirmEdits
+    \brief whether the data table confirms edit operations
+
+    If the confirmEdits property is TRUE, the data table confirms all
+    edit operations (inserts, updates and deletes). Finer control of
+    edit confirmation can be achieved using \l confirmCancels, \l
+    confirmInsert, \l confirmUpdate and \l confirmDelete.
+
+    \sa confirmCancels() confirmInsert() confirmUpdate() confirmDelete()
+*/
+
+bool TQDataTable::confirmEdits() const
+{
+    return ( d->dat.confirmEdits() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataTable::confirmInsert
+    \brief whether the data table confirms insert operations
+
+    If the confirmInsert property is TRUE, all insertions must be
+    confirmed by the user through a message box (this behaviour can be
+    changed by overriding the confirmEdit() function), otherwise all
+    insert operations occur immediately.
+
+    \sa confirmCancels() confirmEdits() confirmUpdate() confirmDelete()
+*/
+
+bool TQDataTable::confirmInsert() const
+{
+    return ( d->dat.confirmInsert() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataTable::confirmUpdate
+    \brief whether the data table confirms update operations
+
+    If the confirmUpdate property is TRUE, all updates must be
+    confirmed by the user through a message box (this behaviour can be
+    changed by overriding the confirmEdit() function), otherwise all
+    update operations occur immediately.
+
+    \sa confirmCancels() confirmEdits() confirmInsert() confirmDelete()
+*/
+
+bool TQDataTable::confirmUpdate() const
+{
+    return ( d->dat.confirmUpdate() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataTable::confirmDelete
+    \brief whether the data table confirms delete operations
+
+    If the confirmDelete property is TRUE, all deletions must be
+    confirmed by the user through a message box (this behaviour can be
+    changed by overriding the confirmEdit() function), otherwise all
+    delete operations occur immediately.
+
+    \sa confirmCancels() confirmEdits() confirmUpdate() confirmInsert()
+*/
+
+bool TQDataTable::confirmDelete() const
+{
+    return ( d->dat.confirmDelete() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataTable::confirmCancels
+    \brief whether the data table confirms cancel operations
+
+    If the confirmCancel property is TRUE, all cancels must be
+    confirmed by the user through a message box (this behavior can be
+    changed by overriding the confirmCancel() function), otherwise all
+    cancels occur immediately. The default is FALSE.
+
+    \sa confirmEdits() confirmCancel()
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setConfirmCancels( bool confirm )
+{
+    d->dat.setConfirmCancels( confirm );
+}
+
+bool TQDataTable::confirmCancels() const
+{
+    return d->dat.confirmCancels();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+
+    For an editable table, creates an editor suitable for the field in
+    column \a col. The editor is created using the default editor
+    factory, unless a different editor factory was installed with
+    installEditorFactory(). The editor is primed with the value of the
+    field in \a col using a property map. The property map used is the
+    default property map, unless a new property map was installed with
+    installPropertMap(). If \a initFromCell is TRUE then the editor is
+    primed with the value in the TQDataTable cell.
+*/
+
+TQWidget * TQDataTable::createEditor( int , int col, bool initFromCell ) const
+{
+    if ( d->dat.mode() == TQSql::None )
+	return 0;
+
+    TQSqlEditorFactory * f = (d->editorFactory == 0) ?
+		     TQSqlEditorFactory::defaultFactory() : d->editorFactory;
+
+    TQSqlPropertyMap * m = (d->propertyMap == 0) ?
+			  TQSqlPropertyMap::defaultMap() : d->propertyMap;
+
+    TQWidget * w = 0;
+    if( initFromCell && d->editBuffer ){
+	w = f->createEditor( viewport(), d->editBuffer->field( indexOf( col ) ) );
+	if ( w )
+	    m->setProperty( w, d->editBuffer->value( indexOf( col ) ) );
+    }
+    return w;
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+bool TQDataTable::eventFilter( TQObject *o, TQEvent *e )
+{
+    if ( d->cancelMode )
+	return TRUE;
+
+    int r = currentRow();
+    int c = currentColumn();
+
+    if ( d->dat.mode() != TQSql::None ) {
+	r = d->editRow;
+	c = d->editCol;
+    }
+
+    d->cancelInsert = FALSE;
+    d->cancelUpdate = FALSE;
+    switch ( e->type() ) {
+    case TQEvent::KeyPress: {
+	int conf = TQSql::Yes;
+	TQKeyEvent *ke = (TQKeyEvent*)e;
+	if ( ( ke->key() == Key_Tab || ke->key() == TQt::Key_BackTab )
+	    && ke->state() & TQt::ControlButton )
+	    return FALSE;
+
+	if ( ke->key() == Key_Escape && d->dat.mode() == TQSql::Insert ){
+	    if ( confirmCancels() && !d->cancelMode ) {
+		d->cancelMode = TRUE;
+		conf = confirmCancel( TQSql::Insert );
+		d->cancelMode = FALSE;
+	    }
+	    if ( conf == TQSql::Yes ) {
+		d->cancelInsert = TRUE;
+	    } else {
+		TQWidget *editorWidget = cellWidget( r, c );
+		if ( editorWidget ) {
+		    editorWidget->setActiveWindow();
+		    editorWidget->setFocus();
+		}
+		return TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( ke->key() == Key_Escape && d->dat.mode() == TQSql::Update ) {
+	    if ( confirmCancels() && !d->cancelMode ) {
+		d->cancelMode = TRUE;
+		conf = confirmCancel( TQSql::Update );
+		d->cancelMode = FALSE;
+	    }
+	    if ( conf == TQSql::Yes ){
+		d->cancelUpdate = TRUE;
+	    } else {
+		TQWidget *editorWidget = cellWidget( r, c );
+		if ( editorWidget ) {
+		    editorWidget->setActiveWindow();
+		    editorWidget->setFocus();
+		}
+		return TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( ke->key() == Key_Insert && d->dat.mode() == TQSql::None ) {
+	    beginInsert();
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+	if ( ke->key() == Key_Delete && d->dat.mode() == TQSql::None ) {
+	    deleteCurrent();
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+	if ( d->dat.mode() != TQSql::None ) {
+	    if ( (ke->key() == Key_Tab) && (c < numCols() - 1) && (!isColumnReadOnly( c+1 ) || d->dat.mode() == TQSql::Insert) )
+		d->continuousEdit = TRUE;
+	    else if ( (ke->key() == Key_BackTab) && (c > 0) && (!isColumnReadOnly( c-1 ) || d->dat.mode() == TQSql::Insert) )
+		d->continuousEdit = TRUE;
+	    else
+		d->continuousEdit = FALSE;
+	}
+	TQSqlCursor * sql = sqlCursor();
+	if ( sql && sql->driver() &&
+	     !sql->driver()->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::QuerySize ) &&
+	     ke->key() == Key_End && d->dat.mode() == TQSql::None ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+	    TQApplication::setOverrideCursor( TQt::WaitCursor );
+#endif
+	    int i = sql->at();
+	    if ( i < 0 ) {
+		i = 0;
+		sql->seek(0);
+	    }
+	    while ( sql->next() )
+		i++;
+	    setNumRows( i+1 );
+	    setCurrentCell( i+1, currentColumn() );
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+	    TQApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+#endif
+	    return TRUE;
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+    case TQEvent::FocusOut: {
+	TQWidget *editorWidget = cellWidget( r, c );
+	repaintCell( currentRow(), currentColumn() );
+	if ( !d->cancelMode && editorWidget && o == editorWidget &&
+	     ( d->dat.mode() == TQSql::Insert) && !d->continuousEdit) {
+	    setCurrentCell( r, c );
+	    d->cancelInsert = TRUE;
+	}
+	d->continuousEdit = FALSE;
+	break;
+    }
+    case TQEvent::FocusIn:
+	repaintCell( currentRow(), currentColumn() );
+	break;
+    default:
+	break;
+    }
+    return TQTable::eventFilter( o, e );
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+void TQDataTable::resizeEvent ( TQResizeEvent * e )
+{
+    if ( sqlCursor() &&
+	 sqlCursor()->driver() &&
+	 !sqlCursor()->driver()->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::QuerySize ) )
+	loadNextPage();
+    TQTable::resizeEvent( e );
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+void TQDataTable::contentsContextMenuEvent( TQContextMenuEvent* e )
+{
+    TQTable::contentsContextMenuEvent( e );
+    if ( isEditing() && d->dat.mode() != TQSql::None )
+	endEdit( d->editRow, d->editCol, autoEdit(), FALSE );
+    if ( !sqlCursor() )
+	return;
+    if ( d->dat.mode() == TQSql::None ) {
+	if ( isReadOnly() )
+	    return;
+	enum {
+	    IdInsert,
+	    IdUpdate,
+	    IdDelete
+	};
+	TQGuardedPtr<TQPopupMenu> popup = new TQPopupMenu( this, "qt_datatable_menu" );
+	int id[ 3 ];
+	id[ IdInsert ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Insert" ) );
+	id[ IdUpdate ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Update" ) );
+	id[ IdDelete ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Delete" ) );
+	bool enableInsert = sqlCursor()->canInsert();
+	popup->setItemEnabled( id[ IdInsert ], enableInsert );
+	bool enableUpdate = currentRow() > -1 && sqlCursor()->canUpdate() && !isColumnReadOnly( currentColumn() );
+	popup->setItemEnabled( id[ IdUpdate ], enableUpdate );
+	bool enableDelete = currentRow() > -1 && sqlCursor()->canDelete();
+	popup->setItemEnabled( id[ IdDelete ], enableDelete );
+	int r = popup->exec( e->globalPos() );
+	delete (TQPopupMenu*) popup;
+	if ( r == id[ IdInsert ] )
+	    beginInsert();
+	else if ( r == id[ IdUpdate ] ) {
+	    if ( beginEdit( currentRow(), currentColumn(), FALSE ) )
+		setEditMode( Editing, currentRow(), currentColumn() );
+	    else
+		endUpdate();
+	}
+	else if ( r == id[ IdDelete ] )
+	    deleteCurrent();
+	e->accept();
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+void TQDataTable::contentsMousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent* e )
+{
+    TQTable::contentsMousePressEvent( e );
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+TQWidget* TQDataTable::beginEdit ( int row, int col, bool replace )
+{
+    d->editRow = -1;
+    d->editCol = -1;
+    if ( !sqlCursor() )
+	return 0;
+    if ( d->dat.mode() == TQSql::Insert && !sqlCursor()->canInsert() )
+	return 0;
+    if ( d->dat.mode() == TQSql::Update && !sqlCursor()->canUpdate() )
+	return 0;
+    d->editRow = row;
+    d->editCol = col;
+    if ( d->continuousEdit ) {
+	// see comment in beginInsert()
+	bool fakeReadOnly = isColumnReadOnly( col );
+	setColumnReadOnly( col, FALSE );
+	TQWidget* w = TQTable::beginEdit( row, col, replace );
+	setColumnReadOnly( col, fakeReadOnly );
+	return w;
+    }
+    if ( d->dat.mode() == TQSql::None && sqlCursor()->canUpdate() && sqlCursor()->primaryIndex().count() > 0 )
+	return beginUpdate( row, col, replace );
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+void TQDataTable::endEdit( int row, int col, bool, bool )
+{
+    bool accept = autoEdit() && !d->cancelInsert && !d->cancelUpdate;
+
+    TQWidget *editor = cellWidget( row, col );
+    if ( !editor )
+	return;
+    if ( d->cancelMode )
+	return;
+    if ( d->dat.mode() != TQSql::None && d->editBuffer ) {
+	TQSqlPropertyMap * m = (d->propertyMap == 0) ?
+			      TQSqlPropertyMap::defaultMap() : d->propertyMap;
+	d->editBuffer->setValue( indexOf( col ),  m->property( editor ) );
+	clearCellWidget( row, col );
+	if ( !d->continuousEdit ) {
+	    switch ( d->dat.mode() ) {
+	    case TQSql::Insert:
+		if ( accept )
+		    TQTimer::singleShot( 0, this, SLOT( doInsertCurrent() ) );
+		else
+		    endInsert();
+		break;
+	    case TQSql::Update:
+		if ( accept )
+		    TQTimer::singleShot( 0, this, SLOT( doUpdateCurrent() ) );
+		else
+		    endUpdate();
+		break;
+	    default:
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    } else {
+	setEditMode( NotEditing, -1, -1 );
+    }
+    if ( d->dat.mode() == TQSql::None )
+	viewport()->setFocus();
+    updateCell( row, col );
+    emit valueChanged( row, col );
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TQDataTable::doInsertCurrent()
+{
+    insertCurrent();
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TQDataTable::doUpdateCurrent()
+{
+    updateCurrent();
+    if ( d->dat.mode() == TQSql::None ) {
+	viewport()->setFocus();
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+void TQDataTable::activateNextCell()
+{
+//     if ( d->dat.mode() == TQSql::None )
+//	TQTable::activateNextCell();
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::endInsert()
+{
+    if ( d->dat.mode() != TQSql::Insert )
+	return;
+    d->dat.setMode( TQSql::None );
+    d->editBuffer = 0;
+    verticalHeader()->setLabel( d->editRow, TQString::number( d->editRow +1 ) );
+    d->editRow = -1;
+    d->editCol = -1;
+    d->insertRowLast = -1;
+    d->insertHeaderLabelLast = TQString::null;
+    setEditMode( NotEditing, -1, -1 );
+    setNumRows( d->insertPreRows );
+    d->insertPreRows = -1;
+    viewport()->setFocus();
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::endUpdate()
+{
+    d->dat.setMode( TQSql::None );
+    d->editBuffer = 0;
+    updateRow( d->editRow );
+    d->editRow = -1;
+    d->editCol = -1;
+    setEditMode( NotEditing, -1, -1 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Protected virtual function called when editing is about to begin
+    on a new record. If the table is read-only, or if there's no
+    cursor or the cursor does not allow inserts, nothing happens.
+
+    Editing takes place using the cursor's edit buffer(see
+    TQSqlCursor::editBuffer()).
+
+    When editing begins, a new row is created in the table marked with
+    an asterisk '*' in the row's vertical header column, i.e. at the
+    left of the row.
+*/
+
+bool TQDataTable::beginInsert()
+{
+    if ( !sqlCursor() || isReadOnly() || !numCols() )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( !sqlCursor()->canInsert() )
+	return FALSE;
+    int i = 0;
+    int row = currentRow();
+
+    d->insertPreRows = numRows();
+    if ( row < 0 || numRows() < 1 )
+	row = 0;
+    setNumRows( d->insertPreRows + 1 );
+    setCurrentCell( row, 0 );
+    d->editBuffer = sqlCursor()->primeInsert();
+    emit primeInsert( d->editBuffer );
+    d->dat.setMode( TQSql::Insert );
+    int lastRow = row;
+    int lastY = contentsY() + visibleHeight();
+    for ( i = row; i < numRows() ; ++i ) {
+	TQRect cg = cellGeometry( i, 0 );
+	if ( (cg.y()+cg.height()) > lastY ) {
+	    lastRow = i;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( lastRow == row && ( numRows()-1 > row ) )
+	lastRow = numRows() - 1;
+    d->insertRowLast = lastRow;
+    d->insertHeaderLabelLast = verticalHeader()->label( d->insertRowLast );
+    verticalHeader()->setLabel( row, "*" );
+    d->editRow = row;
+    // in the db world it's common to allow inserting new records
+    // into a table that has read-only columns - temporarily
+    // switch off read-only mode for such columns
+    bool fakeReadOnly = isColumnReadOnly( 0 );
+    setColumnReadOnly( 0, FALSE );
+    if ( TQTable::beginEdit( row, 0, FALSE ) )
+	setEditMode( Editing, row, 0 );
+    setColumnReadOnly( 0, fakeReadOnly );
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Protected virtual function called when editing is about to begin
+    on an existing row. If the table is read-only, or if there's no
+    cursor, nothing happens.
+
+    Editing takes place using the cursor's edit buffer (see
+    TQSqlCursor::editBuffer()).
+
+    \a row and \a col refer to the row and column in the TQDataTable.
+
+    (\a replace is provided for reimplementors and reflects the API of
+    TQTable::beginEdit().)
+*/
+
+TQWidget* TQDataTable::beginUpdate ( int row, int col, bool replace )
+{
+    if ( !sqlCursor() || isReadOnly() || isColumnReadOnly( col ) )
+	return 0;
+    setCurrentCell( row, col );
+    d->dat.setMode( TQSql::Update );
+    if ( sqlCursor()->seek( row ) ) {
+	d->editBuffer = sqlCursor()->primeUpdate();
+	sqlCursor()->seek( currentRow() );
+	emit primeUpdate( d->editBuffer );
+	return TQTable::beginEdit( row, col, replace );
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    For an editable table, issues an insert on the current cursor
+    using the values in the cursor's edit buffer. If there is no
+    current cursor or there is no current "insert" row, nothing
+    happens. If confirmEdits() or confirmInsert() is TRUE,
+    confirmEdit() is called to confirm the insert. Returns TRUE if the
+    insert succeeded; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    The underlying cursor must have a valid primary index to ensure
+    that a unique record is inserted within the database otherwise the
+    database may be changed to an inconsistent state.
+*/
+
+bool TQDataTable::insertCurrent()
+{
+    if ( d->dat.mode() != TQSql::Insert || ! numCols() )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( !sqlCursor()->canInsert() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning("TQDataTable::insertCurrent: insert not allowed for %s",
+		 sqlCursor()->name().latin1() );
+#endif
+	endInsert();
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    int b = 0;
+    int conf = TQSql::Yes;
+    if ( confirmEdits() || confirmInsert() )
+	conf = confirmEdit( TQSql::Insert );
+    switch ( conf ) {
+    case TQSql::Yes: {
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+	TQApplication::setOverrideCursor( TQt::waitCursor );
+#endif
+	emit beforeInsert( d->editBuffer );
+	b = sqlCursor()->insert();
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+	TQApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+#endif
+	if ( ( !b && !sqlCursor()->isActive() ) || !sqlCursor()->isActive() ) {
+	    handleError( sqlCursor()->lastError() );
+	    endInsert(); // cancel the insert if anything goes wrong
+	    refresh();
+	} else {
+	    endInsert();
+	    refresh();
+	    TQSqlIndex idx = sqlCursor()->primaryIndex();
+	    findBuffer( idx, d->lastAt );
+	    repaintContents( contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight(), FALSE );
+	    emit cursorChanged( TQSql::Insert );
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+    case TQSql::No:
+	endInsert();
+	break;
+    case TQSql::Cancel:
+	if ( TQTable::beginEdit( currentRow(), currentColumn(), FALSE ) )
+	    setEditMode( Editing, currentRow(), currentColumn() );
+	break;
+    }
+    return ( b > 0 );
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Updates the row \a row.
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::updateRow( int row )
+{
+    for ( int i = 0; i < numCols(); ++i )
+	updateCell( row, i );
+}
+
+/*!
+    For an editable table, issues an update using the cursor's edit
+    buffer. If there is no current cursor or there is no current
+    selection, nothing happens. If confirmEdits() or confirmUpdate()
+    is TRUE, confirmEdit() is called to confirm the update. Returns
+    TRUE if the update succeeded; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    The underlying cursor must have a valid primary index to ensure
+    that a unique record is updated within the database otherwise the
+    database may be changed to an inconsistent state.
+*/
+
+bool TQDataTable::updateCurrent()
+{
+    if ( d->dat.mode() != TQSql::Update )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( sqlCursor()->primaryIndex().count() == 0 ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning("TQDataTable::updateCurrent: no primary index for %s",
+		 sqlCursor()->name().latin1() );
+#endif
+	endUpdate();
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( !sqlCursor()->canUpdate() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning("TQDataTable::updateCurrent: updates not allowed for %s",
+		 sqlCursor()->name().latin1() );
+#endif
+	endUpdate();
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    int b = 0;
+    int conf = TQSql::Yes;
+    if ( confirmEdits() || confirmUpdate() )
+	conf = confirmEdit( TQSql::Update );
+    switch ( conf ) {
+    case TQSql::Yes: {
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+	TQApplication::setOverrideCursor( TQt::waitCursor );
+#endif
+	emit beforeUpdate( d->editBuffer );
+	b = sqlCursor()->update();
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+	TQApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+#endif
+	if ( ( !b && !sqlCursor()->isActive() ) || !sqlCursor()->isActive() ) {
+	    handleError( sqlCursor()->lastError() );
+	    endUpdate();
+	    refresh();
+	    setCurrentCell( d->editRow, d->editCol );
+	    if ( TQTable::beginEdit( d->editRow, d->editCol, FALSE ) )
+		setEditMode( Editing, d->editRow, d->editCol );
+	} else {
+	    emit cursorChanged( TQSql::Update );
+	    refresh();
+	    endUpdate();
+	}
+	break;
+    }
+    case TQSql::No:
+	endUpdate();
+	setEditMode( NotEditing, -1, -1 );
+	break;
+    case TQSql::Cancel:
+	setCurrentCell( d->editRow, d->editCol );
+	if ( TQTable::beginEdit( d->editRow, d->editCol, FALSE ) )
+	    setEditMode( Editing, d->editRow, d->editCol );
+	break;
+    }
+    return ( b > 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    For an editable table, issues a delete on the current cursor's
+    primary index using the values of the currently selected row. If
+    there is no current cursor or there is no current selection,
+    nothing happens. If confirmEdits() or confirmDelete() is TRUE,
+    confirmEdit() is called to confirm the delete. Returns TRUE if the
+    delete succeeded; otherwise FALSE.
+
+    The underlying cursor must have a valid primary index to ensure
+    that a unique record is deleted within the database otherwise the
+    database may be changed to an inconsistent state.
+*/
+
+bool TQDataTable::deleteCurrent()
+{
+    if ( !sqlCursor() || isReadOnly() )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( sqlCursor()->primaryIndex().count() == 0 ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning("TQDataTable::deleteCurrent: no primary index %s",
+		 sqlCursor()->name().latin1() );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( !sqlCursor()->canDelete() )
+	return FALSE;
+
+    int b = 0;
+    int conf = TQSql::Yes;
+    if ( confirmEdits() || confirmDelete() )
+	conf = confirmEdit( TQSql::Delete );
+
+    // Have to have this here - the confirmEdit() might pop up a
+    // dialog that causes a repaint which the cursor to the
+    // record it has to repaint.
+    if ( !sqlCursor()->seek( currentRow() ) )
+	return FALSE;
+    switch ( conf ) {
+	case TQSql::Yes:{
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+	    TQApplication::setOverrideCursor( TQt::waitCursor );
+#endif
+	    sqlCursor()->primeDelete();
+	    emit primeDelete( sqlCursor()->editBuffer() );
+	    emit beforeDelete( sqlCursor()->editBuffer() );
+	    b = sqlCursor()->del();
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+	    TQApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+#endif
+	    if ( !b )
+		handleError( sqlCursor()->lastError() );
+	    refresh();
+	    emit cursorChanged( TQSql::Delete );
+	    setCurrentCell( currentRow(), currentColumn() );
+	    repaintContents( contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight(), FALSE );
+	    verticalHeader()->repaint(); // get rid of trailing garbage
+	}
+	break;
+    case TQSql::No:
+	setEditMode( NotEditing, -1, -1 );
+	break;
+    }
+    return ( b > 0 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Protected virtual function which returns a confirmation for an
+    edit of mode \a m. Derived classes can reimplement this function
+    to provide their own confirmation dialog. The default
+    implementation uses a message box which prompts the user to
+    confirm the edit action.
+*/
+
+TQSql::Confirm TQDataTable::confirmEdit( TQSql::Op m )
+{
+    return d->dat.confirmEdit( this, m );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Protected virtual function which returns a confirmation for
+    cancelling an edit mode of \a m. Derived classes can reimplement
+    this function to provide their own cancel dialog. The default
+    implementation uses a message box which prompts the user to
+    confirm the cancel.
+*/
+
+TQSql::Confirm  TQDataTable::confirmCancel( TQSql::Op m )
+{
+    return d->dat.confirmCancel( this, m );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Searches the current cursor for a cell containing the string \a
+    str starting at the current cell and working forwards (or
+    backwards if \a backwards is TRUE). If the string is found, the
+    cell containing the string is set as the current cell. If \a
+    caseSensitive is FALSE the case of \a str will be ignored.
+
+    The search will wrap, i.e. if the first (or if backwards is TRUE,
+    last) cell is reached without finding \a str the search will
+    continue until it reaches the starting cell. If \a str is not
+    found the search will fail and the current cell will remain
+    unchanged.
+*/
+void TQDataTable::find( const TQString & str, bool caseSensitive, bool backwards )
+{
+    if ( !sqlCursor() )
+	return;
+
+    TQSqlCursor * r = sqlCursor();
+    TQString tmp, text;
+    uint  row = currentRow(), startRow = row,
+	  col = backwards ? currentColumn() - 1 : currentColumn() + 1;
+    bool  wrap = TRUE, found = FALSE;
+
+    if( str.isEmpty() || str.isNull() )
+	return;
+
+    if( !caseSensitive )
+	tmp = str.lower();
+    else
+	tmp = str;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    TQApplication::setOverrideCursor( TQt::waitCursor );
+#endif
+    while( wrap ){
+	while( !found && r->seek( row ) ){
+	    for( int i = col; backwards ? (i >= 0) : (i < (int) numCols());
+		 backwards ? i-- : i++ )
+	    {
+		text = r->value( indexOf( i ) ).toString();
+		if( !caseSensitive ){
+		    text = text.lower();
+		}
+		if( text.contains( tmp ) ){
+		    setCurrentCell( row, i );
+		    col = i;
+		    found = TRUE;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if( !backwards ){
+		col = 0;
+		row++;
+	    } else {
+		col = numCols() - 1;
+		row--;
+	    }
+	}
+	if( !backwards ){
+	    if( startRow != 0 ){
+		startRow = 0;
+	    } else {
+		wrap = FALSE;
+	    }
+	    r->first();
+	    row = 0;
+	} else {
+	    if( startRow != (uint) (numRows() - 1) ){
+		startRow = numRows() - 1;
+	    } else {
+		wrap = FALSE;
+	    }
+	    r->last();
+	    row = numRows() - 1;
+	}
+    }
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+    TQApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Resets the table so that it displays no data.
+
+    \sa setSqlCursor()
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::reset()
+{
+    clearCellWidget( currentRow(), currentColumn() );
+    switch ( d->dat.mode() ) {
+    case TQSql::Insert:
+	endInsert();
+	break;
+    case TQSql::Update:
+	endUpdate();
+	break;
+    default:
+	break;
+    }
+    ensureVisible( 0, 0 );
+    verticalScrollBar()->setValue(0);
+    setNumRows(0);
+
+    d->haveAllRows = FALSE;
+    d->continuousEdit = FALSE;
+    d->dat.setMode( TQSql::None );
+    d->editRow = -1;
+    d->editCol = -1;
+    d->insertRowLast = -1;
+    d->insertHeaderLabelLast = TQString::null;
+    d->cancelMode = FALSE;
+    d->lastAt = -1;
+    d->fld.clear();
+    d->fldLabel.clear();
+    d->fldWidth.clear();
+    d->fldIcon.clear();
+    d->fldHidden.clear();
+    if ( sorting() )
+	horizontalHeader()->setSortIndicator( -1 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the index of the field within the current SQL query that
+    is displayed in column \a i.
+*/
+
+int TQDataTable::indexOf( uint i ) const
+{
+    TQDataTablePrivate::ColIndex::ConstIterator it = d->colIndex.at( i );
+    if ( it != d->colIndex.end() )
+	return *it;
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the table will automatically delete the cursor
+    specified by setSqlCursor(); otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQDataTable::autoDelete() const
+{
+    return d->cur.autoDelete();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the cursor auto-delete flag to \a enable. If \a enable is
+    TRUE, the table will automatically delete the cursor specified by
+    setSqlCursor(). If \a enable is FALSE (the default), the cursor
+    will not be deleted.
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setAutoDelete( bool enable )
+{
+    d->cur.setAutoDelete( enable );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataTable::autoEdit
+    \brief whether the data table automatically applies edits
+
+    The default value for this property is TRUE. When the user begins
+    an insert or update in the table there are two possible outcomes
+    when they navigate to another record:
+
+    \list 1
+    \i the insert or update is is performed -- this occurs if autoEdit is TRUE
+    \i the insert or update is abandoned -- this occurs if autoEdit is FALSE
+    \endlist
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setAutoEdit( bool autoEdit )
+{
+    d->dat.setAutoEdit( autoEdit );
+}
+
+bool TQDataTable::autoEdit() const
+{
+    return d->dat.autoEdit();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataTable::nullText
+    \brief the text used to represent NULL values
+
+    The nullText property will be used to represent NULL values in the
+    table. The default value is provided by the cursor's driver.
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setNullText( const TQString& nullText )
+{
+    d->nullTxt = nullText;
+    d->nullTxtChanged = TRUE;
+}
+
+TQString TQDataTable::nullText() const
+{
+    return d->nullTxt;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataTable::trueText
+    \brief the text used to represent true values
+
+    The trueText property will be used to represent NULL values in the
+    table. The default value is "True".
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setTrueText( const TQString& trueText )
+{
+    d->trueTxt = trueText;
+}
+
+TQString TQDataTable::trueText() const
+{
+    return d->trueTxt;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataTable::falseText
+    \brief the text used to represent false values
+
+    The falseText property will be used to represent NULL values in
+    the table. The default value is "False".
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setFalseText( const TQString& falseText )
+{
+    d->falseTxt = falseText;
+}
+
+TQString TQDataTable::falseText() const
+{
+    return d->falseTxt;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataTable::dateFormat
+    \brief the format used for displaying date/time values
+
+    The dateFormat property is used for displaying date/time values in
+    the table. The default value is \c TQt::LocalDate.
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setDateFormat( const DateFormat f )
+{
+    d->datefmt = f;
+}
+
+TQt::DateFormat TQDataTable::dateFormat() const
+{
+    return d->datefmt;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataTable::numRows
+
+    \brief the number of rows in the table
+*/
+
+int TQDataTable::numRows() const
+{
+    return TQTable::numRows();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+
+    The number of rows in the table will be determined by the cursor
+    (see setSqlCursor()), so normally this function should never be
+    called. It is included for completeness.
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setNumRows ( int r )
+{
+    TQTable::setNumRows( r );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+
+    The number of columns in the table will be determined
+    automatically (see addColumn()), so normally this function should
+    never be called. It is included for completeness.
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setNumCols ( int r )
+{
+    TQTable::setNumCols( r );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQDataTable::numCols
+
+    \brief the number of columns in the table
+*/
+
+int TQDataTable::numCols() const
+{
+    return TQTable::numCols();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the text in cell \a row, \a col, or an empty string if the
+    cell is empty. If the cell's value is NULL then nullText() will be
+    returned. If the cell does not exist then TQString::null is
+    returned.
+*/
+
+TQString TQDataTable::text ( int row, int col ) const
+{
+    if ( !sqlCursor() )
+	return TQString::null;
+
+    TQString s;
+    if ( sqlCursor()->seek( row ) )
+	s = sqlCursor()->value( indexOf( col ) ).toString();
+    sqlCursor()->seek( currentRow() );
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the value in cell \a row, \a col, or an invalid value if
+    the cell does not exist or has no value.
+*/
+
+TQVariant TQDataTable::value ( int row, int col ) const
+{
+    if ( !sqlCursor() )
+	return TQVariant();
+
+    TQVariant v;
+    if ( sqlCursor()->seek( row ) )
+	v = sqlCursor()->value( indexOf( col ) );
+    sqlCursor()->seek( currentRow() );
+    return v;
+}
+
+/*!  \internal
+  Used to update the table when the size of the result set cannot be
+  determined - divide the result set into pages and load the pages as
+  the user moves around in the table.
+*/
+void TQDataTable::loadNextPage()
+{
+    if ( d->haveAllRows )
+	return;
+    if ( !sqlCursor() )
+	return;
+    int pageSize = 0;
+    int lookAhead = 0;
+    if ( height() ) {
+	pageSize = (int)( height() * 2 / 20 );
+	lookAhead = pageSize / 2;
+    }
+    int startIdx = verticalScrollBar()->value() / 20;
+    int endIdx = startIdx + pageSize + lookAhead;
+    if ( endIdx < numRows() || endIdx < 0 )
+	return;
+
+    // check for empty result set
+    if ( sqlCursor()->at() == TQSql::BeforeFirst && !sqlCursor()->next() ) {
+	d->haveAllRows = TRUE;
+	return;
+    }
+
+    while ( endIdx > 0 && !sqlCursor()->seek( endIdx ) )
+	endIdx--;
+    if ( endIdx != ( startIdx + pageSize + lookAhead ) )
+	d->haveAllRows = TRUE;
+    // small hack to prevent TQTable from moving the view when a row
+    // is selected and the contents is resized
+    SelectionMode m = selectionMode();
+    clearSelection();
+    setSelectionMode( NoSelection );
+    setNumRows( endIdx + 1 );
+    sqlCursor()->seek( currentRow() );
+    setSelectionMode( m );
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TQDataTable::sliderPressed()
+{
+    disconnect( verticalScrollBar(), SIGNAL( valueChanged(int) ),
+		this, SLOT( loadNextPage() ) );
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TQDataTable::sliderReleased()
+{
+    loadNextPage();
+    connect( verticalScrollBar(), SIGNAL( valueChanged(int) ),
+	     this, SLOT( loadNextPage() ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sorts column \a col in ascending order if \a ascending is TRUE
+    (the default); otherwise sorts in descending order.
+
+    The \a wholeRows parameter is ignored; TQDataTable always sorts
+    whole rows by the specified column.
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::sortColumn ( int col, bool ascending,
+			      bool  )
+{
+    if ( sorting() ) {
+	if ( isEditing() && d->dat.mode() != TQSql::None )
+	    endEdit( d->editRow, d->editCol, autoEdit(), FALSE );
+	if ( !sqlCursor() )
+	    return;
+	TQSqlIndex lastSort = sqlCursor()->sort();
+	TQSqlIndex newSort( lastSort.cursorName(), "newSort" );
+	TQSqlField *field = sqlCursor()->field( indexOf( col ) );
+	if ( field )
+	    newSort.append( *field );
+	newSort.setDescending( 0, !ascending );
+	horizontalHeader()->setSortIndicator( col, ascending );
+	setSort( newSort );
+	refresh();
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+void TQDataTable::columnClicked ( int col )
+{
+    if ( sorting() ) {
+	if ( !sqlCursor() )
+	    return;
+	TQSqlIndex lastSort = sqlCursor()->sort();
+	bool asc = TRUE;
+	if ( lastSort.count() && lastSort.field( 0 )->name() == sqlCursor()->field( indexOf( col ) )->name() )
+	    asc = lastSort.isDescending( 0 );
+	sortColumn( col, asc );
+	emit currentChanged( sqlCursor() );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+
+    Repaints the cell at \a row, \a col.
+*/
+void TQDataTable::repaintCell( int row, int col )
+{
+    TQRect cg = cellGeometry( row, col );
+    TQRect re( TQPoint( cg.x() - 2, cg.y() - 2 ),
+	      TQSize( cg.width() + 4, cg.height() + 4 ) );
+    repaintContents( re, FALSE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+
+    This function renders the cell at \a row, \a col with the value of
+    the corresponding cursor field on the painter \a p. Depending on
+    the table's current edit mode, paintField() is called for the
+    appropriate cursor field. \a cr describes the cell coordinates in
+    the content coordinate system. If \a selected is TRUE the cell has
+    been selected and would normally be rendered differently than an
+    unselected cell.
+
+    \sa TQSql::isNull()
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::paintCell( TQPainter * p, int row, int col, const TQRect & cr,
+			  bool selected, const TQColorGroup &cg )
+{
+    TQTable::paintCell( p, row, col, cr, selected, cg );  // empty cell
+
+    if ( !sqlCursor() )
+	return;
+
+    p->setPen( selected ? cg.highlightedText() : cg.text() );
+    if ( d->dat.mode() != TQSql::None ) {
+	if ( row == d->editRow && d->editBuffer ) {
+	    paintField( p, d->editBuffer->field( indexOf( col ) ), cr,
+			selected );
+	} else if ( row > d->editRow && d->dat.mode() == TQSql::Insert ) {
+	    if ( sqlCursor()->seek( row - 1 ) )
+		paintField( p, sqlCursor()->field( indexOf( col ) ), cr,
+			    selected );
+	} else {
+	    if ( sqlCursor()->seek( row ) )
+		paintField( p, sqlCursor()->field( indexOf( col ) ), cr,
+			    selected );
+	}
+    } else {
+	if ( sqlCursor()->seek( row ) )
+		paintField( p, sqlCursor()->field( indexOf( col ) ), cr, selected );
+
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Paints the \a field on the painter \a p. The painter has already
+    been translated to the appropriate cell's origin where the \a
+    field is to be rendered. \a cr describes the cell coordinates in
+    the content coordinate system. The \a selected parameter is
+    ignored.
+
+    If you want to draw custom field content you must reimplement
+    paintField() to do the custom drawing. The default implementation
+    renders the \a field value as text. If the field is NULL,
+    nullText() is displayed in the cell. If the field is Boolean,
+    trueText() or falseText() is displayed as appropriate.
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::paintField( TQPainter * p, const TQSqlField* field,
+			    const TQRect & cr, bool )
+{
+    if ( !field )
+	return;
+    p->drawText( 2,2, cr.width()-4, cr.height()-4, fieldAlignment( field ), fieldToString( field ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the alignment for \a field.
+*/
+
+int TQDataTable::fieldAlignment( const TQSqlField* /*field*/ )
+{
+    return TQt::AlignLeft | TQt::AlignVCenter; //## Reggie: add alignment to TQTable
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    If the cursor's \a sql driver supports query sizes, the number of
+    rows in the table is set to the size of the query. Otherwise, the
+    table dynamically resizes itself as it is scrolled. If \a sql is
+    not active, it is made active by issuing a select() on the cursor
+    using the \a sql cursor's current filter and current sort.
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setSize( TQSqlCursor* sql )
+{
+    // ### what are the connect/disconnect calls doing here!? move to refresh()
+    if ( sql->driver() && sql->driver()->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::QuerySize ) ) {
+	setVScrollBarMode( Auto );
+ 	disconnect( verticalScrollBar(), SIGNAL( sliderPressed() ),
+		    this, SLOT( sliderPressed() ) );
+ 	disconnect( verticalScrollBar(), SIGNAL( sliderReleased() ),
+		    this, SLOT( sliderReleased() ) );
+	disconnect( verticalScrollBar(), SIGNAL( valueChanged(int) ),
+		    this, SLOT( loadNextPage() ) );
+	if ( numRows() != sql->size() )
+	    setNumRows( sql->size() );
+    } else {
+	setVScrollBarMode( AlwaysOn );
+ 	connect( verticalScrollBar(), SIGNAL( sliderPressed() ),
+ 		 this, SLOT( sliderPressed() ) );
+ 	connect( verticalScrollBar(), SIGNAL( sliderReleased() ),
+ 		 this, SLOT( sliderReleased() ) );
+	connect( verticalScrollBar(), SIGNAL( valueChanged(int) ),
+		 this, SLOT( loadNextPage() ) );
+	setNumRows(0);
+	loadNextPage();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets \a cursor as the data source for the table. To force the
+    display of the data from \a cursor, use refresh(). If \a
+    autoPopulate is TRUE, columns are automatically created based upon
+    the fields in the \a cursor record. If \a autoDelete is TRUE (the
+    default is FALSE), the table will take ownership of the \a cursor
+    and delete it when appropriate. If the \a cursor is read-only, the
+    table becomes read-only. The table adopts the cursor's driver's
+    definition for representing NULL values as strings.
+
+    \sa refresh() setReadOnly() setAutoDelete() TQSqlDriver::nullText()
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setSqlCursor( TQSqlCursor* cursor, bool autoPopulate, bool autoDelete )
+{
+    setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
+    d->cur.setCursor( 0 );
+    if ( cursor ) {
+	d->cur.setCursor( cursor, autoDelete );
+	if ( autoPopulate ) {
+	    d->fld.clear();
+	    d->fldLabel.clear();
+	    d->fldWidth.clear();
+	    d->fldIcon.clear();
+	    d->fldHidden.clear();
+	    for ( uint i = 0; i < sqlCursor()->count(); ++i ) {
+		addColumn( sqlCursor()->field( i )->name(), sqlCursor()->field( i )->name() );
+		setColumnReadOnly( i, sqlCursor()->field( i )->isReadOnly() );
+	    }
+	}
+	setReadOnly( sqlCursor()->isReadOnly() );
+	if ( sqlCursor()->driver() && !d->nullTxtChanged )
+	    setNullText(sqlCursor()->driver()->nullText() );
+	setAutoDelete( autoDelete );
+    } else {
+	setNumRows( 0 );
+	setNumCols( 0 );
+    }
+    setUpdatesEnabled( TRUE );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Protected virtual function which is called when an error \a e has
+    occurred on the current cursor(). The default implementation
+    displays a warning message to the user with information about the
+    error.
+*/
+void TQDataTable::handleError( const TQSqlError& e )
+{
+    d->dat.handleError( this, e );
+}
+
+/*! \reimp
+  */
+
+void TQDataTable::keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent* e )
+{
+    switch( e->key() ) {
+    case Key_Left:
+    case Key_Right:
+    case Key_Up:
+    case Key_Down:
+    case Key_Prior:
+    case Key_Next:
+    case Key_Home:
+    case Key_End:
+    case Key_F2:
+    case Key_Enter: case Key_Return:
+    case Key_Tab: case Key_BackTab:
+	TQTable::keyPressEvent( e );
+    default:
+	return;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!  \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::resizeData ( int )
+{
+
+}
+
+/*!  \reimp
+*/
+
+TQTableItem * TQDataTable::item ( int, int ) const
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!  \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setItem ( int , int , TQTableItem * )
+{
+
+}
+
+/*!  \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::clearCell ( int , int )
+{
+
+}
+
+/*!  \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setPixmap ( int , int , const TQPixmap &  )
+{
+
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+void TQDataTable::takeItem ( TQTableItem * )
+{
+
+}
+
+/*!
+    Installs a new SQL editor factory \a f. This enables the user to
+    create and instantiate their own editors for use in cell editing.
+    Note that TQDataTable takes ownership of this pointer, and will
+    delete it when it is no longer needed or when
+    installEditorFactory() is called again.
+
+    \sa TQSqlEditorFactory
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::installEditorFactory( TQSqlEditorFactory * f )
+{
+    if( f ) {
+	delete d->editorFactory;
+	d->editorFactory = f;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Installs a new property map \a m. This enables the user to create
+    and instantiate their own property maps for use in cell editing.
+    Note that TQDataTable takes ownership of this pointer, and will
+    delete it when it is no longer needed or when installPropertMap()
+    is called again.
+
+    \sa TQSqlPropertyMap
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::installPropertyMap( TQSqlPropertyMap* m )
+{
+    if ( m ) {
+	delete d->propertyMap;
+	d->propertyMap = m;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!  \internal
+
+  Sets the current selection to \a row, \a col.
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::setCurrentSelection( int row, int )
+{
+    if ( !sqlCursor() )
+	return;
+    if ( row == d->lastAt )
+	return;
+    if ( !sqlCursor()->seek( row ) )
+	return;
+    d->lastAt = row;
+    emit currentChanged( sqlCursor() );
+}
+
+void TQDataTable::updateCurrentSelection()
+{
+    setCurrentSelection( currentRow(), -1 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the currently selected record, or 0 if there is no current
+    selection. The table owns the pointer, so do \e not delete it or
+    otherwise modify it or the cursor it points to.
+*/
+
+TQSqlRecord* TQDataTable::currentRecord() const
+{
+    if ( !sqlCursor() || currentRow() < 0 )
+	return 0;
+    if ( !sqlCursor()->seek( currentRow() ) )
+	return 0;
+    return sqlCursor();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sorts column \a col in ascending order.
+
+    \sa setSorting()
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::sortAscending( int col )
+{
+    sortColumn( col, TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sorts column \a col in descending order.
+
+    \sa setSorting()
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::sortDescending( int col )
+{
+    sortColumn( col, FALSE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload void TQDataTable::refresh( Refresh mode )
+
+    Refreshes the table. If there is no currently defined cursor (see
+    setSqlCursor()), nothing happens. The \a mode parameter determines
+    which type of refresh will take place.
+
+    \sa Refresh setSqlCursor() addColumn()
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::refresh( TQDataTable::Refresh mode )
+{
+    TQSqlCursor* cur = sqlCursor();
+    if ( !cur )
+	return;
+    bool refreshData = ( (mode & RefreshData) == RefreshData );
+    bool refreshCol = ( (mode & RefreshColumns) == RefreshColumns );
+    if ( ( (mode & RefreshAll) == RefreshAll ) ) {
+	refreshData = TRUE;
+	refreshCol = TRUE;
+    }
+    if ( !refreshCol && d->fld.count() && numCols() == 0 )
+	refreshCol = TRUE;
+    viewport()->setUpdatesEnabled( FALSE );
+    d->haveAllRows = FALSE;
+    if ( refreshData ) {
+	if ( !d->cur.refresh() && d->cur.cursor() ) {
+	    handleError( d->cur.cursor()->lastError() );
+	}
+	d->lastAt = -1;
+    }
+    if ( refreshCol ) {
+	setNumCols( 0 );
+	d->colIndex.clear();
+	if ( d->fld.count() ) {
+	    TQSqlField* field = 0;
+	    int i;
+	    int fpos = -1;
+	    for ( i = 0; i < (int)d->fld.count(); ++i ) {
+		if ( cur->field( i ) && cur->field( i )->name() == d->fld[ i ] )
+		    // if there is a field with the desired name on the desired position
+		    // then we take that
+		    fpos = i;
+		else
+		    // otherwise we take the first field that matches the desired name
+		    fpos = cur->position( d->fld[ i ] );
+		field = cur->field( fpos );
+		if ( field && ( cur->isGenerated( fpos ) ||
+				cur->isCalculated( field->name() ) ) )
+		{
+		    setNumCols( numCols() + 1 );
+		    d->colIndex.append( fpos );
+		    setColumnReadOnly( numCols()-1, field->isReadOnly() || isColumnReadOnly( numCols()-1 ) );
+		    horizontalHeader()->setLabel( numCols()-1, d->fldIcon[ i ], d->fldLabel[ i ] );
+		    if ( d->fldHidden[ i ] ) {
+			TQTable::showColumn( i ); // ugly but necessary
+			TQTable::hideColumn( i );
+		    } else {
+			TQTable::showColumn( i );
+		    }
+		    if ( d->fldWidth[ i ] > -1 )
+			TQTable::setColumnWidth( i, d->fldWidth[i] );
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    viewport()->setUpdatesEnabled( TRUE );
+    viewport()->repaint( FALSE );
+    horizontalHeader()->repaint();
+    verticalHeader()->repaint();
+    setSize( cur );
+    // keep others aware
+    if ( d->lastAt == -1 )
+ 	setCurrentSelection( -1, -1 );
+    else if ( d->lastAt != currentRow() )
+	setCurrentSelection( currentRow(), currentColumn() );
+    if ( cur->isValid() )
+	emit currentChanged( sqlCursor() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Refreshes the table. The cursor is refreshed using the current
+    filter, the current sort, and the currently defined columns.
+    Equivalent to calling refresh( TQDataTable::RefreshData ).
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::refresh()
+{
+    refresh( RefreshData );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+
+    Selects the record in the table using the current cursor edit
+    buffer and the fields specified by the index \a idx. If \a atHint
+    is specified, it will be used as a hint about where to begin
+    searching.
+*/
+
+bool TQDataTable::findBuffer( const TQSqlIndex& idx, int atHint )
+{
+    TQSqlCursor* cur = sqlCursor();
+    if ( !cur )
+	return FALSE;
+    bool found = d->cur.findBuffer( idx, atHint );
+    if ( found )
+	setCurrentCell( cur->at(), currentColumn() );
+    return found;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+    Returns the string representation of a database field.
+*/
+TQString TQDataTable::fieldToString( const TQSqlField * field )
+{
+    TQString text;
+    if ( field->isNull() ) {
+	text = nullText();
+    } else {
+	TQVariant val = field->value();
+	switch ( val.type() ) {
+	    case TQVariant::Bool:
+		text = val.toBool() ? d->trueTxt : d->falseTxt;
+		break;
+	    case TQVariant::Date:
+		text = val.toDate().toString( d->datefmt );
+		break;
+	    case TQVariant::Time:
+		text = val.toTime().toString( d->datefmt );
+		break;
+	    case TQVariant::DateTime:
+		text = val.toDateTime().toString( d->datefmt );
+		break;
+	    default:
+		text = val.toString();
+		break;
+	}
+    }
+    return text;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::swapColumns( int col1, int col2, bool )
+{
+    TQString fld = d->fld[ col1 ];
+    TQString fldLabel = d->fldLabel[ col1 ];
+    TQIconSet fldIcon = d->fldIcon[ col1 ];
+    int fldWidth = d->fldWidth[ col1 ];
+
+    d->fld[ col1 ] = d->fld[ col2 ];
+    d->fldLabel[ col1 ] = d->fldLabel[ col2 ];
+    d->fldIcon[ col1 ] = d->fldIcon[ col2 ];
+    d->fldWidth[ col1 ] = d->fldWidth[ col2 ];
+
+    d->fld[ col2 ] = fld;
+    d->fldLabel[ col2 ] = fldLabel;
+    d->fldIcon[ col2 ] = fldIcon;
+    d->fldWidth[ col2 ] = fldWidth;
+
+    int colIndex = d->colIndex[ col1 ];
+    d->colIndex[ col1 ] = d->colIndex[ col2 ];
+    d->colIndex[ col2 ] = colIndex;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::drawContents( TQPainter * p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )
+{
+    TQTable::drawContents( p, cx, cy, cw, ch );
+    if ( sqlCursor() && currentRow() >= 0 )
+	sqlCursor()->seek( currentRow() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::hideColumn( int col )
+{
+    d->fldHidden[col] = TRUE;
+    refresh( RefreshColumns );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+void TQDataTable::showColumn( int col )
+{
+    d->fldHidden[col] = FALSE;
+    refresh( RefreshColumns );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataTable::currentChanged( TQSqlRecord* record )
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever a new row is selected in the
+    table. The \a record parameter points to the contents of the newly
+    selected record.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataTable::primeInsert( TQSqlRecord* buf )
+
+    This signal is emitted after the cursor is primed for insert by
+    the table, when an insert action is beginning on the table. The \a
+    buf parameter points to the edit buffer being inserted. Connect to
+    this signal in order to, for example, prime the record buffer with
+    default data values.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataTable::primeUpdate( TQSqlRecord* buf )
+
+    This signal is emitted after the cursor is primed for update by
+    the table, when an update action is beginning on the table. The \a
+    buf parameter points to the edit buffer being updated. Connect to
+    this signal in order to, for example, provide some visual feedback
+    that the user is in 'edit mode'.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataTable::primeDelete( TQSqlRecord* buf )
+
+    This signal is emitted after the cursor is primed for delete by
+    the table, when a delete action is beginning on the table. The \a
+    buf parameter points to the edit buffer being deleted. Connect to
+    this signal in order to, for example, record auditing information
+    on deletions.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataTable::beforeInsert( TQSqlRecord* buf )
+
+    This signal is emitted just before the cursor's edit buffer is
+    inserted into the database. The \a buf parameter points to the
+    edit buffer being inserted. Connect to this signal to, for
+    example, populate a key field with a unique sequence number.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataTable::beforeUpdate( TQSqlRecord* buf )
+
+    This signal is emitted just before the cursor's edit buffer is
+    updated in the database. The \a buf parameter points to the edit
+    buffer being updated. Connect to this signal when you want to
+    transform the user's data behind-the-scenes.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataTable::beforeDelete( TQSqlRecord* buf )
+
+    This signal is emitted just before the currently selected record
+    is deleted from the database. The \a buf parameter points to the
+    edit buffer being deleted. Connect to this signal to, for example,
+    copy some of the fields for later use.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQDataTable::cursorChanged( TQSql::Op mode )
+
+    This signal is emitted whenever the cursor record was changed due
+    to an edit. The \a mode parameter is the type of edit that just
+    took place.
+*/
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qdatatable.h b/src/sql/qdatatable.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7b789ca78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qdatatable.h
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQDataTable class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQDATATABLE_H
+#define TQDATATABLE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qvariant.h"
+#include "qtable.h"
+#include "qsql.h"
+#include "qsqlcursor.h"
+#include "qsqlindex.h"
+#include "qsqleditorfactory.h"
+#include "qiconset.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL_VIEW_WIDGETS
+
+class TQPainter;
+class TQSqlField;
+class TQSqlPropertyMap;
+class TQDataTablePrivate;
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQDataTable : public TQTable
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+    Q_PROPERTY( TQString nullText READ nullText WRITE setNullText )
+    Q_PROPERTY( TQString trueText READ trueText WRITE setTrueText )
+    Q_PROPERTY( TQString falseText READ falseText WRITE setFalseText )
+    Q_PROPERTY( DateFormat dateFormat READ dateFormat WRITE setDateFormat )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool confirmEdits READ confirmEdits WRITE setConfirmEdits )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool confirmInsert READ confirmInsert WRITE setConfirmInsert )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool confirmUpdate READ confirmUpdate WRITE setConfirmUpdate )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool confirmDelete READ confirmDelete WRITE setConfirmDelete )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool confirmCancels READ confirmCancels WRITE setConfirmCancels )
+    Q_PROPERTY( bool autoEdit READ autoEdit WRITE setAutoEdit )
+    Q_PROPERTY( TQString filter READ filter WRITE setFilter )
+    Q_PROPERTY( TQStringList sort READ sort WRITE setSort )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int numCols READ numCols )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int numRows READ numRows )
+
+public:
+    TQDataTable ( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 );
+    TQDataTable ( TQSqlCursor* cursor, bool autoPopulate = FALSE, TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0 );
+    ~TQDataTable();
+
+    virtual void addColumn( const TQString& fieldName,
+			    const TQString& label = TQString::null,
+			    int width = -1,
+			    const TQIconSet& iconset = TQIconSet() );
+    virtual void removeColumn( uint col );
+    virtual void setColumn( uint col, const TQString& fieldName,
+			    const TQString& label = TQString::null,
+			    int width = -1,
+			    const TQIconSet& iconset = TQIconSet() );
+
+    TQString      nullText() const;
+    TQString      trueText() const;
+    TQString      falseText() const;
+    DateFormat   dateFormat() const;
+    bool         confirmEdits() const;
+    bool         confirmInsert() const;
+    bool         confirmUpdate() const;
+    bool         confirmDelete() const;
+    bool         confirmCancels() const;
+    bool         autoDelete() const;
+    bool         autoEdit() const;
+    TQString      filter() const;
+    TQStringList  sort() const;
+
+    virtual void setSqlCursor( TQSqlCursor* cursor = 0,
+			    bool autoPopulate = FALSE, bool autoDelete = FALSE );
+    TQSqlCursor* sqlCursor() const;
+
+    virtual void setNullText( const TQString& nullText );
+    virtual void setTrueText( const TQString& trueText );
+    virtual void setFalseText( const TQString& falseText );
+    virtual void setDateFormat( const DateFormat f );
+    virtual void setConfirmEdits( bool confirm );
+    virtual void setConfirmInsert( bool confirm );
+    virtual void setConfirmUpdate( bool confirm );
+    virtual void setConfirmDelete( bool confirm );
+    virtual void setConfirmCancels( bool confirm );
+    virtual void setAutoDelete( bool enable );
+    virtual void setAutoEdit( bool autoEdit );
+    virtual void setFilter( const TQString& filter );
+    virtual void setSort( const TQStringList& sort );
+    virtual void setSort( const TQSqlIndex& sort );
+
+    enum Refresh {
+	RefreshData = 1,
+	RefreshColumns = 2,
+	RefreshAll = 3
+    };
+    void         refresh( Refresh mode );
+    void         sortColumn ( int col, bool ascending = TRUE,
+			      bool wholeRows = FALSE );
+    TQString      text ( int row, int col ) const;
+    TQVariant     value ( int row, int col ) const;
+    TQSqlRecord*  currentRecord() const;
+
+    void         installEditorFactory( TQSqlEditorFactory * f );
+    void         installPropertyMap( TQSqlPropertyMap* m );
+
+    int          numCols() const;
+    int          numRows() const;
+    void         setNumCols( int c );
+    void         setNumRows ( int r );
+    bool         findBuffer( const TQSqlIndex& idx, int atHint = 0 );
+
+    void 	 hideColumn( int col );
+    void 	 showColumn( int col );
+signals:
+    void         currentChanged( TQSqlRecord* record );
+    void         primeInsert( TQSqlRecord* buf );
+    void         primeUpdate( TQSqlRecord* buf );
+    void         primeDelete( TQSqlRecord* buf );
+    void         beforeInsert( TQSqlRecord* buf );
+    void         beforeUpdate( TQSqlRecord* buf );
+    void         beforeDelete( TQSqlRecord* buf );
+    void         cursorChanged( TQSql::Op mode );
+
+public slots:
+    virtual void find( const TQString & str, bool caseSensitive,
+			     bool backwards );
+    virtual void sortAscending( int col );
+    virtual void sortDescending( int col );
+    virtual void refresh();
+    void setColumnWidth( int col, int w );
+    void adjustColumn( int col );
+    void setColumnStretchable( int col, bool stretch );
+    void swapColumns( int col1, int col2, bool swapHeaders = FALSE );
+
+protected:
+    virtual bool insertCurrent();
+    virtual bool updateCurrent();
+    virtual bool deleteCurrent();
+
+    virtual TQSql::Confirm confirmEdit( TQSql::Op m );
+    virtual TQSql::Confirm confirmCancel( TQSql::Op m );
+
+    virtual void handleError( const TQSqlError& e );
+
+    virtual bool beginInsert();
+    virtual TQWidget* beginUpdate ( int row, int col, bool replace );
+
+    bool         eventFilter( TQObject *o, TQEvent *e );
+    void         keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent* );
+    void         resizeEvent ( TQResizeEvent * );
+    void         contentsMousePressEvent( TQMouseEvent* e );
+    void         contentsContextMenuEvent( TQContextMenuEvent* e );
+    void         endEdit( int row, int col, bool accept, bool replace );
+    TQWidget *    createEditor( int row, int col, bool initFromCell ) const;
+    void         activateNextCell();
+    int          indexOf( uint i ) const; // ### make this public in 4.0
+    void         reset();
+    void         setSize( TQSqlCursor* sql );
+    void         repaintCell( int row, int col );
+    void         paintCell ( TQPainter * p, int row, int col, const TQRect & cr,
+			     bool selected, const TQColorGroup &cg );
+    virtual void paintField( TQPainter * p, const TQSqlField* field, const TQRect & cr,
+			     bool selected );
+    void	 drawContents( TQPainter * p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch );
+    virtual int  fieldAlignment( const TQSqlField* field );
+    void         columnClicked ( int col );
+    void         resizeData ( int len );
+
+    TQTableItem * item ( int row, int col ) const;
+    void         setItem ( int row, int col, TQTableItem * item );
+    void         clearCell ( int row, int col ) ;
+    void         setPixmap ( int row, int col, const TQPixmap & pix );
+    void         takeItem ( TQTableItem * i );
+
+private slots:
+    void         loadNextPage();
+    void         setCurrentSelection( int row, int col );
+    void         updateCurrentSelection();
+    void 	 sliderPressed();
+    void 	 sliderReleased();
+    void	 doInsertCurrent();
+    void	 doUpdateCurrent();
+    
+private:
+    TQString 	 fieldToString( const TQSqlField * field );
+    void         init();
+    TQWidget*     beginEdit ( int row, int col, bool replace );
+    void         updateRow( int row );
+    void         endInsert();
+    void         endUpdate();
+    TQDataTablePrivate* d;
+
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    TQDataTable( const TQDataTable & );
+    TQDataTable &operator=( const TQDataTable & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qdataview.cpp b/src/sql/qdataview.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1a73dc6f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qdataview.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQDataView class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qdataview.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL_VIEW_WIDGETS
+
+#include "qsqlmanager_p.h"
+
+class TQDataViewPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQDataViewPrivate() {}
+    TQSqlFormManager frm;
+};
+
+
+/*!
+    \class TQDataView qdataview.h
+    \brief The TQDataView class provides read-only SQL forms.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \mainclass
+    \module sql
+
+    This class provides a form which displays SQL field data from a
+    record buffer. Because TQDataView does not support editing it uses
+    less resources than a TQDataBrowser. This class is well suited for
+    displaying read-only data from a SQL database.
+
+    If you want a to present your data in an editable form use
+    TQDataBrowser; if you want a table-based presentation of your data
+    use TQDataTable.
+
+    The form is associated with the data view with setForm() and the
+    record is associated with setRecord(). You can also pass a
+    TQSqlRecord to the refresh() function which will set the record to
+    the given record and read the record's fields into the form.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a data view which is a child of \a parent, called \a
+    name, and with widget flags \a fl.
+*/
+
+TQDataView::TQDataView( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, WFlags fl )
+    : TQWidget( parent, name, fl )
+{
+    d = new TQDataViewPrivate();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+TQDataView::~TQDataView()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Clears the default form's values. If there is no default form,
+    nothing happens. All the values are set to their 'zero state',
+    e.g. 0 for numeric fields, "" for string fields.
+*/
+
+void TQDataView::clearValues()
+{
+    d->frm.clearValues();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the form used by the data view to \a form. If a record has
+    already been assigned to the data view, the form will display that
+    record's data.
+
+    \sa form()
+*/
+
+void TQDataView::setForm( TQSqlForm* form )
+{
+    d->frm.setForm( form );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the default form used by the data view, or 0 if there is
+    none.
+
+    \sa setForm()
+*/
+
+TQSqlForm* TQDataView::form()
+{
+    return d->frm.form();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the record used by the data view to \a record. If a form has
+    already been assigned to the data view, the form will display the
+    data from \a record in that form.
+
+    \sa record()
+*/
+
+void TQDataView::setRecord( TQSqlRecord* record )
+{
+    d->frm.setRecord( record );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the default record used by the data view, or 0 if there is
+    none.
+
+    \sa setRecord()
+*/
+
+TQSqlRecord* TQDataView::record()
+{
+    return d->frm.record();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Causes the default form to read its fields from the record buffer.
+    If there is no default form, or no record, nothing happens.
+
+    \sa setForm()
+*/
+
+void TQDataView::readFields()
+{
+    d->frm.readFields();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Causes the default form to write its fields to the record buffer.
+    If there is no default form, or no record, nothing happens.
+
+    \sa setForm()
+*/
+
+void TQDataView::writeFields()
+{
+    d->frm.writeFields();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Causes the default form to display the contents of \a buf. If
+    there is no default form, nothing happens.The \a buf also becomes
+    the default record for all subsequent calls to readFields() and
+    writefields(). This slot is equivalant to calling:
+
+    \code
+    myView.setRecord( record );
+    myView.readFields();
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa setRecord() readFields()
+*/
+
+void TQDataView::refresh( TQSqlRecord* buf )
+{
+    if ( buf && buf != record() )
+	setRecord( buf );
+    readFields();
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qdataview.h b/src/sql/qdataview.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e45227b2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qdataview.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQDataView class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQDATAVIEW_H
+#define TQDATAVIEW_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL_VIEW_WIDGETS
+
+class TQSqlForm;
+class TQSqlRecord;
+class TQDataViewPrivate;
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQDataView : public TQWidget
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+
+public:
+    TQDataView( TQWidget* parent=0, const char* name=0, WFlags fl = 0 );
+    ~TQDataView();
+
+    virtual void setForm( TQSqlForm* form );
+    TQSqlForm* form();
+    virtual void setRecord( TQSqlRecord* record );
+    TQSqlRecord* record();
+
+public slots:
+    virtual void refresh( TQSqlRecord* buf );
+    virtual void readFields();
+    virtual void writeFields();
+    virtual void clearValues();
+
+private:
+    TQDataViewPrivate* d;
+
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    TQDataView( const TQDataView & );
+    TQDataView &operator=( const TQDataView & );
+#endif
+};
+
+
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qeditorfactory.cpp b/src/sql/qeditorfactory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc2c4f62f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qeditorfactory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQEditorFactory class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-17
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+#include "qlabel.h"
+#include "qlineedit.h"
+#include "qspinbox.h"
+#include "qcombobox.h"
+
+#include "qeditorfactory.h"
+#include "qdatetimeedit.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL_EDIT_WIDGETS
+
+/*!
+    \class TQEditorFactory qeditorfactory.h
+    \brief The TQEditorFactory class is used to create editor widgets
+    for TQVariant data types.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \module sql
+
+    Each editor factory provides the createEditor() function which
+    given a TQVariant will create and return a TQWidget that can edit
+    that TQVariant. For example if you have a TQVariant::String type, a
+    TQLineEdit would be the default editor returned, whereas a
+    TQVariant::Int's default editor would be a TQSpinBox.
+
+    If you want to create different editors for fields with the same
+    data type, subclass TQEditorFactory and reimplement the
+    createEditor() function.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an editor factory with parent \a parent, called \a name.
+*/
+
+TQEditorFactory::TQEditorFactory ( TQObject * parent, const char * name )
+    : TQObject( parent, name )
+{
+
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+TQEditorFactory::~TQEditorFactory()
+{
+
+}
+
+static TQEditorFactory * defaultfactory = 0;
+static TQCleanupHandler< TQEditorFactory > q_cleanup_editor_factory;
+
+/*!
+    Returns an instance of a default editor factory.
+*/
+
+TQEditorFactory * TQEditorFactory::defaultFactory()
+{
+    if( defaultfactory == 0 ){
+	defaultfactory = new TQEditorFactory();
+	q_cleanup_editor_factory.add( &defaultfactory );
+    }
+
+    return defaultfactory;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Replaces the default editor factory with \a factory.
+    \e{TQEditorFactory takes ownership of factory, and destroys it
+    when it is no longer needed.}
+*/
+
+void TQEditorFactory::installDefaultFactory( TQEditorFactory * factory )
+{
+    if( factory == 0 || factory == defaultfactory ) return;
+
+    if( defaultfactory != 0 ){
+	q_cleanup_editor_factory.remove( &defaultfactory );
+	delete defaultfactory;
+    }
+    defaultfactory = factory;
+    q_cleanup_editor_factory.add( &defaultfactory );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Creates and returns the appropriate editor for the TQVariant \a v.
+    If the TQVariant is invalid, 0 is returned. The \a parent is passed
+    to the appropriate editor's constructor.
+*/
+
+TQWidget * TQEditorFactory::createEditor( TQWidget * parent, const TQVariant & v )
+{
+    TQWidget * w = 0;
+    switch( v.type() ){
+	case TQVariant::Invalid:
+	    w = 0;
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::Bool:
+	    w = new TQComboBox( parent, "qt_editor_bool" );
+	    ((TQComboBox *) w)->insertItem( "False" );
+	    ((TQComboBox *) w)->insertItem( "True" );
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::UInt:
+	    w = new TQSpinBox( 0, 999999, 1, parent, "qt_editor_spinbox" );
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::Int:
+	    w = new TQSpinBox( -999999, 999999, 1, parent, "qt_editor_int" );
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::String:
+	case TQVariant::CString:
+	case TQVariant::Double:
+	    w = new TQLineEdit( parent, "qt_editor_double" );
+	    ((TQLineEdit*)w)->setFrame( FALSE );
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::Date:
+	    w = new TQDateEdit( parent, "qt_editor_date" );
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::Time:
+	    w = new TQTimeEdit( parent, "qt_editor_time" );
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::DateTime:
+	    w = new TQDateTimeEdit( parent, "qt_editor_datetime" );
+	    break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_LABEL
+	case TQVariant::Pixmap:
+	    w = new TQLabel( parent, "qt_editor_pixmap" );
+	    break;
+#endif
+	case TQVariant::Palette:
+	case TQVariant::ColorGroup:
+	case TQVariant::Color:
+	case TQVariant::Font:
+	case TQVariant::Brush:
+	case TQVariant::Bitmap:
+	case TQVariant::Cursor:
+	case TQVariant::Map:
+	case TQVariant::StringList:
+	case TQVariant::Rect:
+	case TQVariant::Size:
+	case TQVariant::IconSet:
+	case TQVariant::Point:
+	case TQVariant::PointArray:
+	case TQVariant::Region:
+	case TQVariant::SizePolicy:
+	case TQVariant::ByteArray:
+	default:
+	    w = new TQWidget( parent, "qt_editor_default" );
+	    break;
+    }
+    return w;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
diff --git a/src/sql/qeditorfactory.h b/src/sql/qeditorfactory.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7f3428f77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qeditorfactory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQEditorFactory class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQEDITORFACTORY_H
+#define TQEDITORFACTORY_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qvariant.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL_EDIT_WIDGETS
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQEditorFactory : public TQObject
+{
+public:
+    TQEditorFactory ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 );
+    ~TQEditorFactory();
+    
+    virtual TQWidget * createEditor( TQWidget * parent, const TQVariant & v );
+    
+    static TQEditorFactory * defaultFactory();
+    static void installDefaultFactory( TQEditorFactory * factory);
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    TQEditorFactory( const TQEditorFactory & );
+    TQEditorFactory &operator=( const TQEditorFactory & );
+#endif
+}; 
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
+#endif // TQEDITORFACTORY_H
diff --git a/src/sql/qsql.cpp b/src/sql/qsql.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c2932fbe0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsql.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQSql class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSql qsql.h
+    \brief The TQSql class is a namespace for TQt SQL identifiers that
+    need to be global-like.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \mainclass
+    \module sql
+
+    Normally, you can ignore this class. Several TQt SQL classes
+    inherit it, so all the identifiers in the TQt SQL namespace are
+    visible without qualification.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQSql::Confirm
+
+    This enum type describes edit confirmations.
+
+    \value Yes
+    \value No
+    \value Cancel
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQSql::Op
+
+    This enum type describes edit operations.
+
+    \value None
+    \value Insert
+    \value Update
+    \value Delete
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQSql::Location
+
+    This enum type describes SQL navigation locations.
+
+    \value BeforeFirst
+    \value AfterLast
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQSql::ParameterType
+
+    This enum is used to set the type of a bind parameter
+
+    \value In  the bind parameter is used to put data into the database
+    \value Out  the bind parameter is used to receive data from the database
+    \value InOut  the bind parameter is used to put data into the
+	database; it will be overwritten with output data on executing
+	a query.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQSql::TableType
+
+    This enum type describes types of tables
+
+    \value Tables  All the tables visible to the user
+    \value SystemTables  Internal tables used by the DBMS
+    \value Views  All the views visible to the user
+    \value AllTables  All of the above
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQSql::TQSql()
+
+    Constructs a TQt SQL namespace class
+*/
diff --git a/src/sql/qsql.h b/src/sql/qsql.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3fcbfc7f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsql.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSql class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQL_H
+#define TQSQL_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qglobal.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSql
+{
+public:
+    TQSql() {}
+    enum Op {
+	None = -1,
+	Insert = 0,
+	Update = 1,
+	Delete = 2
+    };
+
+    enum Location {
+	BeforeFirst = -1,
+	AfterLast = -2
+    };
+
+    enum Confirm {
+	Cancel = -1,
+	No = 0,
+	Yes = 1
+    };
+
+    enum ParameterType {
+	In = 1,
+	Out = 2,
+	InOut = 3  //InOut = In | Out
+    };
+
+    enum TableType { 
+	Tables = 0x01,
+	SystemTables = 0x02,
+	Views = 0x04,
+	AllTables = 0xff
+    };
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    TQSql( const TQSql & );
+    TQSql &operator=( const TQSql & );
+#endif
+
+};
+
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlcursor.cpp b/src/sql/qsqlcursor.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5ec8b754a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlcursor.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1549 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQSqlCursor class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqlcursor.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+#include "qsqldriver.h"
+#include "qsqlresult.h"
+#include "qdatetime.h"
+#include "qsqldatabase.h"
+#include "qsql.h"
+
+class TQSqlCursorPrivate
+{
+public:
+
+    TQSqlCursorPrivate( const TQString& name, TQSqlDatabase* sdb )
+	: lastAt( TQSql::BeforeFirst ), nm( name ), srt( name ), md( 0 ), db( sdb ), q( 0 )
+    {}
+    ~TQSqlCursorPrivate()
+    {
+	delete q;
+    }
+
+    TQSqlQuery* query()
+    {
+	if ( !q )
+	    q = new TQSqlQuery( 0, db );
+	return q;
+    }
+    
+    int               lastAt;
+    TQString           nm;         //name
+    TQSqlIndex         srt;        //sort
+    TQString           ftr;        //filter
+    int               md;         //mode
+    TQSqlIndex         priIndx;    //primary index
+    TQSqlRecord        editBuffer;
+    // the primary index as it was before the user changed the values in editBuffer
+    TQString           editIndex;
+    TQSqlRecordInfo    infoBuffer;
+    TQSqlDatabase*     db;
+    TQSqlQuery*        q;
+};
+
+TQString qOrderByClause( const TQSqlIndex & i, const TQString& prefix = TQString::null )
+{
+    TQString str;
+    int k = i.count();
+    if( k == 0 ) return TQString::null;
+    str = " order by " + i.toString( prefix );
+    return str;
+}
+
+TQString qWhereClause( const TQString& prefix, TQSqlField* field, const TQSqlDriver* driver )
+{
+    TQString f;
+    if ( field && driver ) {
+        f = ( prefix.length() > 0 ? prefix + TQString(".") : TQString::null ) + field->name();
+        if ( field->isNull() ) {
+            f += " IS NULL";
+        } else {
+            f += " = " + driver->formatValue( field );
+        }
+    }
+    return f;
+}
+
+TQString qWhereClause( TQSqlRecord* rec, const TQString& prefix, const TQString& sep, 
+		      const TQSqlDriver* driver )
+{
+    static TQString blank( " " );
+    TQString filter;
+    bool separator = FALSE;
+    for ( uint j = 0; j < rec->count(); ++j ) {
+        TQSqlField* f = rec->field( j );
+        if ( rec->isGenerated( j ) ) {
+            if ( separator )
+                filter += sep + blank;
+            filter += qWhereClause( prefix, f, driver );
+            filter += blank;
+            separator = TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+    return filter;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSqlCursor qsqlcursor.h
+    \brief The TQSqlCursor class provides browsing and editing of SQL
+    tables and views.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \module sql
+
+    A TQSqlCursor is a database record (see \l TQSqlRecord) that
+    corresponds to a table or view within an SQL database (see \l
+    TQSqlDatabase). There are two buffers in a cursor, one used for
+    browsing and one used for editing records. Each buffer contains a
+    list of fields which correspond to the fields in the table or
+    view.
+
+    When positioned on a valid record, the browse buffer contains the
+    values of the current record's fields from the database. The edit
+    buffer is separate, and is used for editing existing records and
+    inserting new records.
+
+    For browsing data, a cursor must first select() data from the
+    database. After a successful select() the cursor is active
+    (isActive() returns TRUE), but is initially not positioned on a
+    valid record (isValid() returns FALSE). To position the cursor on
+    a valid record, use one of the navigation functions, next(),
+    prev(), first(), last(), or seek(). Once positioned on a valid
+    record, data can be retrieved from the browse buffer using
+    value(). If a navigation function is not successful, it returns
+    FALSE, the cursor will no longer be positioned on a valid record
+    and the values returned by value() are undefined.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \quotefile sql/overview/retrieve2/main.cpp
+    \skipto TQSqlCursor
+    \printline TQSqlCursor
+    \printuntil }
+
+    In the above example, a cursor is created specifying a table or
+    view name in the database. Then, select() is called, which can be
+    optionally parameterised to filter and order the records
+    retrieved. Each record in the cursor is retrieved using next().
+    When next() returns FALSE, there are no more records to process,
+    and the loop terminates.
+
+    For editing records (rows of data), a cursor contains a separate
+    edit buffer which is independent of the fields used when browsing.
+    The functions insert(), update() and del() operate on the edit
+    buffer. This allows the cursor to be repositioned to other
+    records while simultaneously maintaining a separate buffer for
+    edits. You can get a pointer to the edit buffer using
+    editBuffer(). The primeInsert(), primeUpdate() and primeDelete()
+    functions also return a pointer to the edit buffer and prepare it
+    for insert, update and delete respectively. Edit operations only
+    affect a single row at a time. Note that update() and del()
+    retquire that the table or view contain a primaryIndex() to ensure
+    that edit operations affect a unique record within the database.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \quotefile sql/overview/update/main.cpp
+    \skipto prices
+    \printline prices
+    \printuntil update
+    \printline
+
+    To edit an existing database record, first move to the record you
+    wish to update. Call primeUpdate() to get the pointer to the
+    cursor's edit buffer. Then use this pointer to modify the values
+    in the edit buffer. Finally, call update() to save the changes to
+    the database. The values in the edit buffer will be used to
+    locate the appropriate record when updating the database (see
+    primaryIndex()).
+
+    Similarly, when deleting an existing database record, first move
+    to the record you wish to delete. Then, call primeDelete() to get
+    the pointer to the edit buffer. Finally, call del() to delete the
+    record from the database. Again, the values in the edit buffer
+    will be used to locate and delete the appropriate record.
+
+    To insert a new record, call primeInsert() to get the pointer to
+    the edit buffer. Use this pointer to populate the edit buffer
+    with new values and then insert() the record into the database.
+
+    After calling insert(), update() or del(), the cursor is no longer
+    positioned on a valid record and can no longer be navigated
+    (isValid() return FALSE). The reason for this is that any changes
+    made to the database will not be visible until select() is called
+    to refresh the cursor. You can change this behavior by passing
+    FALSE to insert(), update() or del() which will prevent the cursor
+    from becoming invalid. The edits will still not be visible when
+    navigating the cursor until select() is called.
+
+    TQSqlCursor contains virtual methods which allow editing behavior
+    to be customized by subclasses. This allows custom cursors to be
+    created that encapsulate the editing behavior of a database table
+    for an entire application. For example, a cursor can be customized
+    to always auto-number primary index fields, or provide fields with
+    suitable default values, when inserting new records. TQSqlCursor
+    generates SQL statements which are sent to the database engine;
+    you can control which fields are included in these statements
+    using setGenerated().
+
+    Note that TQSqlCursor does not inherit from TQObject. This means
+    that you are responsible for destroying instances of this class
+    yourself. However if you create a TQSqlCursor and use it in a
+    \l TQDataTable, \l TQDataBrowser or a \l TQDataView these classes will
+    usually take ownership of the cursor and destroy it when they
+    don't need it anymore. The documentation for TQDataTable,
+    TQDataBrowser and TQDataView explicitly states which calls take
+    ownership of the cursor.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQSqlCursor::Mode
+
+    This enum type describes how TQSqlCursor operates on records in the
+    database.
+
+    \value ReadOnly  the cursor can only SELECT records from the
+    database.
+
+    \value Insert  the cursor can INSERT records into the database.
+
+    \value Update  the cursor can UPDATE records in the database.
+
+    \value Delete  the cursor can DELETE records from the database.
+
+    \value Writable  the cursor can INSERT, UPDATE and DELETE records
+    in the database.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a cursor on database \a db using table or view \a name.
+
+    If \a autopopulate is TRUE (the default), the \a name of the
+    cursor must correspond to an existing table or view name in the
+    database so that field information can be automatically created.
+    If the table or view does not exist, the cursor will not be
+    functional.
+
+    The cursor is created with an initial mode of TQSqlCursor::Writable
+    (meaning that records can be inserted, updated or deleted using
+    the cursor). If the cursor does not have a unique primary index,
+    update and deletes cannot be performed.
+
+    Note that \a autopopulate refers to populating the cursor with
+    meta-data, e.g. the names of the table's fields, not with
+    retrieving data. The select() function is used to populate the
+    cursor with data.
+
+    \sa setName() setMode()
+*/
+
+TQSqlCursor::TQSqlCursor( const TQString & name, bool autopopulate, TQSqlDatabase* db )
+    : TQSqlRecord(), TQSqlQuery( TQString::null, db )
+{
+    d = new TQSqlCursorPrivate( name, db );
+    setMode( Writable );
+    if ( !d->nm.isNull() )
+	setName( d->nm, autopopulate );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a copy of \a other.
+*/
+
+TQSqlCursor::TQSqlCursor( const TQSqlCursor & other )
+    : TQSqlRecord( other ), TQSqlQuery( other )
+{
+    d = new TQSqlCursorPrivate( other.d->nm, other.d->db );
+    d->lastAt = other.d->lastAt;
+    d->nm = other.d->nm;
+    d->srt = other.d->srt;
+    d->ftr = other.d->ftr;
+    d->priIndx = other.d->priIndx;
+    d->editBuffer = other.d->editBuffer;
+    d->infoBuffer = other.d->infoBuffer;
+    d->q = 0; // do not share queries
+    setMode( other.mode() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+TQSqlCursor::~TQSqlCursor()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the cursor equal to \a other.
+*/
+
+TQSqlCursor& TQSqlCursor::operator=( const TQSqlCursor& other )
+{
+    TQSqlRecord::operator=( other );
+    TQSqlQuery::operator=( other );
+    delete d;
+    d = new TQSqlCursorPrivate( other.d->nm, other.d->db );
+    d->lastAt = other.d->lastAt;
+    d->nm = other.d->nm;
+    d->srt = other.d->srt;
+    d->ftr = other.d->ftr;
+    d->priIndx = other.d->priIndx;
+    d->editBuffer = other.d->editBuffer;
+    d->infoBuffer = other.d->infoBuffer;
+    d->q = 0; // do not share queries
+    setMode( other.mode() );
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the current sort to \a sort. Note that no new records are
+    selected. To select new records, use select(). The \a sort will
+    apply to any subsequent select() calls that do not explicitly
+    specify a sort.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlCursor::setSort( const TQSqlIndex& sort )
+{
+    d->srt = sort;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current sort, or an empty index if there is no current
+    sort.
+*/
+TQSqlIndex TQSqlCursor::sort() const
+{
+    return d->srt;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the current filter to \a filter. Note that no new records are
+    selected. To select new records, use select(). The \a filter will
+    apply to any subsequent select() calls that do not explicitly
+    specify a filter.
+
+    The filter is a SQL \c WHERE clause without the keyword 'WHERE',
+    e.g. \c{name='Dave'} which will be processed by the DBMS.
+*/
+void TQSqlCursor::setFilter( const TQString& filter )
+{
+    d->ftr = filter;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current filter, or an empty string if there is no
+    current filter.
+*/
+TQString TQSqlCursor::filter() const
+{
+    return d->ftr;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the name of the cursor to \a name. If \a autopopulate is TRUE
+    (the default), the \a name must correspond to a valid table or
+    view name in the database. Also, note that all references to the
+    cursor edit buffer become invalidated when fields are
+    auto-populated. See the TQSqlCursor constructor documentation for
+    more information.
+*/
+void TQSqlCursor::setName( const TQString& name, bool autopopulate )
+{
+    d->nm = name;
+    if ( autopopulate ) {
+	if ( driver() ) {
+	    d->infoBuffer = driver()->recordInfo( name );
+	    *this = d->infoBuffer.toRecord();
+	    d->editBuffer = *this;
+	    d->priIndx = driver()->primaryIndex( name );
+	}
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	if ( isEmpty() )
+	    qWarning("TQSqlCursor::setName: unable to build record, does '%s' exist?", name.latin1() );
+#endif
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the name of the cursor.
+*/
+
+TQString TQSqlCursor::name() const
+{
+    return d->nm;
+}
+
+/*! \reimp
+*/
+
+TQString TQSqlCursor::toString( const TQString& prefix, const TQString& sep ) const
+{
+    TQString pflist;
+    TQString pfix =  prefix.isEmpty() ? TQString::null : prefix + ".";
+    bool comma = FALSE;
+
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < count(); ++i ) {
+	const TQString fname = fieldName( i );
+	if ( isGenerated( i ) ) {
+	    if( comma )
+		pflist += sep + " ";
+	    pflist += pfix + fname;
+	    comma = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    return pflist;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+
+  Assigns the record \a list.
+
+*/
+TQSqlRecord & TQSqlCursor::operator=( const TQSqlRecord & list )
+{
+    return TQSqlRecord::operator=( list );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Append a copy of field \a fieldInfo to the end of the cursor. Note
+    that all references to the cursor edit buffer become invalidated.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlCursor::append( const TQSqlFieldInfo& fieldInfo )
+{
+    d->editBuffer.append( fieldInfo.toField() );
+    d->editBuffer.setGenerated( d->editBuffer.count() - 1, fieldInfo.isGenerated() );
+    d->infoBuffer.append( fieldInfo );
+    TQSqlRecord::append( fieldInfo.toField() );
+    TQSqlRecord::setGenerated( TQSqlRecord::count() - 1, fieldInfo.isGenerated() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes all fields from the cursor. Note that all references to
+    the cursor edit buffer become invalidated.
+*/
+void TQSqlCursor::clear()
+{
+    d->editBuffer.clear();
+    d->infoBuffer.clear();
+    TQSqlRecord::clear();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Insert a copy of \a fieldInfo at position \a pos. If a field
+    already exists at \a pos, it is removed. Note that all references
+    to the cursor edit buffer become invalidated.
+*/
+
+void  TQSqlCursor::insert( int pos, const TQSqlFieldInfo& fieldInfo )
+{
+    d->editBuffer.insert( pos, fieldInfo.toField() );
+    d->editBuffer.setGenerated( pos, fieldInfo.isGenerated() );
+    d->infoBuffer[ pos ] = fieldInfo;
+    TQSqlRecord::insert( pos, fieldInfo.toField() );
+    TQSqlRecord::setGenerated( pos, fieldInfo.isGenerated() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes the field at \a pos. If \a pos does not exist, nothing
+    happens. Note that all references to the cursor edit buffer become
+    invalidated.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlCursor::remove( int pos )
+{
+    d->editBuffer.remove( pos );
+    d->infoBuffer[ pos ] = TQSqlFieldInfo();
+    TQSqlRecord::remove( pos );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the generated flag for the field \a name to \a generated. If
+    the field does not exist, nothing happens. Only fields that have
+    \a generated set to TRUE are included in the SQL that is
+    generated by insert(), update() or del().
+
+    \sa isGenerated()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlCursor::setGenerated( const TQString& name, bool generated )
+{
+    int pos = position( name );
+    if ( pos == -1 )
+	return;
+    TQSqlRecord::setGenerated( name, generated );
+    d->editBuffer.setGenerated( name, generated );
+    d->infoBuffer[ pos ].setGenerated( generated );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the generated flag for the field \a i to \a generated.
+
+    \sa isGenerated()
+*/
+void TQSqlCursor::setGenerated( int i, bool generated )
+{
+    if ( i < 0 || i >= (int)d->infoBuffer.count() )
+	return;
+    TQSqlRecord::setGenerated( i, generated );
+    d->editBuffer.setGenerated( i, generated );
+    d->infoBuffer[i].setGenerated( generated );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the primary index associated with the cursor as defined in
+    the database, or an empty index if there is no primary index. If
+    \a setFromCursor is TRUE (the default), the index fields are
+    populated with the corresponding values in the cursor's current
+    record.
+*/
+
+TQSqlIndex TQSqlCursor::primaryIndex( bool setFromCursor ) const
+{
+    if ( setFromCursor ) {
+	for ( uint i = 0; i < d->priIndx.count(); ++i ) {
+	    const TQString fn = d->priIndx.fieldName( i );
+	    if ( contains( fn ) )
+		d->priIndx.setValue( i, value( fn ) );
+	}
+    }
+    return d->priIndx;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the primary index associated with the cursor to the index \a
+    idx. Note that this index must contain a field or set of fields
+    which identify a unique record within the underlying database
+    table or view so that update() and del() will execute as expected.
+
+    \sa update() del()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlCursor::setPrimaryIndex( const TQSqlIndex& idx )
+{
+    d->priIndx = idx;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns an index composed of \a fieldNames, all in ASCending
+    order. Note that all field names must exist in the cursor,
+    otherwise an empty index is returned.
+
+    \sa TQSqlIndex
+*/
+
+TQSqlIndex TQSqlCursor::index( const TQStringList& fieldNames ) const
+{
+    TQSqlIndex idx;
+    for ( TQStringList::ConstIterator it = fieldNames.begin(); it != fieldNames.end(); ++it ) {
+	const TQSqlField* f = field( (*it) );
+	if ( !f ) { /* all fields must exist */
+	    idx.clear();
+	    break;
+	}
+	idx.append( *f );
+    }
+    return idx;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns an index based on \a fieldName.
+*/
+
+TQSqlIndex TQSqlCursor::index( const TQString& fieldName ) const
+{
+    TQStringList fl( fieldName );
+    return index( fl );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns an index based on \a fieldName.
+*/
+
+TQSqlIndex TQSqlCursor::index( const char* fieldName ) const
+{
+    return index( TQStringList( TQString( fieldName ) ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Selects all fields in the cursor from the database matching the
+    filter criteria \a filter. The data is returned in the order
+    specified by the index \a sort. Returns TRUE if the data was
+    successfully selected; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    The \a filter is a string containing a SQL \c WHERE clause but
+    without the 'WHERE' keyword. The cursor is initially positioned at
+    an invalid row after this function is called. To move to a valid
+    row, use seek(), first(), last(), prev() or next().
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+    TQSqlCursor cur( "Employee" ); // Use the Employee table or view
+    cur.select( "deptno=10" ); // select all records in department 10
+    while( cur.next() ) {
+	... // process data
+    }
+    ...
+    // select records in other departments, ordered by department number
+    cur.select( "deptno>10", cur.index( "deptno" ) );
+    ...
+    \endcode
+
+    The filter will apply to any subsequent select() calls that do not
+    explicitly specify another filter. Similarly the sort will apply
+    to any subsequent select() calls that do not explicitly specify
+    another sort.
+
+    \code
+    TQSqlCursor cur( "Employee" );
+    cur.select( "deptno=10" ); // select all records in department 10
+    while( cur.next() ) {
+	... // process data
+    }
+    ...
+    cur.select(); // re-selects all records in department 10
+    ...
+    \endcode
+
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlCursor::select( const TQString & filter, const TQSqlIndex & sort )
+{
+    TQString fieldList = toString( d->nm );
+    if ( fieldList.isEmpty() )
+	return FALSE;
+    TQString str= "select " + fieldList;
+    str += " from " + d->nm;
+    if ( !filter.isEmpty() ) {
+	d->ftr = filter;
+	str += " where " + filter;
+    } else
+	d->ftr = TQString::null;
+    if ( sort.count() > 0 )
+	str += " order by " + sort.toString( d->nm );
+    d->srt = sort;
+    return exec( str );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Selects all fields in the cursor from the database. The rows are
+    returned in the order specified by the last call to setSort() or
+    the last call to select() that specified a sort, whichever is the
+    most recent. If there is no current sort, the order in which the
+    rows are returned is undefined. The records are filtered according
+    to the filter specified by the last call to setFilter() or the
+    last call to select() that specified a filter, whichever is the
+    most recent. If there is no current filter, all records are
+    returned. The cursor is initially positioned at an invalid row. To
+    move to a valid row, use seek(), first(), last(), prev() or
+    next().
+
+    \sa setSort() setFilter()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlCursor::select()
+{
+    return select( filter(), sort() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Selects all fields in the cursor from the database. The data is
+    returned in the order specified by the index \a sort. The records
+    are filtered according to the filter specified by the last call to
+    setFilter() or the last call to select() that specified a filter,
+    whichever is the most recent. The cursor is initially positioned
+    at an invalid row. To move to a valid row, use seek(), first(),
+    last(), prev() or next().
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlCursor::select( const TQSqlIndex& sort )
+{
+    return select( filter(), sort );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Selects all fields in the cursor matching the filter index \a
+    filter. The data is returned in the order specified by the index
+    \a sort. The \a filter index works by constructing a WHERE clause
+    using the names of the fields from the \a filter and their values
+    from the current cursor record. The cursor is initially positioned
+    at an invalid row. To move to a valid row, use seek(), first(),
+    last(), prev() or next(). This function is useful, for example,
+    for retrieving data based upon a table's primary index:
+
+    \code
+    TQSqlCursor cur( "Employee" );
+    TQSqlIndex pk = cur.primaryIndex();
+    cur.setValue( "id", 10 );
+    cur.select( pk, pk ); // generates "SELECT ... FROM Employee WHERE id=10 ORDER BY id"
+    ...
+    \endcode
+
+    In this example the TQSqlIndex, pk, is used for two different
+    purposes. When used as the filter (first) argument, the field
+    names it contains are used to construct the WHERE clause, each set
+    to the current cursor value, \c{WHERE id=10}, in this case. When
+    used as the sort (second) argument the field names it contains are
+    used for the ORDER BY clause, \c{ORDER BY id} in this example.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlCursor::select( const TQSqlIndex & filter, const TQSqlIndex & sort )
+{
+    return select( toString( filter, this, d->nm, "=", "and" ), sort );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the cursor mode to \a mode. This value can be an OR'ed
+    combination of \l TQSqlCursor::Mode values. The default mode for a
+    cursor is \c TQSqlCursor::Writable.
+
+    \code
+    TQSqlCursor cur( "Employee" );
+    cur.setMode( TQSqlCursor::Writable ); // allow insert/update/delete
+    ...
+    cur.setMode( TQSqlCursor::Insert | TQSqlCursor::Update ); // allow inserts and updates only
+    ...
+    cur.setMode( TQSqlCursor::ReadOnly ); // no inserts/updates/deletes allowed
+
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+void TQSqlCursor::setMode( int mode )
+{
+    d->md = mode;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current cursor mode.
+
+    \sa setMode()
+*/
+
+int TQSqlCursor::mode() const
+{
+    return d->md;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets field \a name to \a calculated. If the field \a name does not
+    exist, nothing happens. The value of a calculated field is set by
+    the calculateField() virtual function which you must reimplement
+    (or the field value will be an invalid TQVariant). Calculated
+    fields do not appear in generated SQL statements sent to the
+    database.
+
+    \sa calculateField() TQSqlRecord::setGenerated()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlCursor::setCalculated( const TQString& name, bool calculated )
+{
+    int pos = position( name );
+    if ( pos < 0 )
+	return;
+    d->infoBuffer[ pos ].setCalculated( calculated );
+    if ( calculated )
+	setGenerated( pos, FALSE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the field \a name exists and is calculated;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setCalculated()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlCursor::isCalculated( const TQString& name ) const
+{
+    int pos = position( name );
+    if ( pos < 0 )
+	return FALSE;
+    return d->infoBuffer[ pos ].isCalculated();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets field \a{name}'s trimmed status to \a trim. If the field \a
+    name does not exist, nothing happens.
+
+    When a trimmed field of type string or cstring is read from the
+    database any trailing (right-most) spaces are removed.
+
+    \sa isTrimmed() TQVariant
+*/
+
+void TQSqlCursor::setTrimmed( const TQString& name, bool trim )
+{
+    int pos = position( name );
+    if ( pos < 0 )
+	return;
+    d->infoBuffer[ pos ].setTrim( trim );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the field \a name exists and is trimmed; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    When a trimmed field of type string or cstring is read from the
+    database any trailing (right-most) spaces are removed.
+
+    \sa setTrimmed()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlCursor::isTrimmed( const TQString& name ) const
+{
+    int pos = position( name );
+    if ( pos < 0 )
+	return FALSE;
+    return d->infoBuffer[ pos ].isTrim();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the cursor is read-only; otherwise returns FALSE.
+    The default is FALSE. Read-only cursors cannot be edited using
+    insert(), update() or del().
+
+    \sa setMode()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlCursor::isReadOnly() const
+{
+    return d->md == 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the cursor will perform inserts; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa setMode()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlCursor::canInsert() const
+{
+    return ( ( d->md & Insert ) == Insert ) ;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the cursor will perform updates; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa setMode()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlCursor::canUpdate() const
+{
+    return ( ( d->md & Update ) == Update ) ;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the cursor will perform deletes; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    \sa setMode()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlCursor::canDelete() const
+{
+    return ( ( d->md & Delete ) == Delete ) ;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a formatted string composed of the \a prefix (e.g. table
+    or view name), ".", the \a field name, the \a fieldSep and the
+    field value. If the \a prefix is empty then the string will begin
+    with the \a field name. This function is useful for generating SQL
+    statements.
+*/
+
+TQString TQSqlCursor::toString( const TQString& prefix, TQSqlField* field, const TQString& fieldSep ) const
+{
+    TQString f;
+    if ( field && driver() ) {
+	f = ( prefix.length() > 0 ? prefix + TQString(".") : TQString::null ) + field->name();
+	f += " " + fieldSep + " ";
+	if ( field->isNull() ) {
+	    f += "NULL";
+	} else {
+	    f += driver()->formatValue( field );
+	}
+    }
+    return f;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a formatted string composed of all the fields in \a rec.
+    Each field is composed of the \a prefix (e.g. table or view name),
+    ".", the field name, the \a fieldSep and the field value. If the
+    \a prefix is empty then each field will begin with the field name.
+    The fields are then joined together separated by \a sep. Fields
+    where isGenerated() returns FALSE are not included. This function
+    is useful for generating SQL statements.
+*/
+
+TQString TQSqlCursor::toString( TQSqlRecord* rec, const TQString& prefix, const TQString& fieldSep,
+			      const TQString& sep ) const
+{
+    static TQString blank( " " );
+    TQString filter;
+    bool separator = FALSE;
+    for ( uint j = 0; j < count(); ++j ) {
+	TQSqlField* f = rec->field( j );
+	if ( rec->isGenerated( j ) ) {
+	    if ( separator )
+		filter += sep + blank;
+	    filter += toString( prefix, f, fieldSep );
+	    filter += blank;
+	    separator = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    return filter;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a formatted string composed of all the fields in the index
+    \a i. Each field is composed of the \a prefix (e.g. table or view
+    name), ".", the field name, the \a fieldSep and the field value.
+    If the \a prefix is empty then each field will begin with the field
+    name. The field values are taken from \a rec. The fields are then
+    joined together separated by \a sep. Fields where isGenerated()
+    returns FALSE are ignored. This function is useful for generating
+    SQL statements.
+*/
+
+TQString TQSqlCursor::toString( const TQSqlIndex& i, TQSqlRecord* rec, const TQString& prefix,
+				const TQString& fieldSep, const TQString& sep ) const
+{
+    TQString filter;
+    bool separator = FALSE;
+    for( uint j = 0; j < i.count(); ++j ){
+	if ( rec->isGenerated( j ) ) {
+	    if( separator ) {
+		filter += " " + sep + " " ;
+	    }
+	    TQString fn = i.fieldName( j );
+	    TQSqlField* f = rec->field( fn );
+	    filter += toString( prefix, f, fieldSep );
+	    separator = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    return filter;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Inserts the current contents of the cursor's edit record buffer
+    into the database, if the cursor allows inserts. Returns the
+    number of rows affected by the insert. For error information, use
+    lastError().
+
+    If \a invalidate is TRUE (the default), the cursor will no longer
+    be positioned on a valid record and can no longer be navigated. A
+    new select() call must be made before navigating to a valid
+    record.
+
+    \quotefile sql/overview/insert2/main.cpp
+    \skipto prices
+    \printline prices
+    \printuntil insert
+
+    In the above example, a cursor is created on the 'prices' table
+    and a pointer to the insert buffer is atquired using primeInsert().
+    Each field's value is set to the desired value and then insert()
+    is called to insert the data into the database. Remember: all edit
+    operations (insert(), update() and delete()) operate on the
+    contents of the cursor edit buffer and not on the contents of the
+    cursor itself.
+
+    \sa setMode() lastError()
+*/
+
+int TQSqlCursor::insert( bool invalidate )
+{
+    if ( ( d->md & Insert ) != Insert || !driver() )
+	return FALSE;
+    int k = d->editBuffer.count();
+    if ( k == 0 )
+	return 0;
+    
+    TQString fList;
+    TQString vList;
+    bool comma = FALSE;
+    // use a prepared query if the driver supports it
+    if ( driver()->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::PreparedQueries ) ) {
+	int cnt = 0;
+	bool oraStyle = driver()->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::NamedPlaceholders );
+	for( int j = 0; j < k; ++j ) {
+	    TQSqlField* f = d->editBuffer.field( j );
+	    if ( d->editBuffer.isGenerated( j ) ) {
+		if ( comma ) {
+		    fList += ",";
+		    vList += ",";
+		}
+		fList += f->name();
+		vList += (oraStyle == TRUE) ? ":f" + TQString::number(cnt) : TQString("?");
+		cnt++;
+		comma = TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( !comma ) {
+	    return 0;
+	}
+	TQString str;
+	str.append( "insert into " ).append( name() ).append( "(" ).append( fList ).append( ") values (" ).append( vList ). append ( ")" );
+	return applyPrepared( str, invalidate );
+    } else {
+	for( int j = 0; j < k; ++j ) {
+	    TQSqlField* f = d->editBuffer.field( j );
+	    if ( d->editBuffer.isGenerated( j ) ) {
+		if ( comma ) {
+		    fList += ",";
+		    vList += ",";
+		}
+		fList += f->name();
+		vList += driver()->formatValue( f );
+		comma = TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+
+	if ( !comma ) {
+	    // no valid fields found
+	    return 0;
+	}
+	TQString str;
+	str.append( "insert into " ).append( name() ).append( "(" ).append( fList ).append( ") values (" ).append( vList ). append ( ")" );
+	return apply( str, invalidate );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current internal edit buffer. If \a copy is TRUE (the
+    default is FALSE), the current cursor field values are first
+    copied into the edit buffer. The edit buffer is valid as long as
+    the cursor remains valid. The cursor retains ownership of the
+    returned pointer, so it must not be deleted or modified.
+
+    \sa primeInsert(), primeUpdate() primeDelete()
+*/
+
+TQSqlRecord* TQSqlCursor::editBuffer( bool copy )
+{
+    if ( copy ) {
+	for(uint i = 0; i < d->editBuffer.count(); i++) {
+	    if ( TQSqlRecord::isNull( i ) ) {
+		d->editBuffer.setNull( i );
+	    } else {
+		d->editBuffer.setValue( i, value( i ) );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return &d->editBuffer;
+}
+
+/*!
+    This function primes the edit buffer's field values for update and
+    returns the edit buffer. The default implementation copies the
+    field values from the current cursor record into the edit buffer
+    (therefore, this function is equivalent to calling editBuffer(
+    TRUE ) ). The cursor retains ownership of the returned pointer, so
+    it must not be deleted or modified.
+
+    \sa editBuffer() update()
+*/
+
+TQSqlRecord* TQSqlCursor::primeUpdate()
+{
+    // memorize the primary keys as they were before the user changed the values in editBuffer
+    TQSqlRecord* buf = editBuffer( TRUE );
+    TQSqlIndex idx = primaryIndex( FALSE );
+    if ( !idx.isEmpty() )
+	d->editIndex = toString( idx, buf, d->nm, "=", "and" );
+    else
+	d->editIndex = qWhereClause( buf, d->nm, "and", driver() );
+    return buf;
+}
+
+/*!
+    This function primes the edit buffer's field values for delete and
+    returns the edit buffer. The default implementation copies the
+    field values from the current cursor record into the edit buffer
+    (therefore, this function is equivalent to calling editBuffer(
+    TRUE ) ). The cursor retains ownership of the returned pointer, so
+    it must not be deleted or modified.
+
+    \sa editBuffer() del()
+*/
+
+TQSqlRecord* TQSqlCursor::primeDelete()
+{
+    return editBuffer( TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    This function primes the edit buffer's field values for insert and
+    returns the edit buffer. The default implementation clears all
+    field values in the edit buffer. The cursor retains ownership of
+    the returned pointer, so it must not be deleted or modified.
+
+    \sa editBuffer() insert()
+*/
+
+TQSqlRecord* TQSqlCursor::primeInsert()
+{
+    d->editBuffer.clearValues();
+    return &d->editBuffer;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Updates the database with the current contents of the edit buffer.
+    Returns the number of records which were updated.
+    For error information, use lastError().
+
+    Only records which meet the filter criteria specified by the
+    cursor's primary index are updated. If the cursor does not contain
+    a primary index, no update is performed and 0 is returned.
+
+    If \a invalidate is TRUE (the default), the current cursor can no
+    longer be navigated. A new select() call must be made before you
+    can move to a valid record. For example:
+
+    \quotefile sql/overview/update/main.cpp
+    \skipto prices
+    \printline prices
+    \printuntil update
+    \printline
+
+    In the above example, a cursor is created on the 'prices' table
+    and is positioned on the record to be updated. Then a pointer to
+    the cursor's edit buffer is actquired using primeUpdate(). A new
+    value is calculated and placed into the edit buffer with the
+    setValue() call. Finally, an update() call is made on the cursor
+    which uses the tables's primary index to update the record in the
+    database with the contents of the cursor's edit buffer. Remember:
+    all edit operations (insert(), update() and delete()) operate on
+    the contents of the cursor edit buffer and not on the contents of
+    the cursor itself.
+
+    Note that if the primary index does not uniquely distinguish
+    records the database may be changed into an inconsistent state.
+
+    \sa setMode() lastError()
+*/
+
+int TQSqlCursor::update( bool invalidate )
+{
+    if ( d->editIndex.isEmpty() )
+	return 0;
+    return update( d->editIndex, invalidate );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Updates the database with the current contents of the cursor edit
+    buffer using the specified \a filter. Returns the number of
+    records which were updated.
+    For error information, use lastError().
+
+    Only records which meet the filter criteria are updated, otherwise
+    all records in the table are updated.
+
+    If \a invalidate is TRUE (the default), the cursor can no longer
+    be navigated. A new select() call must be made before you can move
+    to a valid record.
+
+    \sa primeUpdate() setMode() lastError()
+*/
+
+int TQSqlCursor::update( const TQString & filter, bool invalidate )
+{    
+    if ( ( d->md & Update ) != Update ) {
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    int k = count();
+    if ( k == 0 ) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+    
+    // use a prepared query if the driver supports it
+    if ( driver()->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::PreparedQueries ) ) {
+	TQString fList;
+	bool comma = FALSE;
+	int cnt = 0;
+	bool oraStyle = driver()->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::NamedPlaceholders );
+	for( int j = 0; j < k; ++j ) {
+	    TQSqlField* f = d->editBuffer.field( j );
+	    if ( d->editBuffer.isGenerated( j ) ) {
+		if ( comma ) {
+		    fList += ",";
+		}
+		fList += f->name() + " = " + (oraStyle == TRUE ? ":f" + TQString::number(cnt) : TQString("?"));
+		cnt++;
+		comma = TRUE;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( !comma ) {
+	    return 0;
+	}
+	TQString str = "update " + name() + " set " + fList;
+	if ( filter.length() ) {
+	    str+= " where " + filter;
+	}
+	return applyPrepared( str, invalidate );
+    } else {
+	TQString str = "update " + name();
+	str += " set " + toString( &d->editBuffer, TQString::null, "=", "," );
+	if ( filter.length() ) {
+	    str+= " where " + filter;
+	}
+	return apply( str, invalidate );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Deletes a record from the database using the cursor's primary
+    index and the contents of the cursor edit buffer. Returns the
+    number of records which were deleted.
+    For error information, use lastError().
+
+    Only records which meet the filter criteria specified by the
+    cursor's primary index are deleted. If the cursor does not contain
+    a primary index, no delete is performed and 0 is returned. If \a
+    invalidate is TRUE (the default), the current cursor can no longer
+    be navigated. A new select() call must be made before you can move
+    to a valid record. For example:
+
+    \quotefile sql/overview/delete/main.cpp
+    \skipto prices
+    \printline prices
+    \printuntil }
+
+    In the above example, a cursor is created on the 'prices' table
+    and positioned to the record to be deleted. First primeDelete() is
+    called to populate the edit buffer with the current cursor values,
+    e.g. with an id of 999, and then del() is called to actually
+    delete the record from the database. Remember: all edit operations
+    (insert(), update() and delete()) operate on the contents of the
+    cursor edit buffer and not on the contents of the cursor itself.
+
+    \sa primeDelete() setMode() lastError()
+*/
+
+int TQSqlCursor::del( bool invalidate )
+{
+    TQSqlIndex idx = primaryIndex( FALSE );
+    if ( idx.isEmpty() )
+        return del( qWhereClause( &d->editBuffer, d->nm, "and", driver() ), invalidate );
+    else
+	return del( toString( primaryIndex(), &d->editBuffer, d->nm,
+			  "=", "and" ), invalidate );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Deletes the current cursor record from the database using the
+    filter \a filter. Only records which meet the filter criteria are
+    deleted. Returns the number of records which were deleted. If \a
+    invalidate is TRUE (the default), the current cursor can no longer
+    be navigated. A new select() call must be made before you can move
+    to a valid record. For error information, use lastError().
+
+    The \a filter is an SQL \c WHERE clause, e.g. \c{id=500}.
+
+    \sa setMode() lastError()
+*/
+
+int TQSqlCursor::del( const TQString & filter, bool invalidate )
+{
+    if ( ( d->md & Delete ) != Delete )
+	return 0;
+    int k = count();
+    if( k == 0 ) return 0;
+    TQString str = "delete from " + name();
+    if ( filter.length() )
+	str+= " where " + filter;
+    return apply( str, invalidate );
+}
+
+/*
+  \internal
+*/
+
+int TQSqlCursor::apply( const TQString& q, bool invalidate )
+{
+    int ar = 0;
+    if ( invalidate ) {
+	if ( exec( q ) )
+	    ar = numRowsAffected();
+    } else if ( driver() ) {
+	TQSqlQuery* sql = d->query();
+	if ( sql && sql->exec( q ) )
+	    ar = sql->numRowsAffected();
+    }
+    return ar;
+}
+
+/*
+  \internal
+*/
+
+int TQSqlCursor::applyPrepared( const TQString& q, bool invalidate )
+{
+    int ar = 0;
+    TQSqlQuery* sql = 0;
+    
+    if ( invalidate ) {
+	sql = (TQSqlQuery*)this;
+	d->lastAt = TQSql::BeforeFirst;
+    } else {
+	sql = d->query();
+    }
+    if ( !sql )
+	return 0;
+    
+    if ( invalidate || sql->lastQuery() != q ) {
+	if ( !sql->prepare( q ) )
+	    return 0;
+    }
+    
+    int cnt = 0;
+    int fieldCount = (int)count();
+    for ( int j = 0; j < fieldCount; ++j ) {
+	const TQSqlField* f = d->editBuffer.field( j );
+	if ( d->editBuffer.isGenerated( j ) ) {
+	    sql->bindValue( cnt, f->value() );
+	    cnt++;
+	}
+    }
+    if ( sql->exec() ) {
+	ar = sql->numRowsAffected();
+    }
+    return ar;
+}
+
+/*!  \reimp
+
+  Executes the SQL query \a sql. Returns TRUE of the cursor is
+  active, otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+*/
+bool TQSqlCursor::exec( const TQString & sql )
+{
+    d->lastAt = TQSql::BeforeFirst;
+    TQSqlQuery::exec( sql );
+    return isActive();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Protected virtual function which is called whenever a field needs
+    to be calculated. If calculated fields are being used, derived
+    classes must reimplement this function and return the appropriate
+    value for field \a name. The default implementation returns an
+    invalid TQVariant.
+
+    \sa setCalculated()
+*/
+
+TQVariant TQSqlCursor::calculateField( const TQString& )
+{
+    return TQVariant();
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+   Ensure fieldlist is synced with query.
+
+*/
+
+static TQString qTrim( const TQString& s )
+{
+    TQString result = s;
+    int end = result.length() - 1;
+    while ( end >= 0 && result[end].isSpace() ) // skip white space from end
+	end--;
+    result.truncate( end + 1 );
+    return result;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+ */
+
+void TQSqlCursor::sync()
+{
+    if ( isActive() && isValid() && d->lastAt != at() ) {
+	d->lastAt = at();
+	uint i = 0;
+	uint j = 0;
+	bool haveCalculatedFields = FALSE;
+	for ( ; i < count(); ++i ) {
+	    if ( !haveCalculatedFields && d->infoBuffer[i].isCalculated() ) {
+		haveCalculatedFields = TRUE;
+	    }
+	    if ( TQSqlRecord::isGenerated( i ) ) {
+		TQVariant v = TQSqlQuery::value( j );
+		if ( ( v.type() == TQVariant::String || v.type() == TQVariant::CString ) &&
+			d->infoBuffer[ i ].isTrim() ) {
+		    v = qTrim( v.toString() );
+		}
+		TQSqlRecord::setValue( i, v );
+		if ( TQSqlQuery::isNull( j ) )
+		    TQSqlRecord::field( i )->setNull();
+		j++;
+	    }
+	}
+	if ( haveCalculatedFields ) {
+	    for ( i = 0; i < count(); ++i ) {
+		if ( d->infoBuffer[i].isCalculated() )
+		    TQSqlRecord::setValue( i, calculateField( fieldName( i ) ) );
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \reimp
+
+*/
+
+void TQSqlCursor::afterSeek()
+{
+    sync();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+
+    Returns the value of field number \a i.
+*/
+
+TQVariant TQSqlCursor::value( int i ) const
+{
+    return TQSqlRecord::value( i );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+
+    Returns the value of the field called \a name.
+*/
+
+TQVariant TQSqlCursor::value( const TQString& name ) const
+{
+    return TQSqlRecord::value( name );
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+  cursors should be filled with TQSqlFieldInfos...
+*/
+void TQSqlCursor::append( const TQSqlField& field )
+{
+    append( TQSqlFieldInfo( field ) );
+}
+/*! \internal
+  cursors should be filled with TQSqlFieldInfos...
+*/
+void TQSqlCursor::insert( int pos, const TQSqlField& field )
+{
+    insert( pos, TQSqlFieldInfo( field ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the field \a i is NULL or if there is no field at
+    position \a i; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    This is the same as calling TQSqlRecord::isNull( \a i )
+*/
+bool TQSqlCursor::isNull( int i ) const
+{
+    return TQSqlRecord::isNull( i );
+}
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns TRUE if the field called \a name is NULL or if there is no
+    field called \a name; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    This is the same as calling TQSqlRecord::isNull( \a name )
+*/
+bool TQSqlCursor::isNull( const TQString& name ) const
+{
+    return TQSqlRecord::isNull( name );
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+void TQSqlCursor::setValue( int i, const TQVariant& val )
+{
+#ifdef QT_DEBUG
+    qDebug("TQSqlCursor::setValue(): This will not affect actual database values. Use primeInsert(), primeUpdate() or primeDelete().");
+#endif
+    TQSqlRecord::setValue( i, val );
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+void TQSqlCursor::setValue( const TQString& name, const TQVariant& val )
+{
+#ifdef QT_DEBUG
+    qDebug("TQSqlCursor::setValue(): This will not affect actual database values. Use primeInsert(), primeUpdate() or primeDelete().");
+#endif
+    TQSqlRecord::setValue( name, val );
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlcursor.h b/src/sql/qsqlcursor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8c00f7132
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlcursor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlCursor class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLCURSOR_H
+#define TQSQLCURSOR_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qsqlrecord.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qsqlquery.h"
+#include "qsqlindex.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+class TQSqlDatabase;
+class TQSqlCursorPrivate;
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlCursor : public TQSqlRecord, public TQSqlQuery
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlCursor( const TQString & name = TQString::null, bool autopopulate = TRUE, TQSqlDatabase* db = 0 );
+    TQSqlCursor( const TQSqlCursor & other );
+    TQSqlCursor& operator=( const TQSqlCursor& other );
+    ~TQSqlCursor();
+
+    enum Mode {
+	ReadOnly = 0,
+	Insert = 1,
+	Update = 2,
+	Delete = 4,
+	Writable = 7
+    };
+
+    TQVariant		value( int i ) const;
+    TQVariant		value( const TQString& name ) const;
+    void         	setValue( int i, const TQVariant& val );
+    void         	setValue( const TQString& name, const TQVariant& val );
+    virtual TQSqlIndex	primaryIndex( bool prime = TRUE ) const;
+    virtual TQSqlIndex	index( const TQStringList& fieldNames ) const;
+    TQSqlIndex		index( const TQString& fieldName ) const;
+    TQSqlIndex		index( const char* fieldName ) const;
+    virtual void	setPrimaryIndex( const TQSqlIndex& idx );
+
+    virtual void	append( const TQSqlFieldInfo& fieldInfo );
+    virtual void	insert( int pos, const TQSqlFieldInfo& fieldInfo );
+    void		remove( int pos );
+    void		clear();
+    void		setGenerated( const TQString& name, bool generated );
+    void		setGenerated( int i, bool generated );
+
+    virtual TQSqlRecord*	editBuffer( bool copy = FALSE );
+    virtual TQSqlRecord*	primeInsert();
+    virtual TQSqlRecord*	primeUpdate();
+    virtual TQSqlRecord*	primeDelete();
+    virtual int		insert( bool invalidate = TRUE );
+    virtual int		update( bool invalidate = TRUE );
+    virtual int		del( bool invalidate = TRUE );
+
+    virtual void	setMode( int flags );
+    int			mode() const;
+    virtual void	setCalculated( const TQString& name, bool calculated );
+    bool		isCalculated( const TQString& name ) const;
+    virtual void	setTrimmed( const TQString& name, bool trim );
+    bool		isTrimmed( const TQString& name ) const;
+
+    bool		isReadOnly() const;
+    bool		canInsert() const;
+    bool		canUpdate() const;
+    bool		canDelete() const;
+
+    bool		select();
+    bool		select( const TQSqlIndex& sort );
+    bool		select( const TQSqlIndex & filter, const TQSqlIndex & sort );
+    virtual bool	select( const TQString & filter, const TQSqlIndex & sort = TQSqlIndex() );
+
+    virtual void	setSort( const TQSqlIndex& sort );
+    TQSqlIndex		sort() const;
+    virtual void	setFilter( const TQString& filter );
+    TQString		filter() const;
+    virtual void	setName( const TQString& name, bool autopopulate = TRUE );
+    TQString		name() const;
+    TQString		toString( const TQString& prefix = TQString::null,
+				const TQString& sep = "," ) const;
+    bool 		isNull( int i ) const;
+    bool 		isNull( const TQString& name ) const;
+    
+protected:
+    void		afterSeek();
+    bool		exec( const TQString & sql );
+
+    virtual TQVariant	calculateField( const TQString& name );
+    virtual int		update( const TQString & filter, bool invalidate = TRUE );
+    virtual int		del( const TQString & filter, bool invalidate = TRUE );
+
+    virtual TQString	toString( const TQString& prefix, TQSqlField* field, const TQString& fieldSep ) const;
+    virtual TQString	toString( TQSqlRecord* rec, const TQString& prefix, const TQString& fieldSep,
+				const TQString& sep ) const;
+    virtual TQString	toString( const TQSqlIndex& i, TQSqlRecord* rec, const TQString& prefix,
+				const TQString& fieldSep, const TQString& sep ) const;
+
+private:
+    void		sync();
+    int			apply( const TQString& q, bool invalidate );
+    int			applyPrepared( const TQString& q, bool invalidate );
+    TQSqlRecord&		operator=( const TQSqlRecord & list );
+    void 		append( const TQSqlField& field );
+    void 		insert( int pos, const TQSqlField& field );
+
+    TQSqlCursorPrivate*	d;
+};
+
+
+
+
+#endif	// QT_NO_SQL
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqldatabase.cpp b/src/sql/qsqldatabase.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e54fd124d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqldatabase.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1332 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQSqlDatabase class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqldatabase.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32
+// Conflicting declarations of LPCBYTE in sqlfront.h and winscard.h
+#define _WINSCARD_H_
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT_SQL_POSTGRES
+#include "drivers/psql/qsql_psql.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_SQL_MYSQL
+#include "drivers/mysql/qsql_mysql.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_SQL_ODBC
+#include "drivers/odbc/qsql_odbc.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_SQL_OCI
+#include "drivers/oci/qsql_oci.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_SQL_TDS
+#include "drivers/tds/qsql_tds.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_SQL_DB2
+#include "drivers/db2/qsql_db2.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_SQL_SQLITE
+#include "drivers/sqlite/qsql_sqlite.h"
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_SQL_IBASE
+#include "drivers/ibase/qsql_ibase.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qsqlresult.h"
+#include "qsqldriver.h"
+#include "qsqldriverinterface_p.h"
+#include <private/qpluginmanager_p.h>
+#include <private/qsqlextension_p.h>
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qguardedptr.h"
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+#include "qdict.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL char * const TQSqlDatabase::defaultConnection = "qt_sql_default_connection";
+
+TQPtrDict<TQSqlDriverExtension> *qt_driver_extension_dict = 0;
+TQPtrDict<TQSqlOpenExtension> *qt_open_extension_dict = 0;
+
+static TQSingleCleanupHandler< TQPtrDict<TQSqlDriverExtension> > qt_driver_ext_cleanup;
+static TQSingleCleanupHandler< TQPtrDict<TQSqlOpenExtension> > qt_open_ext_cleanup;
+
+Q_EXPORT TQPtrDict<TQSqlDriverExtension> *qSqlDriverExtDict()
+{
+    if ( !qt_driver_extension_dict ) {
+	qt_driver_extension_dict = new TQPtrDict<TQSqlDriverExtension>;
+	qt_driver_ext_cleanup.set( &qt_driver_extension_dict );
+    }
+    return qt_driver_extension_dict;
+}
+
+Q_EXPORT TQPtrDict<TQSqlOpenExtension> *qSqlOpenExtDict()
+{
+    if ( !qt_open_extension_dict ) {
+	qt_open_extension_dict = new TQPtrDict<TQSqlOpenExtension>;
+	qt_open_ext_cleanup.set( &qt_open_extension_dict );
+    }
+    return qt_open_extension_dict;
+}
+
+class TQNullResult : public TQSqlResult
+{
+public:
+    TQNullResult(const TQSqlDriver* d): TQSqlResult(d){}
+    ~TQNullResult(){}
+protected:
+    TQVariant    data( int ) { return TQVariant(); }
+    bool        reset ( const TQString& sqlquery ) { TQString s(sqlquery); return FALSE; }
+    bool        fetch( int i ) { i = i; return FALSE; }
+    bool        fetchFirst() { return FALSE; }
+    bool        fetchLast() { return FALSE; }
+    bool        isNull( int ) {return FALSE; }
+    TQSqlRecord 	record() {return TQSqlRecord();}
+    int         size()  {return 0;}
+    int         numRowsAffected() {return 0;}
+};
+
+class TQNullDriver : public TQSqlDriver
+{
+public:
+    TQNullDriver(): TQSqlDriver(){}
+    ~TQNullDriver(){}
+    bool    hasFeature( DriverFeature /* f */ ) const { return FALSE; } ;
+    bool    open( const TQString & ,
+		  const TQString & ,
+		  const TQString & ,
+		  const TQString &,
+		  int ) {
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    void    close() {}
+    TQSqlQuery createQuery() const { return TQSqlQuery( new TQNullResult(this) ); }
+};
+
+typedef TQDict<TQSqlDriverCreatorBase> TQDriverDict;
+
+class TQSqlDatabaseManager : public TQObject
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlDatabaseManager( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 );
+    ~TQSqlDatabaseManager();
+    static TQSqlDatabase* database( const TQString& name, bool open );
+    static TQSqlDatabase* addDatabase( TQSqlDatabase* db, const TQString & name );
+    static void          removeDatabase( const TQString& name );
+    static void          removeDatabase( TQSqlDatabase* db );
+    static bool          contains( const TQString& name );
+    static TQDriverDict*  driverDict();
+
+protected:
+    static TQSqlDatabaseManager* instance();
+    TQDict< TQSqlDatabase > dbDict;
+    TQDriverDict* drDict;
+};
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an SQL database manager.
+*/
+
+TQSqlDatabaseManager::TQSqlDatabaseManager( TQObject * parent, const char * name )
+    : TQObject( parent, name ), dbDict( 1 ), drDict( 0 )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources. All open
+    database connections are closed. All database connections are
+    deleted.
+*/
+
+TQSqlDatabaseManager::~TQSqlDatabaseManager()
+{
+    TQDictIterator< TQSqlDatabase > it( dbDict );
+    while ( it.current() ) {
+	it.current()->close();
+	delete it.current();
+	++it;
+    }
+    delete drDict;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+*/
+TQDriverDict* TQSqlDatabaseManager::driverDict()
+{
+    TQSqlDatabaseManager* sqlConnection = instance();
+    if ( !sqlConnection->drDict ) {
+	sqlConnection->drDict = new TQDriverDict();
+	sqlConnection->drDict->setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    }
+    return sqlConnection->drDict;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+*/
+TQSqlDatabaseManager* TQSqlDatabaseManager::instance()
+{
+    static TQGuardedPtr<TQSqlDatabaseManager> sqlConnection = 0;
+    if ( !sqlConnection ) {
+	if( qApp == 0 ){
+	    qFatal( "TQSqlDatabaseManager: A TQApplication object has to be "
+		    "instantiated in order to use the SQL module." );
+	    return 0;
+	}
+	sqlConnection = new TQSqlDatabaseManager( qApp, "database manager" );
+    }
+    return (TQSqlDatabaseManager*)sqlConnection;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the database connection called \a name. If \a open is
+    TRUE, the database connection is opened. If \a name does not exist
+    in the list of managed databases, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+TQSqlDatabase* TQSqlDatabaseManager::database( const TQString& name, bool open )
+{
+    if ( !contains( name ) )
+	return 0;
+
+    TQSqlDatabaseManager* sqlConnection = instance();
+    TQSqlDatabase* db = sqlConnection->dbDict.find( name );
+    if ( db && !db->isOpen() && open ) {
+	db->open();
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	if ( !db->isOpen() )
+	    qWarning("TQSqlDatabaseManager::database: unable to open database: %s: %s",
+                    db->lastError().databaseText().latin1(), db->lastError().driverText().latin1() );
+#endif
+    }
+    return db;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the list of database connections contains \a name;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlDatabaseManager::contains( const TQString& name )
+{
+   TQSqlDatabaseManager* sqlConnection = instance();
+   TQSqlDatabase* db = sqlConnection->dbDict.find( name );
+   if ( db )
+       return TRUE;
+   return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Adds a database to the SQL connection manager. The database
+    connection is referred to by \a name. The newly added database
+    connection is returned. This function will only return 0 if it is
+    called \e before a TQApplication object has been instantiated. Use
+    the output of drivers() to determine whether a particular driver
+    is available or not.
+
+    The returned TQSqlDatabase object is owned by the framework and
+    must not be deleted. If you want to explicitly remove the connection,
+    use removeDatabase().
+
+    \sa TQSqlDatabase database()
+*/
+
+TQSqlDatabase* TQSqlDatabaseManager::addDatabase( TQSqlDatabase* db, const TQString & name )
+{
+    TQSqlDatabaseManager* sqlConnection = instance();
+    if( sqlConnection == 0 )
+	return 0;
+    if ( contains( name ) )
+	sqlConnection->removeDatabase( name );
+    sqlConnection->dbDict.insert( name, db );
+    return db;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes the database connection \a name from the SQL connection
+    manager.
+
+    \warning There should be no open queries on the database
+    connection when this function is called, otherwise a resource leak
+    will occur.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlDatabaseManager::removeDatabase( const TQString& name )
+{
+    TQSqlDatabaseManager* sqlConnection = instance();
+    sqlConnection->dbDict.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
+    sqlConnection->dbDict.remove( name );
+    sqlConnection->dbDict.setAutoDelete( FALSE );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Removes the database connection \a db from the SQL connection
+    manager. The TQSqlDatabase object is destroyed when it is removed
+    from the manager.
+
+    \warning The \a db pointer is not valid after this function has
+    been called.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlDatabaseManager::removeDatabase( TQSqlDatabase* db )
+{
+    TQSqlDatabaseManager* sqlConnection = instance();
+    if ( !sqlConnection )
+	return;
+    TQDictIterator< TQSqlDatabase > it( sqlConnection->dbDict );
+    while ( it.current() ) {
+	if ( it.current() == db ) {
+	    sqlConnection->dbDict.remove( it.currentKey() );
+	    db->close();
+	    delete db;
+	    break;
+	}
+	++it;
+    }
+}
+
+class TQSqlDatabasePrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlDatabasePrivate():
+	driver(0),
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+	plugIns(0),
+#endif
+	port(-1) {}
+    ~TQSqlDatabasePrivate()
+    {
+    }
+    TQSqlDriver* driver;
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+    TQPluginManager<TQSqlDriverFactoryInterface> *plugIns;
+#endif
+    TQString dbname;
+    TQString uname;
+    TQString pword;
+    TQString hname;
+    TQString drvName;
+    int port;
+    TQString connOptions;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSqlDatabase qsqldatabase.h
+    \brief The TQSqlDatabase class is used to create SQL database
+    connections and to provide transaction handling.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \mainclass
+    \module sql
+
+    Note that transaction handling is not supported by every SQL
+    database. You can find out whether transactions are supported
+    using TQSqlDriver::hasFeature().
+
+    The TQSqlDatabase class provides an abstract interface for
+    accessing many types of database backends. Database-specific
+    drivers are used internally to actually access and manipulate
+    data, (see TQSqlDriver). Result set objects provide the interface
+    for executing and manipulating SQL queries (see TQSqlQuery).
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Adds a database to the list of database connections using the
+    driver \a type and the connection name \a connectionName.
+
+    The database connection is referred to by \a connectionName. The
+    newly added database connection is returned. This pointer is owned
+    by TQSqlDatabase and will be deleted on program exit or when
+    removeDatabase() is called.
+
+    If \a connectionName is not specified, the newly added database
+    connection becomes the default database connection for the
+    application, and subsequent calls to database() (without a
+    database name parameter) will return a pointer to it. If \a
+    connectionName is given, use \link TQSqlDatabase::database()
+    database(connectionName)\endlink to retrieve a pointer to the
+    database connection.
+
+    \warning If you add a database with the same name as an
+    existing database, the new database will replace the old one.
+    This will happen automatically if you call this function more
+    than once without specifying \a connectionName.
+
+    \sa database() removeDatabase()
+*/
+TQSqlDatabase* TQSqlDatabase::addDatabase( const TQString& type, const TQString& connectionName )
+{
+    return TQSqlDatabaseManager::addDatabase( new TQSqlDatabase( type, connectionName ), connectionName );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the database connection called \a connectionName. The
+    database connection must have been previously added with
+    addDatabase(). If \a open is TRUE (the default) and the database
+    connection is not already open it is opened now. If no \a
+    connectionName is specified the default connection is used. If \a
+    connectionName does not exist in the list of databases, 0 is
+    returned. The pointer returned is owned by TQSqlDatabase and should
+    \e not be deleted.
+
+    \warning There are restrictions on the use of database connections
+    in threaded applications. Please see the \link threads.html#threads-sql
+    Thread Support in TQt\endlink document for more information about
+    threading and SQL databases.
+*/
+
+TQSqlDatabase* TQSqlDatabase::database( const TQString& connectionName, bool open )
+{
+    return TQSqlDatabaseManager::database( connectionName, open );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes the database connection \a connectionName from the list of
+    database connections.
+
+    \warning There should be no open queries on the database
+    connection when this function is called, otherwise a resource leak
+    will occur.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlDatabase::removeDatabase( const TQString& connectionName )
+{
+    TQSqlDatabaseManager::removeDatabase( connectionName );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Removes the database connection \a db from the list of database
+    connections. The TQSqlDatabase object is destroyed when it is removed
+    from the list.
+
+    \warning The \a db pointer is not valid after this function has
+    been called. There should be no open queries on the database
+    connection when this function is called, otherwise a resource leak
+    will occur.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlDatabase::removeDatabase( TQSqlDatabase* db )
+{
+    TQSqlDatabaseManager::removeDatabase( db );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of all the available database drivers.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
+    over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    TQStringList list = TQSqlDatabase::drivers();
+    TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+TQStringList TQSqlDatabase::drivers()
+{
+    TQStringList l;
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+    TQPluginManager<TQSqlDriverFactoryInterface> *plugIns;
+    plugIns = new TQPluginManager<TQSqlDriverFactoryInterface>( IID_QSqlDriverFactory, TQApplication::libraryPaths(), "/sqldrivers" );
+
+    l = plugIns->featureList();
+    delete plugIns;
+#endif
+
+    TQDictIterator<TQSqlDriverCreatorBase> itd( *TQSqlDatabaseManager::driverDict() );
+    while ( itd.current() ) {
+	if ( !l.contains( itd.currentKey() ) )
+	    l << itd.currentKey();
+	++itd;
+    }
+
+#ifdef QT_SQL_POSTGRES
+    if ( !l.contains( "TQPSQL7" ) )
+	l << "TQPSQL7";
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_SQL_MYSQL
+    if ( !l.contains( "TQMYSQL3" ) )
+	l << "TQMYSQL3";
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_SQL_ODBC
+    if ( !l.contains( "TQODBC3" ) )
+	l << "TQODBC3";
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_SQL_OCI
+    if ( !l.contains( "TQOCI8" ) )
+	l << "TQOCI8";
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_SQL_TDS
+    if ( !l.contains( "TQTDS7" ) )
+	l << "TQTDS7";
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_SQL_DB2
+    if ( !l.contains( "TQDB2" ) )
+	l << "TQDB2";
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_SQL_SQLITE
+    if ( !l.contains( "TQSQLITE" ) )
+	l << "TQSQLITE";
+#endif
+#ifdef QT_SQL_IBASE
+    if ( !l.contains( "TQIBASE" ) )
+	l << "TQIBASE";
+#endif
+
+    return l;
+}
+
+/*!
+    This function registers a new SQL driver called \a name, within
+    the SQL framework. This is useful if you have a custom SQL driver
+    and don't want to compile it as a plugin.
+
+    Example usage:
+
+    \code
+    TQSqlDatabase::registerSqlDriver( "MYDRIVER", new TQSqlDriverCreator<MyDatabaseDriver> );
+    TQSqlDatabase* db = TQSqlDatabase::addDatabase( "MYDRIVER" );
+    ...
+    \endcode
+
+    \warning The framework takes ownership of the \a creator pointer,
+    so it should not be deleted.
+*/
+void TQSqlDatabase::registerSqlDriver( const TQString& name, const TQSqlDriverCreatorBase* creator )
+{
+    TQSqlDatabaseManager::driverDict()->remove( name );
+    if ( creator )
+	TQSqlDatabaseManager::driverDict()->insert( name, creator );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the list of database connections contains \a
+    connectionName; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlDatabase::contains( const TQString& connectionName )
+{
+    return TQSqlDatabaseManager::contains( connectionName );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Creates a TQSqlDatabase connection called \a name that uses the
+    driver referred to by \a type, with the parent \a parent and the
+    object name \a objname. If the \a type is not recognized, the
+    database connection will have no functionality.
+
+    The currently available drivers are:
+
+    \table
+    \header \i Driver Type \i Description
+    \row \i TQODBC3 \i ODBC Driver (includes Microsoft SQL Server)
+    \row \i TQOCI8 \i Oracle Call Interface Driver
+    \row \i TQPSQL7 \i PostgreSQL v6.x and v7.x Driver
+    \row \i TQTDS7 \i Sybase Adaptive Server
+    \row \i TQMYSQL3 \i MySQL Driver
+    \row \i TQDB2 \i IBM DB2, v7.1 and higher
+    \row \i TQSQLITE \i SQLite Driver
+    \row \i TQIBASE \i Borland Interbase Driver
+    \endtable
+
+    Additional third party drivers, including your own custom drivers,
+    can be loaded dynamically.
+
+    \sa registerSqlDriver()
+*/
+
+TQSqlDatabase::TQSqlDatabase( const TQString& type, const TQString& name, TQObject * parent, const char * objname )
+    : TQObject( parent, objname )
+{
+    init( type, name );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+     Creates a database connection using the driver \a driver, with
+     the parent \a parent and the object name \a objname.
+
+     \warning The framework takes ownership of the \a driver pointer,
+     so it should not be deleted.
+*/
+
+TQSqlDatabase::TQSqlDatabase( TQSqlDriver* driver, TQObject * parent, const char * objname )
+    : TQObject( parent, objname )
+{
+    d = new TQSqlDatabasePrivate();
+    d->driver = driver;
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+
+  Create the actual driver instance \a type.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlDatabase::init( const TQString& type, const TQString& )
+{
+    d = new TQSqlDatabasePrivate();
+    d->drvName = type;
+
+    if ( !d->driver ) {
+
+#ifdef QT_SQL_POSTGRES
+	if ( type == "TQPSQL7" )
+	    d->driver = new TQPSQLDriver();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT_SQL_MYSQL
+	if ( type == "TQMYSQL3" )
+	    d->driver = new TQMYSQLDriver();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT_SQL_ODBC
+	if ( type == "TQODBC3" )
+	    d->driver = new TQODBCDriver();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT_SQL_OCI
+	if ( type == "TQOCI8" )
+	    d->driver = new TQOCIDriver();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT_SQL_TDS
+	if ( type == "TQTDS7" )
+	    d->driver = new TQTDSDriver();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT_SQL_DB2
+	if ( type == "TQDB2" )
+	    d->driver = new TQDB2Driver();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT_SQL_SQLITE
+	if ( type == "TQSQLITE" )
+	    d->driver = new TQSQLiteDriver();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef QT_SQL_IBASE
+	if ( type == "TQIBASE" )
+	    d->driver = new TQIBaseDriver();
+#endif
+
+    }
+
+    if ( !d->driver ) {
+	TQDictIterator<TQSqlDriverCreatorBase> it( *TQSqlDatabaseManager::driverDict() );
+	while ( it.current() && !d->driver ) {
+	    if ( type == it.currentKey() ) {
+		d->driver = it.current()->createObject();
+	    }
+	    ++it;
+	}
+    }
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+    if ( !d->driver ) {
+	d->plugIns =
+	    new TQPluginManager<TQSqlDriverFactoryInterface>( IID_QSqlDriverFactory, TQApplication::libraryPaths(), "/sqldrivers" );
+
+	TQInterfacePtr<TQSqlDriverFactoryInterface> iface = 0;
+	d->plugIns->queryInterface( type, &iface );
+	if( iface )
+	    d->driver = iface->create( type );
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if ( !d->driver ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "TQSqlDatabase: %s driver not loaded", type.latin1() );
+	qWarning( "TQSqlDatabase: available drivers: %s", drivers().join(" ").latin1() );
+#endif
+	d->driver = new TQNullDriver();
+	d->driver->setLastError( TQSqlError( "Driver not loaded", "Driver not loaded" ) );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+TQSqlDatabase::~TQSqlDatabase()
+{
+    delete d->driver;
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+    delete d->plugIns;
+#endif
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Executes a SQL statement (e.g. an \c INSERT, \c UPDATE or \c
+    DELETE statement) on the database, and returns a TQSqlQuery object.
+    Use lastError() to retrieve error information. If \a query is
+    TQString::null, an empty, invalid query is returned and lastError()
+    is not affected.
+
+    \sa TQSqlQuery lastError()
+*/
+
+TQSqlQuery TQSqlDatabase::exec( const TQString & query ) const
+{
+    TQSqlQuery r = d->driver->createQuery();
+    if ( !query.isNull() ) {
+	r.exec( query );
+	d->driver->setLastError( r.lastError() );
+    }
+    return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Opens the database connection using the current connection values.
+    Returns TRUE on success; otherwise returns FALSE. Error
+    information can be retrieved using the lastError() function.
+
+    \sa lastError()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlDatabase::open()
+{
+    return d->driver->open( d->dbname, d->uname, d->pword, d->hname,
+			    d->port, d->connOptions );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Opens the database connection using the given \a user name and \a
+    password. Returns TRUE on success; otherwise returns FALSE. Error
+    information can be retrieved using the lastError() function.
+
+    This function does not store the password it is given. Instead,
+    the password is passed directly to the driver for opening a
+    connection and is then discarded.
+
+    \sa lastError()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlDatabase::open( const TQString& user, const TQString& password )
+{
+    setUserName( user );
+    return d->driver->open( d->dbname, user, password, d->hname,
+			    d->port, d->connOptions );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Closes the database connection, freeing any resources actquired.
+
+    \sa removeDatabase()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlDatabase::close()
+{
+    d->driver->close();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the database connection is currently open;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlDatabase::isOpen() const
+{
+    return d->driver->isOpen();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if there was an error opening the database
+    connection; otherwise returns FALSE. Error information can be
+    retrieved using the lastError() function.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlDatabase::isOpenError() const
+{
+    return d->driver->isOpenError();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Begins a transaction on the database if the driver supports
+    transactions. Returns TRUE if the operation succeeded; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa TQSqlDriver::hasFeature() commit() rollback()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlDatabase::transaction()
+{
+    if ( !d->driver->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::Transactions ) )
+	return FALSE;
+    return d->driver->beginTransaction();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Commits a transaction to the database if the driver supports
+    transactions. Returns TRUE if the operation succeeded; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa TQSqlDriver::hasFeature() rollback()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlDatabase::commit()
+{
+    if ( !d->driver->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::Transactions ) )
+	return FALSE;
+    return d->driver->commitTransaction();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Rolls a transaction back on the database if the driver supports
+    transactions. Returns TRUE if the operation succeeded; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa TQSqlDriver::hasFeature() commit() transaction()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlDatabase::rollback()
+{
+    if ( !d->driver->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::Transactions ) )
+	return FALSE;
+    return d->driver->rollbackTransaction();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQSqlDatabase::databaseName
+    \brief the name of the database
+
+    Note that the database name is the TNS Service Name for the TQOCI8
+    (Oracle) driver.
+
+    For the TQODBC3 driver it can either be a DSN, a DSN filename (the
+    file must have a \c .dsn extension), or a connection string. MS
+    Access users can for example use the following connection string
+    to open a \c .mdb file directly, instead of having to create a DSN
+    entry in the ODBC manager:
+
+    \code
+    ...
+    db = TQSqlDatabase::addDatabase( "TQODBC3" );
+    db->setDatabaseName( "DRIVER={Microsoft Access Driver (*.mdb)};FIL={MS Access};DBQ=myaccessfile.mdb" );
+    if ( db->open() ) {
+        // success!
+    }
+    ...
+    \endcode
+    ("FIL" is the retquired spelling in Microsoft's API.)
+
+    There is no default value.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlDatabase::setDatabaseName( const TQString& name )
+{
+    d->dbname = name;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQSqlDatabase::userName
+    \brief the user name connected to the database
+
+    There is no default value.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlDatabase::setUserName( const TQString& name )
+{
+    d->uname = name;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQSqlDatabase::password
+    \brief the password used to connect to the database
+
+    There is no default value.
+
+    \warning This function stores the password in plain text within
+    TQt. Use the open() call that takes a password as parameter to
+    avoid this behaviour.
+
+    \sa open()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlDatabase::setPassword( const TQString& password )
+{
+    d->pword = password;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQSqlDatabase::hostName
+    \brief the host name where the database resides
+
+    There is no default value.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlDatabase::setHostName( const TQString& host )
+{
+    d->hname = host;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQSqlDatabase::port
+    \brief the port used to connect to the database
+
+    There is no default value.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlDatabase::setPort( int p )
+{
+    d->port = p;
+}
+
+TQString TQSqlDatabase::databaseName() const
+{
+    return d->dbname;
+}
+
+TQString TQSqlDatabase::userName() const
+{
+    return d->uname;
+}
+
+TQString TQSqlDatabase::password() const
+{
+    return d->pword;
+}
+
+TQString TQSqlDatabase::hostName() const
+{
+    return d->hname;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the name of the driver used by the database connection.
+*/
+TQString TQSqlDatabase::driverName() const
+{
+    return d->drvName;
+}
+
+int TQSqlDatabase::port() const
+{
+    return d->port;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the database driver used to access the database
+    connection.
+*/
+
+TQSqlDriver* TQSqlDatabase::driver() const
+{
+    return d->driver;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns information about the last error that occurred on the
+    database. See TQSqlError for more information.
+*/
+
+TQSqlError TQSqlDatabase::lastError() const
+{
+    return d->driver->lastError();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a list of the database's tables that are visible to the
+    user. To include views or system tables, use the version of this
+    function that takes a table \c type parameter.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
+    over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    TQStringList list = myDatabase.tables();
+    TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+TQStringList TQSqlDatabase::tables() const
+{
+    return tables( TQSql::Tables );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of the database's tables, system tables and views,
+    as specified by the parameter \a type.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
+    over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    TQStringList list = myDatabase.tables( TQSql::Tables | TQSql::Views );
+    TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+        myProcessing( *it );
+        ++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+TQStringList TQSqlDatabase::tables( TQSql::TableType type ) const
+{
+    return d->driver->tables( TQString::number( (int)type ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the primary index for table \a tablename. If no primary
+    index exists an empty TQSqlIndex will be returned.
+*/
+
+TQSqlIndex TQSqlDatabase::primaryIndex( const TQString& tablename ) const
+{
+    return d->driver->primaryIndex( tablename );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a TQSqlRecord populated with the names of all the fields in
+    the table (or view) called \a tablename. The order in which the
+    fields appear in the record is undefined. If no such table (or
+    view) exists, an empty record is returned.
+
+    \sa recordInfo()
+*/
+
+TQSqlRecord TQSqlDatabase::record( const TQString& tablename ) const
+{
+    return d->driver->record( tablename );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a TQSqlRecord populated with the names of all the fields
+    used in the SQL \a query. If the query is a "SELECT *" the order
+    in which fields appear in the record is undefined.
+
+    \sa recordInfo()
+*/
+
+TQSqlRecord TQSqlDatabase::record( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const
+{
+    return d->driver->record( query );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a TQSqlRecordInfo populated with meta data about the table
+    or view \a tablename. If no such table (or view) exists, an empty
+    record is returned.
+
+    \sa TQSqlRecordInfo, TQSqlFieldInfo, record()
+*/
+TQSqlRecordInfo TQSqlDatabase::recordInfo( const TQString& tablename ) const
+{
+    return d->driver->recordInfo( tablename );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a TQSqlRecordInfo object with meta data for the TQSqlQuery
+    \a query. Note that this overloaded function may return less
+    information than the recordInfo() function which takes the name of
+    a table as parameter.
+
+    \sa TQSqlRecordInfo, TQSqlFieldInfo, record()
+*/
+TQSqlRecordInfo TQSqlDatabase::recordInfo( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const
+{
+    return d->driver->recordInfo( query );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \property TQSqlDatabase::connectOptions
+    \brief the database connect options
+
+    The format of the options string is a semi-colon separated list of
+    option names or option = value pairs. The options depend on the
+    database client used:
+
+    \table
+    \header \i ODBC \i MySQL \i PostgreSQL
+    \row
+
+    \i
+    \list
+    \i SQL_ATTR_ACCESS_MODE
+    \i SQL_ATTR_LOGIN_TIMEOUT
+    \i SQL_ATTR_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT
+    \i SQL_ATTR_CURRENT_CATALOG
+    \i SQL_ATTR_METADATA_ID
+    \i SQL_ATTR_PACKET_SIZE
+    \i SQL_ATTR_TRACEFILE
+    \i SQL_ATTR_TRACE
+    \endlist
+
+    \i
+    \list
+    \i CLIENT_COMPRESS
+    \i CLIENT_FOUND_ROWS
+    \i CLIENT_IGNORE_SPACE
+    \i CLIENT_SSL
+    \i CLIENT_ODBC
+    \i CLIENT_NO_SCHEMA
+    \i CLIENT_INTERACTIVE
+    \endlist
+
+    \i
+    \list
+    \i connect_timeout
+    \i options
+    \i tty
+    \i retquiressl
+    \i service
+    \endlist
+
+    \header \i DB2 \i OCI \i TDS
+    \row
+
+    \i
+    \list
+    \i SQL_ATTR_ACCESS_MODE
+    \i SQL_ATTR_LOGIN_TIMEOUT
+    \endlist
+
+    \i
+    \e none
+
+    \i
+    \e none
+
+    \endtable
+
+    Example of usage:
+    \code
+    ...
+    // MySQL connection
+    db->setConnectOptions( "CLIENT_SSL;CLIENT_IGNORE_SPACE" ); // use an SSL connection to the server
+    if ( !db->open() ) {
+        db->setConnectOptions(); // clears the connect option string
+	...
+    }
+    ...
+    // PostgreSQL connection
+    db->setConnectOptions( "retquiressl=1" ); // enable PostgreSQL SSL connections
+    if ( !db->open() ) {
+        db->setConnectOptions(); // clear options
+	...
+    }
+    ...
+    // ODBC connection
+    db->setConnectOptions( "SQL_ATTR_ACCESS_MODE=SQL_MODE_READ_ONLY;SQL_ATTR_TRACE=SQL_OPT_TRACE_ON" ); // set ODBC options
+    if ( !db->open() ) {
+        db->setConnectOptions(); // don't try to set this option
+	...
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    Please refer to the client library documentation for more
+    information about the different options. The options will be set
+    prior to opening the database connection. Setting new options
+    without re-opening the connection does nothing.
+
+    \sa connectOptions()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlDatabase::setConnectOptions( const TQString& options )
+{
+    d->connOptions = options;
+}
+
+TQString TQSqlDatabase::connectOptions() const
+{
+    return d->connOptions;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if a driver called \a name is available; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa drivers()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlDatabase::isDriverAvailable( const TQString& name )
+{
+    TQStringList l = drivers();
+    TQStringList::ConstIterator it = l.begin();
+    for ( ;it != l.end(); ++it ) {
+	if ( *it == name )
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*! \overload
+
+    This function is useful if you need to set up the database
+    connection and instantiate the driver yourself. If you do this, it
+    is recommended that you include the driver code in your own
+    application. For example, setting up a custom PostgreSQL
+    connection and instantiating the TQPSQL7 driver can be done the
+    following way:
+
+    \code
+    #include "qtdir/src/sql/drivers/psql/qsql_psql.cpp"
+    \endcode
+    (We assume that \c qtdir is the directory where TQt is installed.)
+    This will pull in the code that is needed to use the PostgreSQL
+    client library and to instantiate a TQPSQLDriver object, assuming
+    that you have the PostgreSQL headers somewhere in your include
+    search path.
+
+    \code
+    PGconn* con = PQconnectdb( "host=server user=bart password=simpson dbname=springfield" );
+    TQPSQLDriver* drv =  new TQPSQLDriver( con );
+    TQSqlDatabase* db = TQSqlDatabase::addDatabase( drv ); // becomes the new default connection
+    TQSqlQuery q;
+    q.exec( "SELECT * FROM people" );
+    ...
+    \endcode
+
+    The above code sets up a PostgreSQL connection and instantiates a
+    TQPSQLDriver object. Next, addDatabase() is called to add the
+    connection to the known connections so that it can be used by the
+    TQt SQL classes. When a driver is instantiated with a connection
+    handle (or set of handles), TQt assumes that you have already
+    opened the database connection.
+
+    Remember that you must link your application against the database
+    client library as well. The simplest way to do this is to add
+    lines like those below to your \c .pro file:
+
+    \code
+    unix:LIBS += -lpq
+    win32:LIBS += libpqdll.lib
+    \endcode
+
+    You will need to have the client library in your linker's search
+    path.
+
+    The method described above will work for all the drivers, the only
+    difference is the arguments the driver constructors take. Below is
+    an overview of the drivers and their constructor arguments.
+
+    \table
+    \header \i Driver \i Class name \i Constructor arguments \i File to include
+    \row
+    \i TQPSQL7
+    \i TQPSQLDriver
+    \i PGconn* connection
+    \i \c qsql_psql.cpp
+    \row
+    \i TQMYSQL3
+    \i TQMYSQLDriver
+    \i MYSQL* connection
+    \i \c qsql_mysql.cpp
+    \row
+    \i TQOCI8
+    \i TQOCIDriver
+    \i OCIEnv* environment, OCIError* error, OCISvcCtx* serviceContext
+    \i \c qsql_oci.cpp
+    \row
+    \i TQODBC3
+    \i TQODBCDriver
+    \i SQLHANDLE environment, SQLHANDLE connection
+    \i \c qsql_odbc.cpp
+    \row
+    \i TQDB2
+    \i TQDB2
+    \i SQLHANDLE environment, SQLHANDLE connection
+    \i \c qsql_db2.cpp
+    \row
+    \i TQTDS7
+    \i TQTDSDriver
+    \i LOGINREC* loginRecord, DBPROCESS* dbProcess, const TQString& hostName
+    \i \c qsql_tds.cpp
+    \row
+    \i TQSQLITE
+    \i TQSQLiteDriver
+    \i sqlite* connection
+    \i \c qsql_sqlite.cpp
+    \row
+    \i TQIBASE
+    \i TQIBaseDriver
+    \i isc_db_handle connection
+    \i \c qsql_ibase.cpp
+    \endtable
+
+    Note: The host name (or service name) is needed when constructing
+    the TQTDSDriver for creating new connections for internal
+    queries. This is to prevent the simultaneous usage of several
+    TQSqlQuery/\l{TQSqlCursor} objects from blocking each other.
+
+    \warning The SQL framework takes ownership of the \a driver pointer,
+    and it should not be deleted. The returned TQSqlDatabase object is
+    owned by the framework and must not be deleted. If you want to
+    explicitly remove the connection, use removeDatabase()
+
+    \sa drivers()
+*/
+
+TQSqlDatabase* TQSqlDatabase::addDatabase( TQSqlDriver* driver, const TQString& connectionName )
+{
+    return TQSqlDatabaseManager::addDatabase( new TQSqlDatabase( driver ), connectionName );
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqldatabase.h b/src/sql/qsqldatabase.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd679278c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqldatabase.h
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlDatabase class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLDATABASE_H
+#define TQSQLDATABASE_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qsqlquery.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+class TQSqlError;
+class TQSqlDriver;
+class TQSqlIndex;
+class TQSqlRecord;
+class TQSqlRecordInfo;
+class TQSqlDatabasePrivate;
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlDriverCreatorBase
+{
+public:
+    virtual TQSqlDriver* createObject() = 0;
+};
+
+template <class type>
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlDriverCreator: public TQSqlDriverCreatorBase
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlDriver* createObject() { return new type; }
+};
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlDatabase : public TQObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+    Q_PROPERTY( TQString databaseName  READ databaseName WRITE setDatabaseName )
+    Q_PROPERTY( TQString userName  READ userName WRITE setUserName )
+    Q_PROPERTY( TQString password  READ password WRITE setPassword )
+    Q_PROPERTY( TQString hostName  READ hostName WRITE setHostName )
+    Q_PROPERTY( int port READ port WRITE setPort )
+    Q_PROPERTY( TQString connectOptions READ connectOptions WRITE setConnectOptions )
+
+public:
+    ~TQSqlDatabase();
+
+    bool		open();
+    bool		open( const TQString& user, const TQString& password );
+    void		close();
+    bool		isOpen() const;
+    bool		isOpenError() const;
+    TQStringList		tables() const;
+    TQStringList		tables( TQSql::TableType type ) const;
+    TQSqlIndex		primaryIndex( const TQString& tablename ) const;
+    TQSqlRecord		record( const TQString& tablename ) const;
+    TQSqlRecord		record( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const;
+    TQSqlRecordInfo	recordInfo( const TQString& tablename ) const;
+    TQSqlRecordInfo	recordInfo( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const;
+    TQSqlQuery		exec( const TQString& query = TQString::null ) const;
+    TQSqlError		lastError() const;
+
+    bool		transaction();
+    bool		commit();
+    bool		rollback();
+
+    virtual void	setDatabaseName( const TQString& name );
+    virtual void	setUserName( const TQString& name );
+    virtual void	setPassword( const TQString& password );
+    virtual void	setHostName( const TQString& host );
+    virtual void	setPort( int p );
+    void 		setConnectOptions( const TQString& options = TQString::null );
+    TQString		databaseName() const;
+    TQString		userName() const;
+    TQString		password() const;
+    TQString		hostName() const;
+    TQString		driverName() const;
+    int         	port() const;
+    TQString 		connectOptions() const;
+
+    TQSqlDriver*		driver() const;
+    
+    // MOC_SKIP_BEGIN
+    QT_STATIC_CONST char * const defaultConnection;
+    // MOC_SKIP_END
+
+    static TQSqlDatabase* addDatabase( const TQString& type, const TQString& connectionName = defaultConnection );
+    static TQSqlDatabase* addDatabase( TQSqlDriver* driver, const TQString& connectionName = defaultConnection );
+    static TQSqlDatabase* database( const TQString& connectionName = defaultConnection, bool open = TRUE );
+    static void          removeDatabase( const TQString& connectionName );
+    static void          removeDatabase( TQSqlDatabase* db );
+    static bool          contains( const TQString& connectionName = defaultConnection );
+    static TQStringList   drivers();
+    static void          registerSqlDriver( const TQString& name, const TQSqlDriverCreatorBase* creator ); // ### 4.0: creator should not be const
+    static bool 	 isDriverAvailable( const TQString& name );
+    
+protected:
+    TQSqlDatabase( const TQString& type, const TQString& name, TQObject * parent=0, const char * objname=0 );
+    TQSqlDatabase( TQSqlDriver* driver, TQObject * parent=0, const char * objname=0 );
+private:
+    void 	init( const TQString& type, const TQString& name );
+    TQSqlDatabasePrivate* d;
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    TQSqlDatabase( const TQSqlDatabase & );
+    TQSqlDatabase &operator=( const TQSqlDatabase & );
+#endif
+
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqldriver.cpp b/src/sql/qsqldriver.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..522011e80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqldriver.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,509 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQSqlDriver class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqldriver.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+#include "qdatetime.h"
+#include "qsqlextension_p.h"
+
+// database states
+#define DBState_Open		0x0001
+#define DBState_OpenError	0x0002
+
+// ### This needs to go in 4.0!
+TQPtrDict<TQSqlDriverExtension> *qSqlDriverExtDict();
+TQPtrDict<TQSqlOpenExtension> *qSqlOpenExtDict();
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSqlDriver qsqldriver.h
+    \brief The TQSqlDriver class is an abstract base class for accessing
+    SQL databases.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \module sql
+
+    This class should not be used directly. Use TQSqlDatabase instead.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Default constructor. Creates a new driver with parent \a parent,
+    called \a name.
+
+*/
+
+TQSqlDriver::TQSqlDriver( TQObject * parent, const char * name )
+: TQObject(parent, name),
+  dbState(0),
+  error()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+TQSqlDriver::~TQSqlDriver()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool TQSqlDriver::open( const TQString& db, const TQString& user,
+    const TQString& password, const TQString& host, int port )
+
+    Derived classes must reimplement this abstract virtual function in
+    order to open a database connection on database \a db, using user
+    name \a user, password \a password, host \a host and port \a port.
+
+    The function \e must return TRUE on success and FALSE on failure.
+
+    \sa setOpen()
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool TQSqlDriver::close()
+
+    Derived classes must reimplement this abstract virtual function in
+    order to close the database connection. Return TRUE on success,
+    FALSE on failure.
+
+    \sa setOpen()
+
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQSqlQuery TQSqlDriver::createQuery() const
+
+    Creates an empty SQL result on the database. Derived classes must
+    reimplement this function and return a TQSqlQuery object
+    appropriate for their database to the caller.
+
+*/
+
+//void TQSqlDriver::destroyResult( TQSqlResult* r ) const
+//{
+//    if ( r )
+//	delete r;
+//}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the database connection is open; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlDriver::isOpen() const
+{
+    if ( !qSqlDriverExtDict()->isEmpty() ) {
+	TQSqlDriverExtension *ext = qSqlDriverExtDict()->find( (TQSqlDriver *) this );
+	if ( ext )
+	    return ext->isOpen();
+    }
+
+    return ((dbState & DBState_Open) == DBState_Open);
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the there was an error opening the database
+    connection; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlDriver::isOpenError() const
+{
+    return ((dbState & DBState_OpenError) == DBState_OpenError);
+}
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQSqlDriver::DriverFeature
+
+    This enum contains a list of features a driver may support. Use
+    hasFeature() to query whether a feature is supported or not.
+
+    \value Transactions  whether the driver supports SQL transactions
+    \value QuerySize  whether the database is capable of reporting the size
+    of a query. Note that some databases do not support returning the size
+    (i.e. number of rows returned) of a query, in which case
+    TQSqlQuery::size() will return -1
+    \value BLOB  whether the driver supports Binary Large Object fields
+    \value Unicode  whether the driver supports Unicode strings if the
+    database server does
+    \value PreparedQueries  whether the driver supports prepared query execution
+    \value NamedPlaceholders  whether the driver supports usage of named placeholders
+    \value PositionalPlaceholders  whether the driver supports usage of positional placeholders
+
+    More information about supported features can be found in the
+    \link sql-driver.html TQt SQL driver\endlink documentation.
+
+    \sa hasFeature()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool TQSqlDriver::hasFeature( DriverFeature f ) const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the driver supports feature \a f; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+
+    Note that some databases need to be open() before this can be
+    determined.
+
+    \sa DriverFeature
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Protected function which sets the open state of the database to \a
+    o. Derived classes can use this function to report the status of
+    open().
+
+    \sa open(), setOpenError()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlDriver::setOpen( bool o )
+{
+    if ( o )
+	dbState |= DBState_Open;
+    else
+	dbState &= ~DBState_Open;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Protected function which sets the open error state of the database
+    to \a e. Derived classes can use this function to report the
+    status of open(). Note that if \a e is TRUE the open state of the
+    database is set to closed (i.e. isOpen() returns FALSE).
+
+    \sa open(), setOpenError()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlDriver::setOpenError( bool e )
+{
+    if ( e ) {
+	dbState |= DBState_OpenError;
+	dbState &= ~DBState_Open;
+    }
+    else
+	dbState &= ~DBState_OpenError;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Protected function which derived classes can reimplement to begin
+    a transaction. If successful, return TRUE, otherwise return FALSE.
+    The default implementation returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa commitTransaction(), rollbackTransaction()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlDriver::beginTransaction()
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Protected function which derived classes can reimplement to commit
+    a transaction. If successful, return TRUE, otherwise return FALSE.
+    The default implementation returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa beginTransaction(), rollbackTransaction()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlDriver::commitTransaction()
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Protected function which derived classes can reimplement to
+    rollback a transaction. If successful, return TRUE, otherwise
+    return FALSE. The default implementation returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa beginTransaction(), commitTransaction()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlDriver::rollbackTransaction()
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Protected function which allows derived classes to set the value
+    of the last error, \a e, that occurred on the database.
+
+    \sa lastError()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlDriver::setLastError( const TQSqlError& e )
+{
+    error = e;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a TQSqlError object which contains information about the
+    last error that occurred on the database.
+*/
+
+TQSqlError TQSqlDriver::lastError() const
+{
+    return error;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of tables in the database. The default
+    implementation returns an empty list.
+
+    The \a tableType argument describes what types of tables
+    should be returned. Due to binary compatibility, the string
+    contains the value of the enum TQSql::TableTypes as text.
+    An empty string should be treated as TQSql::Tables for
+    downward compatibility.
+
+    \sa TQSql::TableType
+*/
+
+TQStringList TQSqlDriver::tables( const TQString&	) const
+{
+    return TQStringList();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the primary index for table \a tableName. Returns an empty
+    TQSqlIndex if the table doesn't have a primary index. The default
+    implementation returns an empty index.
+*/
+
+TQSqlIndex TQSqlDriver::primaryIndex( const TQString& ) const
+{
+    return TQSqlIndex();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a TQSqlRecord populated with the names of the fields in
+    table \a tableName. If no such table exists, an empty record is
+    returned. The default implementation returns an empty record.
+*/
+
+TQSqlRecord TQSqlDriver::record( const TQString&  ) const
+{
+    return TQSqlRecord();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a TQSqlRecord populated with the names of the fields in the
+    SQL \a query. The default implementation returns an empty record.
+*/
+
+TQSqlRecord TQSqlDriver::record( const TQSqlQuery& ) const
+{
+   return TQSqlRecord();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a TQSqlRecordInfo object with meta data about the table \a
+    tablename.
+*/
+TQSqlRecordInfo TQSqlDriver::recordInfo( const TQString& tablename ) const
+{
+    return TQSqlRecordInfo( record( tablename ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns a TQSqlRecordInfo object with meta data for the TQSqlQuery
+    \a query. Note that this overloaded function may return less
+    information than the recordInfo() function which takes the name of
+    a table as parameter.
+*/
+TQSqlRecordInfo TQSqlDriver::recordInfo( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const
+{
+    return TQSqlRecordInfo( record( query ) );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a string representation of the NULL value for the
+    database. This is used, for example, when constructing INSERT and
+    UPDATE statements. The default implementation returns the string
+    "NULL".
+*/
+
+TQString TQSqlDriver::nullText() const
+{
+    return "NULL";
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a string representation of the \a field value for the
+    database. This is used, for example, when constructing INSERT and
+    UPDATE statements.
+
+    The default implementation returns the value formatted as a string
+    according to the following rules:
+
+    \list
+
+    \i If \a field is NULL, nullText() is returned.
+
+    \i If \a field is character data, the value is returned enclosed
+    in single quotation marks, which is appropriate for many SQL
+    databases. Any embedded single-quote characters are escaped
+    (replaced with two single-quote characters). If \a trimStrings is
+    TRUE (the default is FALSE), all trailing whitespace is trimmed
+    from the field.
+
+    \i If \a field is date/time data, the value is formatted in ISO
+    format and enclosed in single quotation marks. If the date/time
+    data is invalid, nullText() is returned.
+
+    \i If \a field is bytearray data, and the driver can edit binary
+    fields, the value is formatted as a hexadecimal string.
+
+    \i For any other field type toString() will be called on its value
+    and the result returned.
+
+    \endlist
+
+    \sa TQVariant::toString().
+
+*/
+TQString TQSqlDriver::formatValue( const TQSqlField* field, bool trimStrings ) const
+{
+    TQString r;
+    if ( field->isNull() )
+	r = nullText();
+    else {
+	switch ( field->type() ) {
+	case TQVariant::Int:
+	case TQVariant::UInt:
+	    if ( field->value().type() == TQVariant::Bool )
+		r = field->value().toBool() ? "1" : "0";
+	    else
+		r = field->value().toString();
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::Date:
+	    if ( field->value().toDate().isValid() )
+		r = "'" + field->value().toDate().toString( TQt::ISODate ) + "'";
+	    else
+		r = nullText();
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::Time:
+	    if ( field->value().toTime().isValid() )
+		r = "'" + field->value().toTime().toString( TQt::ISODate ) + "'";
+	    else
+		r = nullText();
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::DateTime:
+	    if ( field->value().toDateTime().isValid() )
+		r = "'" +
+		    field->value().toDateTime().toString( TQt::ISODate ) + "'";
+	    else
+		r = nullText();
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::String:
+	case TQVariant::CString: {
+	    TQString result = field->value().toString();
+	    if ( trimStrings ) {
+		int end = result.length() - 1;
+		while ( end && result[end].isSpace() ) /* skip white space from end */
+		    end--;
+		result.truncate( end );
+	    }
+	    /* escape the "'" character */
+	    result.replace( TQChar( '\'' ), "''" );
+	    r = "'" + result + "'";
+	    break;
+	}
+	case TQVariant::Bool:
+	    if ( field->value().toBool() )
+		r = "1";
+	    else
+		r = "0";
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::ByteArray : {
+	    if ( hasFeature( BLOB ) ) {
+		TQByteArray ba = field->value().toByteArray();
+		TQString res;
+		static const char hexchars[] = "0123456789abcdef";
+		for ( uint i = 0; i < ba.size(); ++i ) {
+		    uchar s = (uchar) ba[(int)i];
+		    res += hexchars[s >> 4];
+		    res += hexchars[s & 0x0f];
+		}
+		r = "'" + res + "'";
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	default:
+	    r = field->value().toString();
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    return r;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+    
+    Open a database connection on database \a db, using user name \a
+    user, password \a password, host \a host, port \a port and
+    connection options \a connOpts.
+
+    Returns TRUE on success and FALSE on failure.
+
+    \sa setOpen()
+*/
+bool TQSqlDriver::open( const TQString& db,
+		       const TQString& user,
+		       const TQString& password,
+		       const TQString& host,
+		       int port,
+		       const TQString& connOpts )
+{
+    if ( !qSqlOpenExtDict()->isEmpty() ) {
+	TQSqlOpenExtension *ext = qSqlOpenExtDict()->find( (TQSqlDriver *) this );
+	if ( ext )
+	    return ext->open( db, user, password, host, port, connOpts );
+    }
+    return open( db, user, password, host, port );
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqldriver.h b/src/sql/qsqldriver.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..68ed94fc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqldriver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlDriver class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLDRIVER_H
+#define TQSQLDRIVER_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qptrdict.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qsqlerror.h"
+#include "qsqlquery.h"
+#include "qsqlfield.h"
+#include "qsqlindex.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qmap.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+class TQSqlDriverExtension;
+
+class TQSqlDatabase;
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlDriver : public TQObject
+{
+    friend class TQSqlDatabase;
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    enum DriverFeature { Transactions, QuerySize, BLOB, Unicode, PreparedQueries,
+			 NamedPlaceholders, PositionalPlaceholders };
+
+    TQSqlDriver( TQObject * parent=0, const char * name=0 );
+    ~TQSqlDriver();
+    bool			isOpen() const;
+    bool			isOpenError() const;
+
+    virtual bool		beginTransaction();
+    virtual bool		commitTransaction();
+    virtual bool		rollbackTransaction();
+    virtual TQStringList		tables( const TQString& tableType ) const;
+    virtual TQSqlIndex		primaryIndex( const TQString& tableName ) const;
+    virtual TQSqlRecord		record( const TQString& tableName ) const;
+    virtual TQSqlRecord		record( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const;
+    virtual TQSqlRecordInfo	recordInfo( const TQString& tablename ) const;
+    virtual TQSqlRecordInfo	recordInfo( const TQSqlQuery& query ) const;
+    virtual TQString		nullText() const;
+    virtual TQString		formatValue( const TQSqlField* field, bool trimStrings = FALSE ) const;
+    TQSqlError			lastError() const;
+
+    virtual bool		hasFeature( DriverFeature f ) const = 0;
+    virtual bool		open( const TQString & db,
+				      const TQString & user = TQString::null,
+				      const TQString & password = TQString::null,
+				      const TQString & host = TQString::null,
+				      int port = -1 ) = 0;
+    virtual void		close() = 0;
+    virtual TQSqlQuery		createQuery() const = 0;
+
+    // ### remove for 4.0
+    bool			open( const TQString& db,
+				      const TQString& user,
+				      const TQString& password,
+				      const TQString& host,
+				      int port,
+				      const TQString& connOpts );
+protected:
+    virtual void		setOpen( bool o );
+    virtual void		setOpenError( bool e );
+    virtual void		setLastError( const TQSqlError& e );
+private:
+    // ### This class needs a d-pointer in 4.0.
+    int		          dbState;
+    TQSqlError	          error;
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    TQSqlDriver( const TQSqlDriver & );
+    TQSqlDriver &operator=( const TQSqlDriver & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif	// QT_NO_SQL
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqldriverinterface_p.h b/src/sql/qsqldriverinterface_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dd2f539bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqldriverinterface_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlDriverInterface class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLDRIVERINTERFACE_H
+#define TQSQLDRIVERINTERFACE_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the TQt API.  This header file may
+// change from version to version without notice, or even be
+// removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include <private/qcom_p.h>
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+
+// {EDDD5AD5-DF3C-400c-A711-163B72FE5F61}
+#ifndef IID_QSqlDriverFactory
+#define IID_QSqlDriverFactory TQUuid(0xeddd5ad5, 0xdf3c, 0x400c, 0xa7, 0x11, 0x16, 0x3b, 0x72, 0xfe, 0x5f, 0x61)
+#endif
+
+class TQSqlDriver;
+
+struct TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlDriverFactoryInterface : public TQFeatureListInterface
+{
+    virtual TQSqlDriver* create( const TQString& name ) = 0;
+};
+
+#endif //QT_NO_COMPONENT
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
+
+#endif // TQSQLDRIVERINTERFACE_P_H
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqldriverplugin.cpp b/src/sql/qsqldriverplugin.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ff3620e5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqldriverplugin.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQSqlDriverPlugin class
+**
+** Created : 2001-09-20
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2001-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqldriverplugin.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+
+#include "qsqldriverinterface_p.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSqlDriverPlugin qsqldriverplugin.h
+    \brief The TQSqlDriverPlugin class provides an abstract base for custom TQSqlDriver plugins.
+
+    \ingroup plugins
+    \mainclass
+
+    The SQL driver plugin is a simple plugin interface that makes it
+    easy to create your own SQL driver plugins that can be loaded
+    dynamically by TQt.
+
+    Writing a SQL plugin is achieved by subclassing this base class,
+    reimplementing the pure virtual functions keys() and create(), and
+    exporting the class with the \c Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN macro. See the SQL
+    plugins that come with TQt for example implementations (in the
+    \c{plugins/src/sqldrivers} subdirectory of the source
+    distribution). Read the \link plugins-howto.html plugins
+    documentation\endlink for more information on plugins.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQStringList TQSqlDriverPlugin::keys() const
+
+    Returns the list of drivers (keys) this plugin supports.
+
+    These keys are usually the class names of the custom drivers that
+    are implemented in the plugin.
+
+    \sa create()
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQSqlDriver* TQSqlDriverPlugin::create( const TQString& key )
+
+    Creates and returns a TQSqlDriver object for the driver key \a key.
+    The driver key is usually the class name of the retquired driver.
+
+    \sa keys()
+*/
+
+class TQSqlDriverPluginPrivate : public TQSqlDriverFactoryInterface
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlDriverPluginPrivate( TQSqlDriverPlugin *p )
+	: plugin( p )
+    {
+    }
+    virtual ~TQSqlDriverPluginPrivate();
+
+    TQRESULT queryInterface( const TQUuid &iid, TQUnknownInterface **iface );
+    Q_REFCOUNT;
+
+    TQStringList featureList() const;
+    TQSqlDriver *create( const TQString &key );
+
+private:
+    TQSqlDriverPlugin *plugin;
+};
+
+TQSqlDriverPluginPrivate::~TQSqlDriverPluginPrivate()
+{
+    delete plugin;
+}
+
+TQRESULT TQSqlDriverPluginPrivate::queryInterface( const TQUuid &iid, TQUnknownInterface **iface )
+{
+    *iface = 0;
+
+    if ( iid == IID_QUnknown )
+	*iface = this;
+    else if ( iid == IID_QFeatureList )
+	*iface = this;
+    else if ( iid == IID_QSqlDriverFactory )
+	*iface = this;
+    else
+	return TQE_NOINTERFACE;
+
+    (*iface)->addRef();
+    return TQS_OK;
+}
+
+TQStringList TQSqlDriverPluginPrivate::featureList() const
+{
+    return plugin->keys();
+}
+
+TQSqlDriver *TQSqlDriverPluginPrivate::create( const TQString &key )
+{
+    return plugin->create( key );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a SQL driver plugin. This is invoked automatically by
+    the \c Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN macro.
+*/
+
+TQSqlDriverPlugin::TQSqlDriverPlugin()
+    : TQGPlugin( d = new TQSqlDriverPluginPrivate( this ) )
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the SQL driver plugin.
+
+    You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin
+    automatically when it is no longer used.
+*/
+TQSqlDriverPlugin::~TQSqlDriverPlugin()
+{
+    // don't delete d, as this is deleted by d
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_COMPONENT
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqldriverplugin.h b/src/sql/qsqldriverplugin.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..591c384b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqldriverplugin.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlDriverPlugin class
+**
+** Created : 2001-09-20
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2001-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLDRIVERPLUGIN_H
+#define TQSQLDRIVERPLUGIN_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qgplugin.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
+
+class TQSqlDriver;
+class TQSqlDriverPluginPrivate;
+
+class Q_EXPORT TQSqlDriverPlugin : public TQGPlugin
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    TQSqlDriverPlugin();
+    ~TQSqlDriverPlugin();
+
+    virtual TQStringList keys() const = 0;
+    virtual TQSqlDriver *create( const TQString &key ) = 0;
+
+private:
+    TQSqlDriverPluginPrivate *d;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_COMPONENT
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
+
+#endif // TQSQLDRIVERPLUGIN_H
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqleditorfactory.cpp b/src/sql/qsqleditorfactory.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..72afcd188
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqleditorfactory.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQSqlEditorFactory class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqleditorfactory.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL_EDIT_WIDGETS
+
+#include "qsqlfield.h"
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+#include "qlabel.h"
+#include "qlineedit.h"
+#include "qspinbox.h"
+#include "qcombobox.h"
+#include "qdatetimeedit.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSqlEditorFactory qsqleditorfactory.h
+    \brief The TQSqlEditorFactory class is used to create the editors
+    used by TQDataTable and TQSqlForm.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \module sql
+
+    TQSqlEditorFactory is used by TQDataTable and TQSqlForm to
+    automatically create appropriate editors for a given TQSqlField.
+    For example if the field is a TQVariant::String a TQLineEdit would
+    be the default editor, whereas a TQVariant::Int's default editor
+    would be a TQSpinBox.
+
+    If you want to create different editors for fields with the same
+    data type, subclass TQSqlEditorFactory and reimplement the
+    createEditor() function.
+
+    \sa TQDataTable, TQSqlForm
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a SQL editor factory with parent \a parent, called \a
+    name.
+*/
+
+TQSqlEditorFactory::TQSqlEditorFactory ( TQObject * parent, const char * name )
+    : TQEditorFactory( parent, name )
+{
+
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+TQSqlEditorFactory::~TQSqlEditorFactory()
+{
+
+}
+
+static TQSqlEditorFactory * defaultfactory = 0;
+static TQCleanupHandler< TQSqlEditorFactory > qsql_cleanup_editor_factory;
+
+/*!
+    Returns an instance of a default editor factory.
+*/
+
+TQSqlEditorFactory * TQSqlEditorFactory::defaultFactory()
+{
+    if( defaultfactory == 0 ){
+	defaultfactory = new TQSqlEditorFactory();
+	qsql_cleanup_editor_factory.add( &defaultfactory );
+    }
+
+    return defaultfactory;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Replaces the default editor factory with \a factory. All
+    TQDataTable and TQSqlForm instantiations will use this new factory
+    for creating field editors. \e{TQSqlEditorFactory takes ownership
+    of \a factory, and destroys it when it is no longer needed.}
+*/
+
+void TQSqlEditorFactory::installDefaultFactory( TQSqlEditorFactory * factory )
+{
+    if( factory == 0 ) return;
+
+    if( defaultfactory != 0 ){
+	qsql_cleanup_editor_factory.remove( &defaultfactory );
+	delete defaultfactory;
+    }
+    defaultfactory = factory;
+    qsql_cleanup_editor_factory.add( &defaultfactory );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Creates and returns the appropriate editor widget for the TQVariant
+    \a variant.
+
+    The widget that is returned has the parent \a parent (which may be
+    zero). If \a variant is invalid, 0 is returned.
+*/
+
+TQWidget * TQSqlEditorFactory::createEditor( TQWidget * parent,
+					   const TQVariant & variant )
+{
+    return TQEditorFactory::createEditor( parent, variant );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Creates and returns the appropriate editor for the TQSqlField \a
+    field.
+*/
+
+TQWidget * TQSqlEditorFactory::createEditor( TQWidget * parent,
+					   const TQSqlField * field )
+{    
+    if ( !field ) {
+	return 0;
+    }
+    
+    TQWidget * w = 0;
+    switch( field->type() ){
+	case TQVariant::Invalid:
+	    w = 0;
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::Bool:
+	    w = new TQComboBox( parent, "qt_editor_bool" );
+	    ((TQComboBox *) w)->insertItem( "False" );
+	    ((TQComboBox *) w)->insertItem( "True" );
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::UInt:
+	    w = new TQSpinBox( 0, 2147483647, 1, parent, "qt_editor_spinbox" );
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::Int:
+	    w = new TQSpinBox( -2147483647, 2147483647, 1, parent, "qt_editor_int" );
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::LongLong:
+	case TQVariant::ULongLong:
+	case TQVariant::String:
+	case TQVariant::CString:
+	case TQVariant::Double:
+	    w = new TQLineEdit( parent, "qt_editor_double" );
+	    ((TQLineEdit*)w)->setFrame( FALSE );
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::Date:
+	    w = new TQDateEdit( parent, "qt_editor_date" );
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::Time:
+	    w = new TQTimeEdit( parent, "qt_editor_time" );
+	    break;
+	case TQVariant::DateTime:
+	    w = new TQDateTimeEdit( parent, "qt_editor_datetime" );
+	    break;
+#ifndef QT_NO_LABEL
+	case TQVariant::Pixmap:
+	    w = new TQLabel( parent, "qt_editor_pixmap" );
+	    break;
+#endif
+	case TQVariant::Palette:
+	case TQVariant::ColorGroup:
+	case TQVariant::Color:
+	case TQVariant::Font:
+	case TQVariant::Brush:
+	case TQVariant::Bitmap:
+	case TQVariant::Cursor:
+	case TQVariant::Map:
+	case TQVariant::StringList:
+	case TQVariant::Rect:
+	case TQVariant::Size:
+	case TQVariant::IconSet:
+	case TQVariant::Point:
+	case TQVariant::PointArray:
+	case TQVariant::Region:
+	case TQVariant::SizePolicy:
+	case TQVariant::ByteArray:
+	default:
+	    w = new TQWidget( parent, "qt_editor_default" );
+	    break;
+    }
+    return w;
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqleditorfactory.h b/src/sql/qsqleditorfactory.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f8d2c1339
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqleditorfactory.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlEditorFactory class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLEDITORFACTORY_H
+#define TQSQLEDITORFACTORY_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qeditorfactory.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL_EDIT_WIDGETS
+
+class TQSqlField;
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlEditorFactory : public TQEditorFactory
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlEditorFactory ( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 );
+    ~TQSqlEditorFactory();
+    virtual TQWidget * createEditor( TQWidget * parent, const TQVariant & variant );
+    virtual TQWidget * createEditor( TQWidget * parent, const TQSqlField * field );
+
+    static TQSqlEditorFactory * defaultFactory();
+    static void installDefaultFactory( TQSqlEditorFactory * factory );
+
+private:
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    TQSqlEditorFactory( const TQSqlEditorFactory & );
+    TQSqlEditorFactory &operator=( const TQSqlEditorFactory & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
+#endif // TQSQLEDITORFACTORY_H
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlerror.cpp b/src/sql/qsqlerror.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9dce821f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlerror.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQSqlError class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqlerror.h"
+#include <qmessagebox.h>
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSqlError qsqlerror.h
+    \brief The TQSqlError class provides SQL database error information.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \module sql
+
+    This class is used to report database-specific errors. An error
+    description and (if appropriate) a database-specific error number
+    can be obtained using this class.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \enum TQSqlError::Type
+
+    This enum type describes the type of SQL error that occurred.
+
+    \value None  no error occurred
+    \value Connection  connection error
+    \value Statement  SQL statement syntax error
+    \value Transaction  transaction failed error
+    \value Unknown  unknown error
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an error containing the driver error text \a
+    driverText, the database-specific error text \a databaseText, the
+    type \a type and the optional error number \a number.
+*/
+
+TQSqlError::TQSqlError(  const TQString& driverText,
+    		const TQString& databaseText,
+		int type,
+		int number )
+: driverError(driverText),
+  databaseError(databaseText),
+  errorType(type),
+  errorNumber(number)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Creates a copy of \a other.
+*/
+
+TQSqlError::TQSqlError( const TQSqlError& other )
+: driverError(other.driverError),
+  databaseError(other.databaseError),
+  errorType(other.errorType),
+  errorNumber(other.errorNumber)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the error equal to \a other.
+*/
+
+TQSqlError& TQSqlError::operator=( const TQSqlError& other )
+{
+    driverError = other.driverError;
+    databaseError = other.databaseError;
+    errorType = other.errorType;
+    errorNumber = other.errorNumber;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+TQSqlError::~TQSqlError()
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the text of the error as reported by the driver. This may
+    contain database-specific descriptions.
+*/
+TQString TQSqlError::driverText() const
+{
+    return driverError;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the driver error text to the value of \a driverText.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlError::setDriverText( const TQString& driverText )
+{
+    driverError = driverText;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the text of the error as reported by the database. This
+    may contain database-specific descriptions.
+*/
+
+TQString TQSqlError::databaseText() const
+{
+    return databaseError;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the database error text to the value of \a databaseText.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlError::setDatabaseText( const TQString& databaseText )
+{
+    databaseError = databaseText;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the error type, or -1 if the type cannot be determined.
+
+    \sa TQSqlError::Type.
+*/
+
+int TQSqlError::type() const
+{
+    return errorType;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the error type to the value of \a type.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlError::setType( int type )
+{
+    errorType = type;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the database-specific error number, or -1 if it cannot be
+    determined.
+*/
+
+int TQSqlError::number() const
+{
+    return errorNumber;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the database-specific error number to \a number.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlError::setNumber( int number )
+{
+    errorNumber = number;
+}
+
+/*!
+    This is a convenience function that returns databaseText() and
+    driverText() concatenated into a single string.
+
+    \sa showMessage(), driverText(), databaseText()
+*/
+
+TQString TQSqlError::text() const
+{
+    if ( databaseError.endsWith("\n") )
+	return databaseError + driverError;
+    else
+	return databaseError + " " + driverError;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \obsolete
+    
+    This is a convenience function that pops up a TQMessageBox
+    containing the message returned by text(). An additional string
+    can be passed in via the \a msg parameter, which will be
+    concatenated with the text() message.
+
+    \sa text(), driverText(), databaseText()
+*/
+void TQSqlError::showMessage( const TQString& msg ) const
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
+    TQMessageBox::warning( NULL, "SQL Error", msg + text(), 
+			  TQMessageBox::Ok, TQMessageBox::NoButton ); 
+#endif // QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlerror.h b/src/sql/qsqlerror.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..abe6f2fe7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlerror.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlError class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLERROR_H
+#define TQSQLERROR_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qstring.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlError
+{
+public:
+    enum Type {
+	None,
+	Connection,
+	Statement,
+	Transaction,
+	Unknown
+    };
+    TQSqlError(  const TQString& driverText = TQString::null,
+		const TQString& databaseText = TQString::null,
+		int type = TQSqlError::None,
+		int number = -1 );
+    TQSqlError( const TQSqlError& other );
+    TQSqlError& operator=( const TQSqlError& other );
+    virtual ~TQSqlError();
+
+    TQString	driverText() const;
+    virtual void setDriverText( const TQString& driverText );
+    TQString	databaseText() const;
+    virtual void setDatabaseText( const TQString& databaseText );
+    int		type() const;
+    virtual void setType( int type );
+    int		number() const;
+    virtual void setNumber( int number );
+    TQString 	text() const;
+    void 	showMessage( const TQString& msg = TQString::null ) const;
+    
+private:
+    TQString	driverError;
+    TQString	databaseError;
+    int		errorType;
+    int	errorNumber;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlextension_p.cpp b/src/sql/qsqlextension_p.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21a6d2104
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlextension_p.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of the TQSqlExtension class
+**
+** Created : 2002-06-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqlextension_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+TQSqlExtension::TQSqlExtension()
+    : bindm( BindByPosition ), bindCount( 0 )
+{
+}
+
+TQSqlExtension::~TQSqlExtension()
+{
+}
+
+bool TQSqlExtension::prepare( const TQString& /*query*/ )
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+bool TQSqlExtension::exec()
+{
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+void TQSqlExtension::bindValue( const TQString& placeholder, const TQVariant& val, TQSql::ParameterType tp )
+{
+    bindm = BindByName;
+    // if the index has already been set when doing emulated named
+    // bindings - don't reset it
+    if ( index.contains( (int)values.count() ) ) {
+	index[ (int)values.count() ] = placeholder;
+    }
+    values[ placeholder ] = Param( val, tp );
+}
+
+void TQSqlExtension::bindValue( int pos, const TQVariant& val, TQSql::ParameterType tp )
+{
+    bindm = BindByPosition;
+    index[ pos ] = TQString::number( pos );
+    TQString nm = TQString::number( pos );
+    values[ nm ] = Param( val, tp );
+}
+
+void TQSqlExtension::addBindValue( const TQVariant& val, TQSql::ParameterType tp )
+{
+    bindm = BindByPosition;
+    bindValue( bindCount++, val, tp );
+}
+
+void TQSqlExtension::clearValues()
+{
+    values.clear();
+    bindCount = 0;
+}
+
+void TQSqlExtension::resetBindCount()
+{
+    bindCount = 0;
+}
+
+void TQSqlExtension::clearIndex()
+{
+    index.clear();
+    holders.clear();
+}
+
+void TQSqlExtension::clear()
+{
+    clearValues();
+    clearIndex();
+}
+
+TQVariant TQSqlExtension::parameterValue( const TQString& holder )
+{
+    return values[ holder ].value;
+}
+
+TQVariant TQSqlExtension::parameterValue( int pos )
+{
+    return values[ index[ pos ] ].value;
+}
+
+TQVariant TQSqlExtension::boundValue( const TQString& holder ) const
+{
+    return values[ holder ].value;
+}
+
+TQVariant TQSqlExtension::boundValue( int pos ) const
+{
+    return values[ index[ pos ] ].value;
+}
+
+TQMap<TQString, TQVariant> TQSqlExtension::boundValues() const
+{
+    TQMap<TQString, Param>::ConstIterator it;
+    TQMap<TQString, TQVariant> m;
+    if ( bindm == BindByName ) {
+	for ( it = values.begin(); it != values.end(); ++it )
+	    m.insert( it.key(), it.data().value );
+    } else {
+	TQString key, tmp, fmt;
+	fmt.sprintf( "%%0%dd", TQString::number( values.count()-1 ).length() );
+	for ( it = values.begin(); it != values.end(); ++it ) {
+	    tmp.sprintf( fmt.ascii(), it.key().toInt() );
+	    m.insert( tmp, it.data().value );
+	}
+    }
+    return m;
+}
+
+TQSqlExtension::BindMethod TQSqlExtension::bindMethod()
+{
+    return bindm;
+}
+
+TQSqlDriverExtension::TQSqlDriverExtension()
+{
+}
+
+TQSqlDriverExtension::~TQSqlDriverExtension()
+{
+}
+
+TQSqlOpenExtension::TQSqlOpenExtension()
+{
+}
+
+TQSqlOpenExtension::~TQSqlOpenExtension()
+{
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlextension_p.h b/src/sql/qsqlextension_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8b1a2c53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlextension_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of the TQSqlExtension class
+**
+** Created : 2002-06-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLEXTENSION_P_H
+#define TQSQLEXTENSION_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the TQt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of other TQt classes.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qmap.h"
+#include "qvaluevector.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qvariant.h"
+#include "qsql.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#define TQM_TEMPLATE_EXTERN_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#define TQM_TEMPLATE_EXTERN_SQL Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN
+#endif
+
+struct Param {
+    Param( const TQVariant& v = TQVariant(), TQSql::ParameterType t = TQSql::In ): value( v ), typ( t ) {}
+    TQVariant value;
+    TQSql::ParameterType typ;
+    Q_DUMMY_COMPARISON_OPERATOR(Param)
+};
+
+struct Holder {
+    Holder( const TQString& hldr = TQString::null, int pos = -1 ): holderName( hldr ), holderPos( pos ) {}
+    bool operator==( const Holder& h ) const { return h.holderPos == holderPos && h.holderName == holderName; }
+    bool operator!=( const Holder& h ) const { return h.holderPos != holderPos || h.holderName != holderName; }
+    TQString holderName;
+    int	    holderPos;
+};
+
+#define Q_DEFINED_QSQLEXTENSION
+#include "qwinexport.h"
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlExtension {
+public:
+    TQSqlExtension();
+    virtual ~TQSqlExtension();
+    virtual bool prepare( const TQString& query );
+    virtual bool exec();
+    virtual void bindValue( const TQString& holder, const TQVariant& value, TQSql::ParameterType = TQSql::In );
+    virtual void bindValue( int pos, const TQVariant& value, TQSql::ParameterType = TQSql::In );
+    virtual void addBindValue( const TQVariant& value, TQSql::ParameterType = TQSql::In );
+    virtual TQVariant parameterValue( const TQString& holder );
+    virtual TQVariant parameterValue( int pos );
+    TQVariant boundValue( const TQString& holder ) const;
+    TQVariant boundValue( int pos ) const;
+    TQMap<TQString, TQVariant> boundValues() const;
+    void clear();
+    void clearValues();
+    void clearIndex();
+    void resetBindCount();
+
+    enum BindMethod { BindByPosition, BindByName };
+    BindMethod bindMethod(); // ### 4.0: make this const
+    BindMethod bindm;
+    int bindCount;
+
+    TQMap<int, TQString> index;
+    typedef TQMap<TQString, Param> ValueMap;
+    ValueMap values;
+
+    // convenience container for TQSqlQuery
+    // to map holders <-> positions
+    typedef TQValueVector<Holder> HolderVector;
+    HolderVector holders;
+};
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlDriverExtension
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlDriverExtension();
+    virtual ~TQSqlDriverExtension();
+    virtual bool isOpen() const = 0;
+};
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlOpenExtension
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlOpenExtension();
+    virtual ~TQSqlOpenExtension();
+    virtual bool open( const TQString& db,
+		       const TQString& user,
+		       const TQString& password,
+		       const TQString& host,
+		       int port,
+		       const TQString& connOpts ) = 0;
+};
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlfield.cpp b/src/sql/qsqlfield.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b197b797e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlfield.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,563 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQSqlField class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqlfield.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSqlField qsqlfield.h
+    \brief The TQSqlField class manipulates the fields in SQL database tables
+    and views.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \module sql
+
+    TQSqlField represents the characteristics of a single column in a
+    database table or view, such as the data type and column name. A
+    field also contains the value of the database column, which can be
+    viewed or changed.
+
+    Field data values are stored as TQVariants. Using an incompatible
+    type is not permitted. For example:
+
+    \code
+    TQSqlField f( "myfield", TQVariant::Int );
+    f.setValue( TQPixmap() );  // will not work
+    \endcode
+
+    However, the field will attempt to cast certain data types to the
+    field data type where possible:
+
+    \code
+    TQSqlField f( "myfield", TQVariant::Int );
+    f.setValue( TQString("123") ); // casts TQString to int
+    \endcode
+
+    TQSqlField objects are rarely created explicitly in application
+    code. They are usually accessed indirectly through \l TQSqlRecord
+    or \l TQSqlCursor which already contain a list of fields. For
+    example:
+
+    \code
+    TQSqlCursor cur( "Employee" );        // create cursor using the 'Employee' table
+    TQSqlField* f = cur.field( "name" );  // use the 'name' field
+    f->setValue( "Dave" );               // set field value
+    ...
+    \endcode
+
+    In practice we rarely need to extract a pointer to a field at all.
+    The previous example would normally be written:
+
+    \code
+    TQSqlCursor cur( "Employee" );
+    cur.setValue( "name", "Dave" );
+    ...
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an empty field called \a fieldName of type \a type.
+*/
+
+TQSqlField::TQSqlField( const TQString& fieldName, TQVariant::Type type )
+    : nm(fieldName), ro(FALSE), nul(FALSE)
+{
+    d = new TQSqlFieldPrivate();
+    d->type = type;
+    val.cast( type );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a copy of \a other.
+*/
+
+TQSqlField::TQSqlField( const TQSqlField& other )
+    : nm( other.nm ), val( other.val ), ro( other.ro ), nul( other.nul )
+{
+    d = new TQSqlFieldPrivate();
+    d->type = other.d->type;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the field equal to \a other.
+*/
+
+TQSqlField& TQSqlField::operator=( const TQSqlField& other )
+{
+    nm = other.nm;
+    val = other.val;
+    ro = other.ro;
+    nul = other.nul;
+    d->type = other.d->type;
+    return *this;    
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the field is equal to \a other; otherwise returns
+    FALSE. Fields are considered equal when the following field
+    properties are the same:
+
+    \list
+    \i \c name()
+    \i \c isNull()
+    \i \c value()
+    \i \c isReadOnly()
+    \endlist
+
+*/
+bool TQSqlField::operator==(const TQSqlField& other) const
+{
+    return ( nm == other.nm &&
+	     val == other.val &&
+	     ro == other.ro &&
+	     nul == other.nul &&
+	     d->type == other.d->type );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+TQSqlField::~TQSqlField()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQVariant TQSqlField::value() const
+
+    Returns the value of the field as a TQVariant.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Sets the value of the field to \a value. If the field is read-only
+    (isReadOnly() returns TRUE), nothing happens. If the data type of
+    \a value differs from the field's current data type, an attempt is
+    made to cast it to the proper type. This preserves the data type
+    of the field in the case of assignment, e.g. a TQString to an
+    integer data type. For example:
+
+    \code
+    TQSqlCursor cur( "Employee" );                 // 'Employee' table
+    TQSqlField* f = cur.field( "student_count" );  // an integer field
+    ...
+    f->setValue( myLineEdit->text() );		  // cast the line edit text to an integer
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa isReadOnly()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlField::setValue( const TQVariant& value )
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() )
+	return;
+    if ( value.type() != d->type ) {
+	if ( !val.canCast( d->type ) )
+	     qWarning("TQSqlField::setValue: %s cannot cast from %s to %s",
+		      nm.local8Bit().data(), value.typeName(), TQVariant::typeToName( d->type ) );
+    }
+    val = value;
+
+    if ( value.isNull() )
+	nul = TRUE;
+    else
+	nul = val.type() == TQVariant::Invalid;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Clears the value of the field. If the field is read-only, nothing
+    happens. If \a nullify is TRUE (the default), the field is set to
+    NULL.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlField::clear( bool nullify )
+{
+    if ( isReadOnly() )
+	return;
+    TQVariant v;
+    v.cast( type() );
+    val = v;
+    if ( nullify )
+	nul = TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQSqlField::setName( const TQString& name )
+
+    Sets the name of the field to \a name.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlField::setName( const TQString& name )
+{
+    nm = name;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQSqlField::setNull()
+
+    Sets the field to NULL and clears the value using clear(). If the
+    field is read-only, nothing happens.
+
+    \sa isReadOnly() clear()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlField::setNull()
+{
+    clear( TRUE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn void TQSqlField::setReadOnly( bool readOnly )
+
+    Sets the read only flag of the field's value to \a readOnly.
+
+    \sa setValue()
+*/
+void TQSqlField::setReadOnly( bool readOnly )
+{
+    ro = readOnly;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQString TQSqlField::name() const
+
+    Returns the name of the field.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQVariant::Type TQSqlField::type() const
+
+    Returns the field's type as stored in the database.
+    Note that the actual value might have a different type,
+    Numerical values that are too large to store in a long
+    int or double are usually stored as strings to prevent
+    precision loss.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool TQSqlField::isReadOnly() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the field's value is read only; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool TQSqlField::isNull() const
+
+    Returns TRUE if the field is currently NULL; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+*/
+
+
+/******************************************/
+/*******     TQSqlFieldInfo Impl      ******/
+/******************************************/
+
+struct TQSqlFieldInfoPrivate
+{
+    int retquired, len, prec, typeID;
+    uint generated: 1;
+    uint trim: 1;
+    uint calculated: 1;
+    TQString name;
+    TQString typeName;
+    TQVariant::Type typ;
+    TQVariant defValue;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSqlFieldInfo qsqlfield.h
+    \brief The TQSqlFieldInfo class stores meta data associated with a SQL field.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \module sql
+
+    TQSqlFieldInfo objects only store meta data; field values are
+    stored in TQSqlField objects.
+
+    All values must be set in the constructor, and may be retrieved
+    using isRetquired(), type(), length(), precision(), defaultValue(),
+    name(), isGenerated() and typeID().
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a TQSqlFieldInfo with the following parameters:
+    \table
+    \row \i \a name  \i the name of the field.
+    \row \i \a typ   \i the field's type in a TQVariant.
+    \row \i \a retquired  \i greater than 0 if the field is retquired, 0
+    if its value can be NULL and less than 0 if it cannot be
+    determined whether the field is retquired or not.
+    \row \i \a len  \i the length of the field. Note that for
+    non-character types some databases return either the length in
+    bytes or the number of digits. -1 signifies that the length cannot
+    be determined.
+    \row \i \a prec  \i the precision of the field, or -1 if the field
+    has no precision or it cannot be determined.
+    \row \i \a defValue  \i the default value that is inserted into
+    the table if none is specified by the user. TQVariant() if there is
+    no default value or it cannot be determined.
+    \row \i \a typeID  \i the internal typeID of the database system
+    (only useful for low-level programming). 0 if unknown.
+    \row \i \a generated  \i TRUE indicates that this field should be
+    included in auto-generated SQL statments, e.g. in TQSqlCursor.
+    \row \i \a trim  \i TRUE indicates that widgets should remove
+    trailing whitespace from character fields. This does not affect
+    the field value but only its representation inside widgets.
+    \row \i \a calculated  \i TRUE indicates that the value of this
+    field is calculated. The value of calculated fields can by
+    modified by subclassing TQSqlCursor and overriding
+    TQSqlCursor::calculateField().
+    \endtable
+*/
+TQSqlFieldInfo::TQSqlFieldInfo( const TQString& name,
+		   TQVariant::Type typ,
+		   int retquired,
+		   int len,
+		   int prec,
+		   const TQVariant& defValue,
+		   int typeID,
+		   bool generated,
+		   bool trim,
+		   bool calculated )
+{
+    d = new TQSqlFieldInfoPrivate();
+    d->name = name;
+    d->typ = typ;
+    d->retquired = retquired;
+    d->len = len;
+    d->prec = prec;
+    d->defValue = defValue;
+    d->typeID = typeID;
+    d->generated = generated;
+    d->trim = trim;
+    d->calculated = calculated;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a copy of \a other.
+*/
+TQSqlFieldInfo::TQSqlFieldInfo( const TQSqlFieldInfo & other )
+{
+    d = new TQSqlFieldInfoPrivate( *(other.d) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Creates a TQSqlFieldInfo object with the type and the name of the
+    TQSqlField \a other. If \a generated is TRUE this field will be
+    included in auto-generated SQL statments, e.g. in TQSqlCursor.
+*/
+TQSqlFieldInfo::TQSqlFieldInfo( const TQSqlField & other, bool generated )
+{
+    d = new TQSqlFieldInfoPrivate();
+    d->name = other.name();
+    d->typ = other.type();
+    d->retquired = -1;
+    d->len = -1;
+    d->prec = -1;
+    d->typeID = 0;
+    d->generated = generated;
+    d->trim = FALSE;
+    d->calculated = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+TQSqlFieldInfo::~TQSqlFieldInfo()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Assigns \a other to this field info and returns a reference to it.
+*/
+TQSqlFieldInfo& TQSqlFieldInfo::operator=( const TQSqlFieldInfo& other )
+{
+    delete d;
+    d = new TQSqlFieldInfoPrivate( *(other.d) );
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if this fieldinfo is equal to \a f; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+
+    Two field infos are considered equal if all their attributes
+    match.
+*/
+bool TQSqlFieldInfo::operator==( const TQSqlFieldInfo& f ) const
+{
+    return ( d->name == f.d->name &&
+		d->typ == f.d->typ &&
+		d->retquired == f.d->retquired &&
+		d->len == f.d->len &&
+		d->prec == f.d->prec &&
+		d->defValue == f.d->defValue &&
+		d->typeID == f.d->typeID &&
+		d->generated == f.d->generated &&
+		d->trim == f.d->trim &&
+		d->calculated == f.d->calculated );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns an empty TQSqlField based on the information in this
+    TQSqlFieldInfo.
+*/
+TQSqlField TQSqlFieldInfo::toField() const
+{ return TQSqlField( d->name, d->typ ); }
+
+/*!
+    Returns a value greater than 0 if the field is retquired (NULL
+    values are not allowed), 0 if it isn't retquired (NULL values are
+    allowed) or less than 0 if it cannot be determined whether the
+    field is retquired or not.
+*/
+int TQSqlFieldInfo::isRetquired() const
+{ return d->retquired; }
+
+/*!
+    Returns the field's type or TQVariant::Invalid if the type is
+    unknown.
+*/
+TQVariant::Type TQSqlFieldInfo::type() const
+{ return d->typ; }
+
+/*!
+    Returns the field's length. For fields storing text the return
+    value is the maximum number of characters the field can hold. For
+    non-character fields some database systems return the number of
+    bytes needed or the number of digits allowed. If the length cannot
+    be determined -1 is returned.
+*/
+int TQSqlFieldInfo::length() const
+{ return d->len; }
+
+/*!
+    Returns the field's precision or -1 if the field has no precision
+    or it cannot be determined.
+*/
+int TQSqlFieldInfo::precision() const
+{ return d->prec; }
+
+/*!
+    Returns the field's default value or an empty TQVariant if the
+    field has no default value or the value couldn't be determined.
+    The default value is the value inserted in the database when it
+    is not explicitly specified by the user.
+*/
+TQVariant TQSqlFieldInfo::defaultValue() const
+{ return d->defValue; }
+
+/*!
+    Returns the name of the field in the SQL table.
+*/
+TQString TQSqlFieldInfo::name() const
+{ return d->name; }
+
+/*!
+    Returns the internal type identifier as returned from the database
+    system. The return value is 0 if the type is unknown.
+
+    \warning This information is only useful for low-level database
+    programming and is \e not database independent.
+*/
+int TQSqlFieldInfo::typeID() const
+{ return d->typeID; }
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the field should be included in auto-generated
+    SQL statments, e.g. in TQSqlCursor; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setGenerated()
+*/
+bool TQSqlFieldInfo::isGenerated() const
+{ return d->generated; }
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if trailing whitespace should be removed from
+    character fields; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setTrim()
+*/
+bool TQSqlFieldInfo::isTrim() const
+{ return d->trim; }
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the field is calculated; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setCalculated()
+*/
+bool TQSqlFieldInfo::isCalculated() const
+{ return d->calculated; }
+
+/*!
+    If \a trim is TRUE widgets should remove trailing whitespace from
+    character fields. This does not affect the field value but only
+    its representation inside widgets.
+
+    \sa isTrim()
+*/
+void TQSqlFieldInfo::setTrim( bool trim )
+{ d->trim = trim; }
+
+/*!
+    \a gen set to FALSE indicates that this field should not appear
+    in auto-generated SQL statements (for example in TQSqlCursor).
+
+    \sa isGenerated()
+*/
+void TQSqlFieldInfo::setGenerated( bool gen )
+{ d->generated = gen; }
+
+/*!
+    \a calc set to TRUE indicates that this field is a calculated
+    field. The value of calculated fields can by modified by subclassing
+    TQSqlCursor and overriding TQSqlCursor::calculateField().
+
+    \sa isCalculated()
+*/
+void TQSqlFieldInfo::setCalculated( bool calc )
+{ d->calculated = calc; }
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlfield.h b/src/sql/qsqlfield.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4811fbad9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlfield.h
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlField class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLFIELD_H
+#define TQSQLFIELD_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qvariant.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+class TQSqlFieldPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQVariant::Type type;
+};
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlField
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlField( const TQString& fieldName = TQString::null, TQVariant::Type type = TQVariant::Invalid );
+    TQSqlField( const TQSqlField& other );
+    TQSqlField& operator=( const TQSqlField& other );
+    bool operator==(const TQSqlField& other) const;
+    virtual ~TQSqlField();
+
+    virtual void	setValue( const TQVariant& value );
+    virtual TQVariant	value() const;
+    virtual void	setName( const TQString& name );
+    TQString		name() const;
+    virtual void	setNull();
+    bool		isNull() const;
+    virtual void	setReadOnly( bool readOnly );
+    bool		isReadOnly() const;
+    void		clear( bool nullify = TRUE );
+    TQVariant::Type	type() const;
+
+private:
+    TQString       nm;
+    TQVariant      val;
+    uint          ro: 1;
+    uint          nul: 1;
+    TQSqlFieldPrivate* d;
+};
+
+inline TQVariant TQSqlField::value() const
+{ return val; }
+
+inline TQString TQSqlField::name() const
+{ return nm; }
+
+inline bool TQSqlField::isNull() const
+{ return nul; }
+
+inline bool TQSqlField::isReadOnly() const
+{ return ro; }
+
+inline TQVariant::Type TQSqlField::type() const
+{ return d->type; }
+
+
+/******************************************/
+/*******     TQSqlFieldInfo Class     ******/
+/******************************************/
+
+struct TQSqlFieldInfoPrivate;
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlFieldInfo
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlFieldInfo( const TQString& name = TQString::null,
+		   TQVariant::Type typ = TQVariant::Invalid,
+		   int retquired = -1,
+		   int len = -1,
+		   int prec = -1,
+		   const TQVariant& defValue = TQVariant(),
+		   int sqlType = 0,
+		   bool generated = TRUE,
+		   bool trim = FALSE,
+		   bool calculated = FALSE );
+    TQSqlFieldInfo( const TQSqlFieldInfo & other );
+    TQSqlFieldInfo( const TQSqlField & other, bool generated = TRUE );
+    virtual ~TQSqlFieldInfo();
+    TQSqlFieldInfo& operator=( const TQSqlFieldInfo& other );
+    bool operator==( const TQSqlFieldInfo& f ) const;
+
+    TQSqlField		toField() const;
+    int			isRetquired() const;
+    TQVariant::Type	type() const;
+    int			length() const;
+    int			precision() const;
+    TQVariant		defaultValue() const;
+    TQString		name() const;
+    int			typeID() const;
+    bool		isGenerated() const;
+    bool		isTrim() const;
+    bool		isCalculated() const;
+
+    virtual void	setTrim( bool trim );
+    virtual void	setGenerated( bool gen );
+    virtual void	setCalculated( bool calc );
+
+private:
+    TQSqlFieldInfoPrivate* d;
+};
+
+
+#endif	// QT_NO_SQL
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlform.cpp b/src/sql/qsqlform.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..726597442
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlform.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQSqlForm class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqlform.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL_FORM
+
+#include "qsqlfield.h"
+#include "qsqlpropertymap.h"
+#include "qsqlrecord.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qdict.h"
+
+class TQSqlFormPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlFormPrivate() : propertyMap( 0 ), buf( 0 ), dirty( FALSE ) {}
+    ~TQSqlFormPrivate() { if ( propertyMap ) delete propertyMap; }
+    TQStringList fld;
+    TQDict<TQWidget> wgt;
+    TQMap< TQWidget *, TQSqlField * > map;
+    TQSqlPropertyMap * propertyMap;
+    TQSqlRecord* buf;
+    bool dirty;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSqlForm
+    \brief The TQSqlForm class creates and manages data entry forms
+    tied to SQL databases.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \mainclass
+    \module sql
+
+    Typical use of a TQSqlForm consists of the following steps:
+    \list
+    \i Create the widgets you want to appear in the form.
+    \i Create a cursor and navigate to the record to be edited.
+    \i Create the TQSqlForm.
+    \i Set the form's record buffer to the cursor's update buffer.
+    \i Insert each widget and the field it is to edit into the form.
+    \i Use readFields() to update the editor widgets with values from
+    the database's fields.
+    \i Display the form and let the user edit values etc.
+    \i Use writeFields() to update the database's field values with
+    the values in the editor widgets.
+    \endlist
+
+    Note that a TQSqlForm does not access the database directly, but
+    most often via TQSqlFields which are part of a TQSqlCursor. A
+    TQSqlCursor::insert(), TQSqlCursor::update() or TQSqlCursor::del()
+    call is needed to actually write values to the database.
+
+    Some sample code to initialize a form successfully:
+
+    \code
+    TQLineEdit  myEditor( this );
+    TQSqlForm   myForm( this );
+    TQSqlCursor myCursor( "mytable" );
+
+    // Execute a query to make the cursor valid
+    myCursor.select();
+    // Move the cursor to a valid record (the first record)
+    myCursor.next();
+    // Set the form's record pointer to the cursor's edit buffer (which
+    // contains the current record's values)
+    myForm.setRecord( myCursor.primeUpdate() );
+
+    // Insert a field into the form that uses myEditor to edit the
+    // field 'somefield' in 'mytable'
+    myForm.insert( &myEditor, "somefield" );
+
+    // Update myEditor with the value from the mapped database field
+    myForm.readFields();
+    ...
+    // Let the user edit the form
+    ...
+    // Update the database
+    myForm.writeFields();  // Update the cursor's edit buffer from the form
+    myCursor.update();	// Update the database from the cursor's buffer
+    \endcode
+
+    If you want to use custom editors for displaying and editing data
+    fields, you must install a custom TQSqlPropertyMap. The form
+    uses this object to get or set the value of a widget.
+
+    Note that \link designer-manual.book TQt Designer\endlink provides
+    a visual means of creating data-aware forms.
+
+    \sa installPropertyMap(), TQSqlPropertyMap
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a TQSqlForm with parent \a parent and called \a name.
+*/
+TQSqlForm::TQSqlForm( TQObject * parent, const char * name )
+    : TQObject( parent, name )
+{
+    d = new TQSqlFormPrivate();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+TQSqlForm::~TQSqlForm()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Installs a custom TQSqlPropertyMap. This is useful if you plan to
+    create your own custom editor widgets.
+
+    TQSqlForm takes ownership of \a pmap, so \a pmap is deleted when
+    TQSqlForm goes out of scope.
+
+    \sa TQDataTable::installEditorFactory()
+*/
+void TQSqlForm::installPropertyMap( TQSqlPropertyMap * pmap )
+{
+    if( d->propertyMap )
+	delete d->propertyMap;
+    d->propertyMap = pmap;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets \a buf as the record buffer for the form. To force the
+    display of the data from \a buf, use readFields().
+
+    \sa readFields() writeFields()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlForm::setRecord( TQSqlRecord* buf )
+{
+    d->dirty = TRUE;
+    d->buf = buf;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Inserts a \a widget, and the name of the \a field it is to be
+    mapped to, into the form. To actually associate inserted widgets
+    with an edit buffer, use setRecord().
+
+    \sa setRecord()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlForm::insert( TQWidget * widget, const TQString& field )
+{
+    d->dirty = TRUE;
+    d->wgt.insert( field, widget );
+    d->fld += field;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Removes \a field from the form.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlForm::remove( const TQString& field )
+{
+    d->dirty = TRUE;
+    if ( d->fld.find( field ) != d->fld.end() )
+	d->fld.remove( d->fld.find( field ) );
+    d->wgt.remove( field );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Inserts a \a widget, and the \a field it is to be mapped to, into
+    the form.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlForm::insert( TQWidget * widget, TQSqlField * field )
+{
+    d->map[widget] = field;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes a \a widget, and hence the field it's mapped to, from the
+    form.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlForm::remove( TQWidget * widget )
+{
+    d->map.remove( widget );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Clears the values in all the widgets, and the fields they are
+    mapped to, in the form. If \a nullify is TRUE (the default is
+    FALSE), each field is also set to NULL.
+*/
+void TQSqlForm::clearValues( bool nullify )
+{
+    TQMap< TQWidget *, TQSqlField * >::Iterator it;
+    for( it = d->map.begin(); it != d->map.end(); ++it ){
+	TQSqlField* f = (*it);
+	if ( f )
+	    f->clear( nullify );
+    }
+    readFields();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes every widget, and the fields they're mapped to, from the form.
+*/
+void TQSqlForm::clear()
+{
+    d->dirty = TRUE;
+    d->fld.clear();
+    clearMap();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of widgets in the form.
+*/
+uint TQSqlForm::count() const
+{
+    return (uint)d->map.count();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the \a{i}-th widget in the form. Useful for traversing
+    the widgets in the form.
+*/
+TQWidget * TQSqlForm::widget( uint i ) const
+{
+    TQMap< TQWidget *, TQSqlField * >::ConstIterator it;
+    uint cnt = 0;
+
+    if( i > d->map.count() ) return 0;
+    for( it = d->map.begin(); it != d->map.end(); ++it ){
+	if( cnt++ == i )
+	    return it.key();
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the widget that field \a field is mapped to.
+*/
+TQWidget * TQSqlForm::fieldToWidget( TQSqlField * field ) const
+{
+    TQMap< TQWidget *, TQSqlField * >::ConstIterator it;
+    for( it = d->map.begin(); it != d->map.end(); ++it ){
+	if( *it == field )
+	    return it.key();
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the SQL field that widget \a widget is mapped to.
+*/
+TQSqlField * TQSqlForm::widgetToField( TQWidget * widget ) const
+{
+    if( d->map.contains( widget ) )
+	return d->map[widget];
+    else
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Updates the widgets in the form with current values from the SQL
+    fields they are mapped to.
+*/
+void TQSqlForm::readFields()
+{
+    sync();
+    TQSqlField * f;
+    TQMap< TQWidget *, TQSqlField * >::Iterator it;
+    TQSqlPropertyMap * pmap = (d->propertyMap == 0) ?
+			     TQSqlPropertyMap::defaultMap() : d->propertyMap;
+    for(it = d->map.begin() ; it != d->map.end(); ++it ){
+	f = widgetToField( it.key() );
+	if( !f )
+	    continue;
+	pmap->setProperty( it.key(), f->value() );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Updates the SQL fields with values from the widgets they are
+    mapped to. To actually update the database with the contents of
+    the record buffer, use TQSqlCursor::insert(), TQSqlCursor::update()
+    or TQSqlCursor::del() as appropriate.
+*/
+void TQSqlForm::writeFields()
+{
+    sync();
+    TQSqlField * f;
+    TQMap< TQWidget *, TQSqlField * >::Iterator it;
+    TQSqlPropertyMap * pmap = (d->propertyMap == 0) ?
+			     TQSqlPropertyMap::defaultMap() : d->propertyMap;
+
+    for(it = d->map.begin() ; it != d->map.end(); ++it ){
+	f = widgetToField( it.key() );
+	if( !f )
+	    continue;
+	f->setValue( pmap->property( it.key() ) );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Updates the widget \a widget with the value from the SQL field it
+    is mapped to. Nothing happens if no SQL field is mapped to the \a
+    widget.
+*/
+void TQSqlForm::readField( TQWidget * widget )
+{
+    sync();
+    TQSqlField * field = 0;
+    TQSqlPropertyMap * pmap = (d->propertyMap == 0) ?
+			     TQSqlPropertyMap::defaultMap() : d->propertyMap;
+    field = widgetToField( widget );
+    if( field )
+	pmap->setProperty( widget, field->value() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Updates the SQL field with the value from the \a widget it is
+    mapped to. Nothing happens if no SQL field is mapped to the \a
+    widget.
+*/
+void TQSqlForm::writeField( TQWidget * widget )
+{
+    sync();
+    TQSqlField * field = 0;
+    TQSqlPropertyMap * pmap = (d->propertyMap == 0) ?
+			     TQSqlPropertyMap::defaultMap() : d->propertyMap;
+    field = widgetToField( widget );
+    if( field )
+	field->setValue( pmap->property( widget ) );
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+
+void TQSqlForm::sync()
+{
+    if ( d->dirty ) {
+	clearMap();
+	if ( d->buf ) {
+	    for ( uint i = 0; i < d->fld.count(); ++i )
+		insert( d->wgt[ d->fld[ i ] ], d->buf->field( d->fld[ i ] ) );
+	}
+    }
+    d->dirty = FALSE;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Clears the internal map of widget/field associations
+*/
+
+void TQSqlForm::clearMap()
+{
+    d->map.clear();
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlform.h b/src/sql/qsqlform.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b13816fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlform.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlForm class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLFORM_H
+#define TQSQLFORM_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qmap.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL_FORM
+
+class TQSqlField;
+class TQSqlRecord;
+class TQSqlEditorFactory;
+class TQSqlPropertyMap;
+class TQWidget;
+class TQSqlFormPrivate;
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlForm : public TQObject
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    TQSqlForm( TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 );
+    ~TQSqlForm();
+
+    virtual void insert( TQWidget * widget, const TQString& field );
+    virtual void remove( const TQString& field );
+    uint         count() const;
+
+    TQWidget *   widget( uint i ) const;
+    TQSqlField * widgetToField( TQWidget * widget ) const;
+    TQWidget *   fieldToWidget( TQSqlField * field ) const;
+
+    void        installPropertyMap( TQSqlPropertyMap * map );
+
+    virtual void setRecord( TQSqlRecord* buf );
+
+public slots:
+    virtual void readField( TQWidget * widget );
+    virtual void writeField( TQWidget * widget );
+    virtual void readFields();
+    virtual void writeFields();
+
+    virtual void clear();
+    virtual void clearValues( bool nullify = FALSE );
+
+protected:
+    virtual void insert( TQWidget * widget, TQSqlField * field );
+    virtual void remove( TQWidget * widget );
+    void clearMap();
+
+private:
+    virtual void sync();
+    TQSqlFormPrivate* d;
+
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY) // Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+    TQSqlForm( const TQSqlForm & );
+    TQSqlForm &operator=( const TQSqlForm & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
+#endif // TQSQLFORM_H
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlindex.cpp b/src/sql/qsqlindex.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..251e9ef28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlindex.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQSqlIndex class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqlindex.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+#include "qsqlcursor.h"
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSqlIndex qsqlindex.h
+    \brief The TQSqlIndex class provides functions to manipulate and
+    describe TQSqlCursor and TQSqlDatabase indexes.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \module sql
+
+    This class is used to describe and manipulate TQSqlCursor and
+    TQSqlDatabase indexes. An index refers to a single table or view
+    in a database. Information about the fields that comprise the
+    index can be used to generate SQL statements, or to affect the
+    behavior of a \l TQSqlCursor object.
+
+    Normally, TQSqlIndex objects are created by \l TQSqlDatabase or
+    TQSqlCursor.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an empty index using the cursor name \a cursorname and
+    index name \a name.
+*/
+
+TQSqlIndex::TQSqlIndex( const TQString& cursorname, const TQString& name )
+    : TQSqlRecord(), cursor(cursorname), nm(name)
+{
+
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a copy of \a other.
+*/
+
+TQSqlIndex::TQSqlIndex( const TQSqlIndex& other )
+    : TQSqlRecord(other), cursor(other.cursor), nm(other.nm), sorts(other.sorts)
+{
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the index equal to \a other.
+*/
+
+TQSqlIndex& TQSqlIndex::operator=( const TQSqlIndex& other )
+{
+    cursor = other.cursor;
+    nm = other.nm;
+    sorts = other.sorts;
+    TQSqlRecord::operator=( other );
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+TQSqlIndex::~TQSqlIndex()
+{
+
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the name of the index to \a name.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlIndex::setName( const TQString& name )
+{
+    nm = name;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQString TQSqlIndex::name() const
+
+    Returns the name of the index.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Appends the field \a field to the list of indexed fields. The
+    field is appended with an ascending sort order.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlIndex::append( const TQSqlField& field )
+{
+    append( field, FALSE );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Appends the field \a field to the list of indexed fields. The
+    field is appended with an ascending sort order, unless \a desc is
+    TRUE.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlIndex::append( const TQSqlField& field, bool desc )
+{
+    sorts.append( desc );
+    TQSqlRecord::append( field );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if field \a i in the index is sorted in descending
+    order; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlIndex::isDescending( int i ) const
+{
+    if ( sorts.at( i ) != sorts.end() )
+	return sorts[i];
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    If \a desc is TRUE, field \a i is sorted in descending order.
+    Otherwise, field \a i is sorted in ascending order (the default).
+    If the field does not exist, nothing happens.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlIndex::setDescending( int i, bool desc )
+{
+    if ( sorts.at( i ) != sorts.end() )
+	sorts[i] = desc;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+
+    Returns a comma-separated list of all the index's field names as a
+    string. This string is suitable, for example, for generating a
+    SQL SELECT statement. Only generated fields are included in the
+    list (see \l{isGenerated()}). If a \a prefix is specified, e.g. a
+    table name, it is prepended before all field names in the form:
+
+    "\a{prefix}.<fieldname>"
+
+    If \a sep is specified, each field is separated by \a sep. If \a
+    verbose is TRUE (the default), each field contains a suffix
+    indicating an ASCending or DESCending sort order.
+*/
+
+TQString TQSqlIndex::toString( const TQString& prefix, const TQString& sep, bool verbose ) const
+{
+    TQString s;
+    bool comma = FALSE;
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < count(); ++i ) {
+	if( comma )
+	    s += sep + " ";
+	s += createField( i, prefix, verbose );
+	comma = TRUE;
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \reimp
+
+    Returns a list of all the index's field names. Only generated
+    fields are included in the list (see \l{isGenerated()}). If a \a
+    prefix is specified, e.g. a table name, all fields are prefixed in
+    the form:
+
+    "\a{prefix}.<fieldname>"
+
+    If \a verbose is TRUE (the default), each field contains a suffix
+    indicating an ASCending or DESCending sort order.
+
+    Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
+    over a copy, e.g.
+    \code
+    TQStringList list = myIndex.toStringList();
+    TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
+    while( it != list.end() ) {
+	myProcessing( *it );
+	++it;
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+*/
+TQStringList TQSqlIndex::toStringList( const TQString& prefix, bool verbose ) const
+{
+    TQStringList s;
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < count(); ++i )
+	s += createField( i, prefix, verbose );
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Creates a string representing the field number \a i using prefix \a
+  prefix. If \a verbose is TRUE, ASC or DESC is included in the field
+  description if the field is sorted in ASCending or DESCending order.
+*/
+
+TQString TQSqlIndex::createField( int i, const TQString& prefix, bool verbose ) const
+{
+    TQString f;
+    if ( !prefix.isEmpty() )
+	f += prefix + ".";
+    f += field( i )->name();
+    if ( verbose )
+	f += " " + TQString( ( isDescending( i ) ? "DESC" : "ASC" ) );
+    return f;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns an index based on the field descriptions in \a l and the
+    cursor \a cursor. The field descriptions should be in the same
+    format that toStringList() produces, for example, a surname field
+    in the people table might be in one of these forms: "surname",
+    "surname DESC" or "people.surname ASC".
+
+    \sa toStringList()
+*/
+
+TQSqlIndex TQSqlIndex::fromStringList( const TQStringList& l, const TQSqlCursor* cursor )
+{
+    TQSqlIndex newSort;
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < l.count(); ++i ) {
+	TQString f = l[ i ];
+	bool desc = FALSE;
+	if ( f.mid( f.length()-3 ) == "ASC" )
+	    f = f.mid( 0, f.length()-3 );
+	if ( f.mid( f.length()-4 ) == "DESC" ) {
+	    desc = TRUE;
+	    f = f.mid( 0, f.length()-4 );
+	}
+	int dot = f.findRev( '.' );
+	if ( dot != -1 )
+	    f = f.mid( dot+1 );
+	const TQSqlField* field = cursor->field( f.simplifyWhiteSpace() );
+	if ( field )
+	    newSort.append( *field, desc );
+	else
+	    qWarning( "TQSqlIndex::fromStringList: unknown field: '%s'", f.latin1());
+    }
+    return newSort;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQString TQSqlIndex::cursorName() const
+
+    Returns the name of the cursor which the index is associated with.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Sets the name of the cursor that the index is associated with to
+    \a cursorName.
+*/
+void TQSqlIndex::setCursorName( const TQString& cursorName )
+{
+    cursor = cursorName;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlindex.h b/src/sql/qsqlindex.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9985053bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlindex.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlIndex class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLINDEX_H
+#define TQSQLINDEX_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qsqlfield.h"
+#include "qsqlrecord.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#define TQM_TEMPLATE_EXTERN_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#define TQM_TEMPLATE_EXTERN_SQL Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+class TQSqlCursor;
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlIndex : public TQSqlRecord
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlIndex( const TQString& cursorName = TQString::null, const TQString& name = TQString::null );
+    TQSqlIndex( const TQSqlIndex& other );
+    ~TQSqlIndex();
+    TQSqlIndex&       operator=( const TQSqlIndex& other );
+    virtual void     setCursorName( const TQString& cursorName );
+    TQString          cursorName() const { return cursor; }
+    virtual void     setName( const TQString& name );
+    TQString          name() const { return nm; }
+
+    void             append( const TQSqlField& field );
+    virtual void     append( const TQSqlField& field, bool desc );
+
+    bool             isDescending( int i ) const;
+    virtual void     setDescending( int i, bool desc );
+
+    TQString          toString( const TQString& prefix = TQString::null,
+			       const TQString& sep = ",",
+			       bool verbose = TRUE ) const;
+    TQStringList      toStringList( const TQString& prefix = TQString::null,
+				   bool verbose = TRUE ) const;
+
+    static TQSqlIndex fromStringList( const TQStringList& l, const TQSqlCursor* cursor );
+
+private:
+    TQString          createField( int i, const TQString& prefix, bool verbose ) const;
+    TQString          cursor;
+    TQString          nm;
+    TQValueList<bool> sorts;
+};
+
+#define Q_DEFINED_QSQLINDEX
+#include "qwinexport.h"
+#endif	// QT_NO_SQL
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlmanager_p.cpp b/src/sql/qsqlmanager_p.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..100512623
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlmanager_p.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,941 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of sql manager classes
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqlmanager_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+#include "qapplication.h"
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qsqlcursor.h"
+#include "qsqlform.h"
+#include "qsqldriver.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qmessagebox.h"
+#include "qbitarray.h"
+
+//#define QT_DEBUG_DATAMANAGER
+
+class TQSqlCursorManagerPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlCursorManagerPrivate()
+	: cur( 0 ), autoDelete( FALSE )
+    {}
+
+    TQString ftr;
+    TQStringList srt;
+    TQSqlCursor* cur;
+    bool autoDelete;
+};
+
+/*!
+  \class TQSqlCursorManager qsqlmanager_p.h
+  \brief The TQSqlCursorManager class manages a database cursor.
+
+  \module sql
+
+  \internal
+
+  This class provides common cursor management functionality.  This
+  includes saving and applying sorts and filters, refreshing (i.e.,
+  re-selecting) the cursor and searching for records within the
+  cursor.
+
+*/
+
+/*!  \internal
+
+  Constructs a cursor manager.
+
+*/
+
+TQSqlCursorManager::TQSqlCursorManager()
+{
+    d = new TQSqlCursorManagerPrivate;
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+
+*/
+
+TQSqlCursorManager::~TQSqlCursorManager()
+{
+    if ( d->autoDelete )
+	delete d->cur;
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Sets the manager's sort to the index \a sort.  To apply the new
+  sort, use refresh().
+
+ */
+
+void TQSqlCursorManager::setSort( const TQSqlIndex& sort )
+{
+    setSort( sort.toStringList() );
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Sets the manager's sort to the stringlist \a sort.  To apply the
+  new sort, use refresh().
+
+ */
+
+void TQSqlCursorManager::setSort( const TQStringList& sort )
+{
+    d->srt = sort;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns the current sort, or an empty stringlist if there is none.
+
+*/
+
+TQStringList  TQSqlCursorManager::sort() const
+{
+    return d->srt;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Sets the manager's filter to the string \a filter.  To apply the
+  new filter, use refresh().
+
+*/
+
+void TQSqlCursorManager::setFilter( const TQString& filter )
+{
+    d->ftr = filter;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns the current filter, or an empty string if there is none.
+
+*/
+
+TQString TQSqlCursorManager::filter() const
+{
+    return d->ftr;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Sets auto-delete to \a enable.  If TRUE, the default cursor will
+  be deleted when necessary.
+
+  \sa autoDelete()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlCursorManager::setAutoDelete( bool enable )
+{
+    d->autoDelete = enable;
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns TRUE if auto-deletion is enabled, otherwise FALSE.
+
+  \sa setAutoDelete()
+
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlCursorManager::autoDelete() const
+{
+    return d->autoDelete;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Sets the default cursor used by the manager to \a cursor.  If \a
+  autoDelete is TRUE (the default is FALSE), the manager takes
+  ownership of the \a cursor pointer, which will be deleted when the
+  manager is destroyed, or when setCursor() is called again. To
+  activate the \a cursor use refresh().
+
+  \sa cursor()
+
+*/
+
+void TQSqlCursorManager::setCursor( TQSqlCursor* cursor, bool autoDelete )
+{
+    if ( d->autoDelete )
+	delete d->cur;
+    d->cur = cursor;
+    d->autoDelete = autoDelete;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns a pointer to the default cursor used for navigation, or 0
+  if there is no default cursor.
+
+  \sa setCursor()
+
+*/
+
+TQSqlCursor* TQSqlCursorManager::cursor() const
+{
+    return d->cur;
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Refreshes the manager using the default cursor.  The manager's
+  filter and sort are applied.  Returns TRUE on success, FALSE if an
+  error occurred or there is no current cursor.
+
+  \sa setFilter() setSort()
+
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlCursorManager::refresh()
+{
+    TQSqlCursor* cur = cursor();
+    if ( !cur )
+	return FALSE;
+    TQString currentFilter = d->ftr;
+    TQStringList currentSort = d->srt;
+    TQSqlIndex newSort = TQSqlIndex::fromStringList( currentSort, cur );
+    return cur->select( currentFilter, newSort );
+}
+
+/* \internal
+
+   Returns TRUE if the \a buf field values that correspond to \a idx
+   match the field values in \a cur that correspond to \a idx.
+*/
+
+static bool index_matches( const TQSqlCursor* cur, const TQSqlRecord* buf,
+			   const TQSqlIndex& idx )
+{
+    bool indexEquals = FALSE;
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < idx.count(); ++i ) {
+	const TQString fn( idx.field(i)->name() );
+	if ( cur->value( fn ) == buf->value( fn ) )
+	    indexEquals = TRUE;
+	else {
+	    indexEquals = FALSE;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    return indexEquals;
+}
+
+/*
+  Return less than, equal to or greater than 0 if buf1 is less than,
+  equal to or greater than buf2 according to fields described in idx.
+  (### Currently only uses first field.)
+*/
+
+static int compare_recs( const TQSqlRecord* buf1, const TQSqlRecord* buf2,
+			 const TQSqlIndex& idx )
+{
+    int cmp = 0;
+
+    int i = 0;
+    const TQString fn( idx.field(i)->name() );
+    const TQSqlField* f1 = buf1->field( fn );
+
+    if ( f1 ) {
+	switch ( f1->type() ) { // ### more types?
+	case TQVariant::String:
+	case TQVariant::CString:
+	    cmp = f1->value().toString().simplifyWhiteSpace().compare(
+		          buf2->value(fn).toString().simplifyWhiteSpace() );
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    if ( f1->value().toDouble() < buf2->value( fn ).toDouble() )
+		cmp = -1;
+	    else if ( f1->value().toDouble() > buf2->value( fn ).toDouble() )
+		cmp = 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( idx.isDescending(i) )
+	cmp = -cmp;
+    return cmp;
+}
+
+#ifdef QT_DEBUG_DATAMANAGER
+static void debug_datamanager_buffer( const TQString& msg, TQSqlRecord* cursor )
+{
+    qDebug("+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++");
+    qDebug( "%s", msg.latin1() );
+    for ( uint j = 0; j < cursor->count(); ++j ) {
+	qDebug( "%s", (cursor->field(j)->name() + " type:"
+		       + TQString(cursor->field(j)->value().typeName())
+		       + " value:" + cursor->field(j)->value().toString())
+		       .latin1() );
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Relocates the default cursor to the record matching the cursor's
+edit buffer.  Only the field names specified by \a idx are used to
+determine an exact match of the cursor to the edit buffer. However,
+other fields in the edit buffer are also used during the search,
+therefore all fields in the edit buffer should be primed with desired
+values for the record being sought.  This function is typically used
+to relocate a cursor to the correct position after an insert or
+update.  For example:
+
+\code
+    TQSqlCursor* myCursor = myManager.cursor();
+    ...
+    TQSqlRecord* buf = myCursor->primeUpdate();
+    buf->setValue( "name", "Ola" );
+    buf->setValue( "city", "Oslo" );
+    ...
+    myCursor->update();  // update current record
+    myCursor->select();  // refresh the cursor
+    myManager.findBuffer( myCursor->primaryIndex() ); // go to the updated record
+\endcode
+
+*/
+
+//## possibly add sizeHint parameter
+bool TQSqlCursorManager::findBuffer( const TQSqlIndex& idx, int atHint )
+{
+#ifdef QT_DEBUG_DATAMANAGER
+    qDebug("TQSqlCursorManager::findBuffer:");
+#endif
+    TQSqlCursor* cur = cursor();
+    if ( !cur )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( !cur->isActive() )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( !idx.count() ) {
+	if ( cur->at() == TQSql::BeforeFirst )
+	    cur->next();
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    TQSqlRecord* buf = cur->editBuffer();
+    bool indexEquals = FALSE;
+#ifdef QT_DEBUG_DATAMANAGER
+    qDebug(" Checking hint...");
+#endif
+    /* check the hint */
+    if ( cur->seek( atHint ) )
+	indexEquals = index_matches( cur, buf, idx );
+
+    if ( !indexEquals ) {
+#ifdef QT_DEBUG_DATAMANAGER
+	qDebug(" Checking current page...");
+#endif
+	/* check current page */
+	int pageSize = 20;
+	int startIdx = TQMAX( atHint - pageSize, 0 );
+	int endIdx = atHint + pageSize;
+	for ( int j = startIdx; j <= endIdx; ++j ) {
+	    if ( cur->seek( j ) ) {
+		indexEquals = index_matches( cur, buf, idx );
+		if ( indexEquals )
+		    break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( !indexEquals && cur->driver()->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::QuerySize )
+	 && cur->sort().count() ) {
+#ifdef QT_DEBUG_DATAMANAGER
+	qDebug(" Using binary search...");
+#endif
+	// binary search based on record buffer and current sort fields
+	int lo = 0;
+	int hi = cur->size();
+	int mid;
+	if ( compare_recs( buf, cur, cur->sort() ) >= 0 )
+	    lo = cur->at();
+	while ( lo != hi ) {
+	    mid = lo + (hi - lo) / 2;
+	    if ( !cur->seek( mid ) )
+		break;
+	    if ( index_matches( cur, buf, idx ) ) {
+		indexEquals = TRUE;
+		break;
+	    }
+	    int c = compare_recs( buf, cur, cur->sort() );
+	    if ( c < 0 ) {
+		hi = mid;
+	    } else if ( c == 0 ) {
+		// found it, but there may be duplicates
+		int at = mid;
+		do {
+		    mid--;
+		    if ( !cur->seek( mid ) )
+			break;
+		    if ( index_matches( cur, buf, idx ) ) {
+			indexEquals = TRUE;
+			break;
+		    }
+		} while ( compare_recs( buf, cur, cur->sort() ) == 0 );
+
+		if ( !indexEquals ) {
+		    mid = at;
+		    do {
+			mid++;
+			if ( !cur->seek( mid ) )
+			    break;
+			if ( index_matches( cur, buf, idx ) ) {
+			    indexEquals = TRUE;
+			    break;
+			}
+		    } while ( compare_recs( buf, cur, cur->sort() ) == 0 );
+		}
+		break;
+	    } else if ( c > 0 ) {
+		lo = mid + 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if ( !indexEquals ) {
+#ifdef QT_DEBUG_DATAMANAGER
+	qDebug(" Using brute search...");
+#endif
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+	TQApplication::setOverrideCursor( TQt::waitCursor );
+#endif
+	/* give up, use brute force */
+	int startIdx = 0;
+	if ( cur->at() != startIdx ) {
+	    cur->seek( startIdx );
+	}
+	for ( ;; ) {
+	    indexEquals = FALSE;
+	    indexEquals = index_matches( cur, buf, idx );
+	    if ( indexEquals )
+		break;
+	    if ( !cur->next() )
+		break;
+	}
+#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
+	TQApplication::restoreOverrideCursor();
+#endif
+    }
+#ifdef QT_DEBUG_DATAMANAGER
+	qDebug(" Done, result:" + TQString::number( indexEquals ) );
+#endif
+    return indexEquals;
+}
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL_FORM
+
+class TQSqlFormManagerPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlFormManagerPrivate() : frm(0), rcd(0) {}
+    TQSqlForm* frm;
+    TQSqlRecord* rcd;
+};
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Creates a form manager.
+
+*/
+
+TQSqlFormManager::TQSqlFormManager()
+{
+    d = new TQSqlFormManagerPrivate();
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+
+*/
+
+TQSqlFormManager::~TQSqlFormManager()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!  \internal
+
+  Clears the default form values.  If there is no default form,
+  nothing happens,
+
+*/
+
+void TQSqlFormManager::clearValues()
+{
+    if ( form() )
+	form()->clearValues();
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Sets the form used by the form manager to \a form.  If a record has
+  already been assigned to the form manager, that record is also used by
+  the \a form to display data.
+
+  \sa form()
+
+*/
+
+void TQSqlFormManager::setForm( TQSqlForm* form )
+{
+    d->frm = form;
+    if ( d->rcd && d->frm )
+	d->frm->setRecord( d->rcd );
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns the default form used by the form manager, or 0 if there is
+  none.
+
+  \sa setForm()
+
+*/
+
+TQSqlForm* TQSqlFormManager::form()
+{
+    return d->frm;
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Sets the record used by the form manager to \a record.  If a form has
+  already been assigned to the form manager, \a record is also used by
+  the default form to display data.
+
+  \sa record()
+
+*/
+
+void TQSqlFormManager::setRecord( TQSqlRecord* record )
+{
+    d->rcd = record;
+    if ( d->frm ) {
+	d->frm->setRecord( d->rcd );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns the default record used by the form manager, or 0 if there is
+  none.
+
+  \sa setRecord()
+*/
+
+TQSqlRecord* TQSqlFormManager::record()
+{
+    return d->rcd;
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Causes the default form to read its fields .  If there is no
+  default form, nothing happens.
+
+  \sa setForm()
+
+*/
+
+void TQSqlFormManager::readFields()
+{
+    if ( d->frm ) {
+	d->frm->readFields();
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Causes the default form to write its fields .  If there is no
+  default form, nothing happens.
+
+  \sa setForm()
+
+*/
+
+void TQSqlFormManager::writeFields()
+{
+    if ( d->frm ) {
+	d->frm->writeFields();
+    }
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL_FORM
+
+class TQDataManagerPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQDataManagerPrivate()
+	: mode( TQSql::None ), autoEd( TRUE ), confEdits( 3 ),
+	  confCancs( FALSE ) {}
+    TQSql::Op mode;
+    bool autoEd;
+    TQBitArray confEdits;
+    bool confCancs;
+
+};
+
+/*!
+  \class TQDataManager qsqlmanager_p.h
+    \ingroup database
+
+  \brief The TQDataManager class is an internal class for implementing
+  the data-aware widgets.
+
+  \internal
+
+  TQDataManager is a strictly internal class that acts as a base class
+  for other data-aware widgets.
+
+*/
+
+
+/*!  \internal
+
+  Constructs an empty data handler.
+
+*/
+
+TQDataManager::TQDataManager()
+{
+    d = new TQDataManagerPrivate();
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+
+*/
+
+TQDataManager::~TQDataManager()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+
+/*!  \internal
+
+  Virtual function which is called when an error has occurred The
+  default implementation displays a warning message to the user with
+  information about the error.
+
+*/
+void TQDataManager::handleError( TQWidget* parent, const TQSqlError& e )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
+    if (e.driverText().isEmpty() && e.databaseText().isEmpty()) {
+	TQMessageBox::warning ( parent, "Warning", "An error occurred while accessing the database");
+    } else {
+	TQMessageBox::warning ( parent, "Warning", e.driverText() + "\n" + e.databaseText(),
+			   0, 0 );
+    }
+#endif // QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Sets the internal mode to \a m.
+
+*/
+
+void TQDataManager::setMode( TQSql::Op m )
+{
+    d->mode = m;
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns the current mode.
+
+*/
+
+TQSql::Op TQDataManager::mode() const
+{
+    return d->mode;
+}
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Sets the auto-edit mode to \a auto.
+
+*/
+
+void TQDataManager::setAutoEdit( bool autoEdit )
+{
+    d->autoEd = autoEdit;
+}
+
+
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns TRUE if auto-edit mode is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+*/
+
+bool TQDataManager::autoEdit() const
+{
+    return d->autoEd;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  If \a confirm is TRUE, all edit operations (inserts, updates and
+  deletes) will be confirmed by the user.  If \a confirm is FALSE (the
+  default), all edits are posted to the database immediately.
+
+*/
+void TQDataManager::setConfirmEdits( bool confirm )
+{
+    d->confEdits.fill( confirm );
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  If \a confirm is TRUE, all inserts will be confirmed by the user.
+  If \a confirm is FALSE (the default), all edits are posted to the
+  database immediately.
+
+*/
+
+void TQDataManager::setConfirmInsert( bool confirm )
+{
+    d->confEdits[ TQSql::Insert ] = confirm;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  If \a confirm is TRUE, all updates will be confirmed by the user.
+  If \a confirm is FALSE (the default), all edits are posted to the
+  database immediately.
+
+*/
+
+void TQDataManager::setConfirmUpdate( bool confirm )
+{
+    d->confEdits[ TQSql::Update ] = confirm;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  If \a confirm is TRUE, all deletes will be confirmed by the user.
+  If \a confirm is FALSE (the default), all edits are posted to the
+  database immediately.
+
+*/
+
+void TQDataManager::setConfirmDelete( bool confirm )
+{
+    d->confEdits[ TQSql::Delete ] = confirm;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns TRUE if the table confirms all edit operations (inserts,
+  updates and deletes), otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQDataManager::confirmEdits() const
+{
+    return ( confirmInsert() && confirmUpdate() && confirmDelete() );
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns TRUE if the table confirms inserts, otherwise returns
+  FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQDataManager::confirmInsert() const
+{
+    return d->confEdits[ TQSql::Insert ];
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns TRUE if the table confirms updates, otherwise returns
+  FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQDataManager::confirmUpdate() const
+{
+    return d->confEdits[ TQSql::Update ];
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns TRUE if the table confirms deletes, otherwise returns
+  FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQDataManager::confirmDelete() const
+{
+    return d->confEdits[ TQSql::Delete ];
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  If \a confirm is TRUE, all cancels will be confirmed by the user
+  through a message box.  If \a confirm is FALSE (the default), all
+  cancels occur immediately.
+*/
+
+void TQDataManager::setConfirmCancels( bool confirm )
+{
+    d->confCancs = confirm;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+
+  Returns TRUE if the table confirms cancels, otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQDataManager::confirmCancels() const
+{
+    return d->confCancs;
+}
+
+/*!  \internal
+
+  Virtual function which returns a confirmation for an edit of mode \a
+  m.  Derived classes can reimplement this function and provide their
+  own confirmation dialog.  The default implementation uses a message
+  box which prompts the user to confirm the edit action.  The dialog
+  is centered over \a parent.
+
+*/
+
+TQSql::Confirm TQDataManager::confirmEdit( TQWidget* parent, TQSql::Op m )
+{
+    int ans = 2;
+    if ( m == TQSql::Delete ) {
+#ifndef QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
+	ans = TQMessageBox::information( parent,
+					qApp->translate( "TQSql", "Delete" ),
+					qApp->translate( "TQSql", "Delete this record?" ),
+					qApp->translate( "TQSql", "Yes" ),
+					qApp->translate( "TQSql", "No" ),
+					TQString::null, 0, 1 );
+#else
+	ans = TQSql::No;
+#endif // QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
+    } else if ( m != TQSql::None ) {
+	TQString caption;
+	if ( m == TQSql::Insert ) {
+	    caption = qApp->translate( "TQSql", "Insert" );
+	} else { // TQSql::Update
+	    caption = qApp->translate( "TQSql", "Update" );
+	}
+#ifndef QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
+	ans = TQMessageBox::information( parent, caption,
+					qApp->translate( "TQSql", "Save edits?" ),
+					qApp->translate( "TQSql", "Yes" ),
+					qApp->translate( "TQSql", "No" ),
+					qApp->translate( "TQSql", "Cancel" ),
+					0, 2 );
+#else
+	ans = TQSql::No;
+#endif // QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
+    }
+
+    switch ( ans ) {
+    case 0:
+	return TQSql::Yes;
+    case 1:
+	return TQSql::No;
+    default:
+	return TQSql::Cancel;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!  \internal
+
+  Virtual function which returns a confirmation for cancelling an edit
+  mode \a m.  Derived classes can reimplement this function and
+  provide their own confirmation dialog.  The default implementation
+  uses a message box which prompts the user to confirm the edit
+  action. The dialog is centered over \a parent.
+
+
+*/
+
+TQSql::Confirm TQDataManager::confirmCancel( TQWidget* parent, TQSql::Op )
+{
+#ifndef QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
+    switch ( TQMessageBox::information( parent,
+				       qApp->translate( "TQSql", "Confirm" ),
+				       qApp->translate( "TQSql", "Cancel your edits?" ),
+				       qApp->translate( "TQSql", "Yes" ),
+				       qApp->translate( "TQSql", "No" ),
+				       TQString::null, 0, 1 ) ) {
+    case 0:
+	return TQSql::Yes;
+    case 1:
+	return TQSql::No;
+    default:
+	return TQSql::Cancel;
+    }
+#else
+    return TQSql::Yes;
+#endif // QT_NO_MESSAGEBOX
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlmanager_p.h b/src/sql/qsqlmanager_p.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..660e4dded
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlmanager_p.h
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlManager class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLMANAGER_P_H
+#define TQSQLMANAGER_P_H
+
+//
+//  W A R N I N G
+//  -------------
+//
+// This file is not part of the TQt API.  It exists for the convenience
+// of other TQt classes.  This header file may change from version to
+// version without notice, or even be removed.
+//
+// We mean it.
+//
+//
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qglobal.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qsql.h"
+#include "qsqlerror.h"
+#include "qsqlindex.h"
+#include "qsqlcursor.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+class TQSqlCursor;
+class TQSqlForm;
+class TQSqlCursorManagerPrivate;
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlCursorManager
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlCursorManager();
+    virtual ~TQSqlCursorManager();
+
+    virtual void setSort( const TQSqlIndex& sort );
+    virtual void setSort( const TQStringList& sort );
+    TQStringList  sort() const;
+    virtual void setFilter( const TQString& filter );
+    TQString filter() const;
+    virtual void setCursor( TQSqlCursor* cursor, bool autoDelete = FALSE );
+    TQSqlCursor* cursor() const;
+
+    virtual void setAutoDelete( bool enable );
+    bool autoDelete() const;
+
+    virtual bool refresh();
+    virtual bool findBuffer( const TQSqlIndex& idx, int atHint = 0 );
+
+private:
+    TQSqlCursorManagerPrivate* d;
+};
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL_FORM
+
+class TQSqlFormManagerPrivate;
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlFormManager
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlFormManager();
+    virtual ~TQSqlFormManager();
+
+    virtual void setForm( TQSqlForm* form );
+    TQSqlForm* form();
+    virtual void setRecord( TQSqlRecord* record );
+    TQSqlRecord* record();
+
+    virtual void clearValues();
+    virtual void readFields();
+    virtual void writeFields();
+
+private:
+    TQSqlFormManagerPrivate* d;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+class TQWidget;
+class TQDataManagerPrivate;
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQDataManager
+{
+public:
+    TQDataManager();
+    virtual ~TQDataManager();
+
+    virtual void setMode( TQSql::Op m );
+    TQSql::Op mode() const;
+    virtual void setAutoEdit( bool autoEdit );
+    bool autoEdit() const;
+
+    virtual void handleError( TQWidget* parent, const TQSqlError& error );
+    virtual TQSql::Confirm confirmEdit( TQWidget* parent, TQSql::Op m );
+    virtual TQSql::Confirm confirmCancel( TQWidget* parent, TQSql::Op m );
+
+    virtual void setConfirmEdits( bool confirm );
+    virtual void setConfirmInsert( bool confirm );
+    virtual void setConfirmUpdate( bool confirm );
+    virtual void setConfirmDelete( bool confirm );
+    virtual void setConfirmCancels( bool confirm );
+
+    bool confirmEdits() const;
+    bool confirmInsert() const;
+    bool confirmUpdate() const;
+    bool confirmDelete() const;
+    bool confirmCancels() const;
+
+private:
+    TQDataManagerPrivate* d;
+};
+
+
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlpropertymap.cpp b/src/sql/qsqlpropertymap.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..55699e569
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlpropertymap.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlPropertyMap class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-20
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqlpropertymap.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL_FORM
+
+#include "qwidget.h"
+#include "qcleanuphandler.h"
+#include "qmetaobject.h"
+#include "qmap.h"
+
+class TQSqlPropertyMapPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlPropertyMapPrivate() {}
+    TQMap< TQString, TQString > propertyMap;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSqlPropertyMap qsqlpropertymap.h
+    \brief The TQSqlPropertyMap class is used to map widgets to SQL fields.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \module sql
+
+    The SQL module uses TQt \link properties.html object
+    properties\endlink to insert and extract values from editor
+    widgets.
+
+    This class is used to map editors to SQL fields. This works by
+    associating SQL editor class names to the properties used to
+    insert and extract values to/from the editor.
+
+    For example, a TQLineEdit can be used to edit text strings and
+    other data types in TQDataTables or TQSqlForms. Several properties
+    are defined in TQLineEdit, but only the \e text property is used to
+    insert and extract text from a TQLineEdit. Both TQDataTable and
+    TQSqlForm use the global TQSqlPropertyMap for inserting and
+    extracting values to and from an editor widget. The global
+    property map defines several common widgets and properties that
+    are suitable for many applications. You can add and remove widget
+    properties to suit your specific needs.
+
+    If you want to use custom editors with your TQDataTable or
+    TQSqlForm, you must install your own TQSqlPropertyMap for that table
+    or form. Example:
+
+    \code
+    TQSqlPropertyMap *myMap  = new TQSqlPropertyMap();
+    TQSqlForm        *myForm = new TQSqlForm( this );
+    MyEditor myEditor( this );
+
+    // Set the TQSqlForm's record buffer to the update buffer of
+    // a pre-existing TQSqlCursor called 'cur'.
+    myForm->setRecord( cur->primeUpdate() );
+
+    // Install the customized map
+    myMap->insert( "MyEditor", "content" );
+    myForm->installPropertyMap( myMap ); // myForm now owns myMap
+    ...
+    // Insert a field into the form that uses a myEditor to edit the
+    // field 'somefield'
+    myForm->insert( &myEditor, "somefield" );
+
+    // Update myEditor with the value from the mapped database field
+    myForm->readFields();
+    ...
+    // Let the user edit the form
+    ...
+    // Update the database fields with the values in the form
+    myForm->writeFields();
+    ...
+    \endcode
+
+    You can also replace the global TQSqlPropertyMap that is used by
+    default. (Bear in mind that TQSqlPropertyMap takes ownership of the
+    new default map.)
+
+    \code
+    TQSqlPropertyMap *myMap = new TQSqlPropertyMap;
+
+    myMap->insert( "MyEditor", "content" );
+    TQSqlPropertyMap::installDefaultMap( myMap );
+    ...
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa TQDataTable, TQSqlForm, TQSqlEditorFactory
+*/
+
+/*!
+
+Constructs a TQSqlPropertyMap.
+
+The default property mappings used by TQt widgets are:
+\table
+\header \i Widgets \i Property
+\row \i \l TQCheckBox,
+	\l TQRadioButton
+     \i checked
+\row \i \l TQComboBox,
+	\l TQListBox
+     \i currentItem
+\row \i \l TQDateEdit
+     \i date
+\row \i \l TQDateTimeEdit
+     \i dateTime
+\row \i \l TQTextBrowser
+     \i source
+\row \i \l TQButton,
+	\l TQDial,
+	\l TQLabel,
+	\l TQLineEdit,
+	\l TQMultiLineEdit,
+	\l TQPushButton,
+	\l TQTextEdit,
+     \i text
+\row \i \l TQTimeEdit
+     \i time
+\row \i \l TQLCDNumber,
+	\l TQScrollBar
+	\l TQSlider,
+	\l TQSpinBox
+     \i value
+\endtable
+*/
+
+TQSqlPropertyMap::TQSqlPropertyMap()
+{
+    d = new TQSqlPropertyMapPrivate();
+    const struct MapData {
+	const char *classname;
+	const char *property;
+    } mapData[] = {
+	{ "TQButton", 		"text" },
+	{ "TQCheckBox", 		"checked" },
+	{ "TQRadioButton",	"checked" },
+	{ "TQComboBox", 		"currentItem" },
+	{ "TQDateEdit", 		"date" },
+	{ "TQDateTimeEdit",	"dateTime" },
+	{ "TQDial", 		"value" },
+	{ "TQLabel", 		"text" },
+	{ "TQLCDNumber",		"value" },
+	{ "TQLineEdit",		"text" },
+	{ "TQListBox",		"currentItem" },
+	{ "TQMultiLineEdit",	"text" },
+	{ "TQPushButton",	"text" },
+	{ "TQScrollBar",		"value" },
+	{ "TQSlider",		"value" },
+	{ "TQSpinBox",		"value" },
+	{ "TQTextBrowser",	"source" },
+	{ "TQTextEdit",		"text" },
+	{ "TQTextView",		"text" },
+	{ "TQTimeEdit",		"time" }
+    };
+
+    const MapData *m = mapData;
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < sizeof(mapData)/sizeof(MapData); i++, m++ )
+	d->propertyMap.insert( m->classname, m->property );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the TQSqlPropertyMap.
+
+    Note that if the TQSqlPropertyMap is installed with
+    installPropertyMap() the object it was installed into, e.g. the
+    TQSqlForm, takes ownership and will delete the TQSqlPropertyMap when
+    necessary.
+*/
+TQSqlPropertyMap::~TQSqlPropertyMap()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the mapped property of \a widget as a TQVariant.
+*/
+TQVariant TQSqlPropertyMap::property( TQWidget * widget )
+{
+    if( !widget ) return TQVariant();
+    const TQMetaObject* mo = widget->metaObject();
+    while ( mo && !d->propertyMap.contains( TQString( mo->className() ) ) )
+	mo = mo->superClass();
+
+    if ( !mo ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning("TQSqlPropertyMap::property: %s does not exist", widget->metaObject()->className() );
+#endif
+	return TQVariant();
+    }
+    return widget->property( d->propertyMap[ mo->className() ] );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the property of \a widget to \a value.
+*/
+void TQSqlPropertyMap::setProperty( TQWidget * widget, const TQVariant & value )
+{
+    if( !widget ) return;
+
+    TQMetaObject* mo = widget->metaObject();
+    while ( mo && !d->propertyMap.contains( TQString( mo->className() ) ) )
+	mo = mo->superClass();
+    if ( !mo ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning("TQSqlPropertyMap::setProperty: %s not handled by TQSqlPropertyMap", widget->metaObject()->className() );
+#endif
+	return;
+    }
+
+    widget->setProperty( d->propertyMap[ mo->className() ], value );
+}
+
+/*!
+  Insert a new classname/property pair, which is used for custom SQL
+  field editors. There \e must be a \c Q_PROPERTY clause in the \a
+  classname class declaration for the \a property.
+*/
+void TQSqlPropertyMap::insert( const TQString & classname,
+			      const TQString & property )
+{
+    d->propertyMap[ classname ] = property;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes \a classname from the map.
+*/
+void TQSqlPropertyMap::remove( const TQString & classname )
+{
+    d->propertyMap.remove( classname );
+}
+
+static TQSqlPropertyMap * defaultmap = 0;
+static TQCleanupHandler< TQSqlPropertyMap > qsql_cleanup_property_map;
+
+/*!
+    Returns the application global TQSqlPropertyMap.
+*/
+TQSqlPropertyMap * TQSqlPropertyMap::defaultMap()
+{
+    if( defaultmap == 0 ){
+	defaultmap = new TQSqlPropertyMap();
+	qsql_cleanup_property_map.add( &defaultmap );
+    }
+    return defaultmap;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Replaces the global default property map with \a map. All
+    TQDataTable and TQSqlForm instantiations will use this new map for
+    inserting and extracting values to and from editors.
+    \e{TQSqlPropertyMap takes ownership of \a map, and destroys it
+    when it is no longer needed.}
+*/
+void TQSqlPropertyMap::installDefaultMap( TQSqlPropertyMap * map )
+{
+    if( map == 0 ) return;
+
+    if( defaultmap != 0 ){
+	qsql_cleanup_property_map.remove( &defaultmap );
+	delete defaultmap;
+    }
+    defaultmap = map;
+    qsql_cleanup_property_map.add( &defaultmap );
+}
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL_FORM
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlpropertymap.h b/src/sql/qsqlpropertymap.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a326475d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlpropertymap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlPropertyMap class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-20
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLPROPERTYMAP_H
+#define TQSQLPROPERTYMAP_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qvariant.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL_FORM
+
+class TQWidget;
+class TQSqlPropertyMapPrivate;
+
+class Q_EXPORT TQSqlPropertyMap {
+public:
+    TQSqlPropertyMap();
+    virtual ~TQSqlPropertyMap();
+
+    TQVariant      property( TQWidget * widget );
+    virtual void  setProperty( TQWidget * widget, const TQVariant & value );
+
+    void insert( const TQString & classname, const TQString & property );
+    void remove( const TQString & classname );
+
+    static TQSqlPropertyMap * defaultMap();
+    static void installDefaultMap( TQSqlPropertyMap * map );
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    TQSqlPropertyMap( const TQSqlPropertyMap & );
+    TQSqlPropertyMap &operator=( const TQSqlPropertyMap & );
+#endif
+    TQSqlPropertyMapPrivate* d;
+
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL_FORM
+#endif // TQSQLPROPERTYMAP_H
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlquery.cpp b/src/sql/qsqlquery.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c33eb8bf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlquery.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,1215 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQSqlQuery class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2000-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqlquery.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+//#define QT_DEBUG_SQL
+
+#include "qsqlresult.h"
+#include "qsqldriver.h"
+#include "qsqldatabase.h"
+#include "qsql.h"
+#include "qregexp.h"
+#include "private/qsqlextension_p.h"
+
+
+/*!
+\internal
+*/
+TQSqlResultShared::TQSqlResultShared( TQSqlResult* result ): sqlResult(result)
+{
+    if ( result )
+	connect( result->driver(), SIGNAL(destroyed()), this, SLOT(slotResultDestroyed()) );
+}
+
+/*!
+\internal
+*/
+TQSqlResultShared::~TQSqlResultShared()
+{
+    delete sqlResult;
+}
+
+/*!
+\internal
+
+In case a plugin gets unloaded the pointer to the sqlResult gets invalid
+*/
+void TQSqlResultShared::slotResultDestroyed()
+{
+    delete sqlResult;
+    sqlResult = 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSqlQuery qsqlquery.h
+    \brief The TQSqlQuery class provides a means of executing and
+    manipulating SQL statements.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \mainclass
+    \module sql
+
+    TQSqlQuery encapsulates the functionality involved in creating,
+    navigating and retrieving data from SQL queries which are executed
+    on a \l TQSqlDatabase. It can be used to execute DML (data
+    manipulation language) statements, e.g. \c SELECT, \c INSERT, \c
+    UPDATE and \c DELETE, and also DDL (data definition language)
+    statements, e.g. \c{CREATE TABLE}. It can also be used to
+    execute database-specific commands which are not standard SQL
+    (e.g. \c{SET DATESTYLE=ISO} for PostgreSQL).
+
+    Successfully executed SQL statements set the query's state to
+    active (isActive() returns TRUE); otherwise the query's state is
+    set to inactive. In either case, when executing a new SQL
+    statement, the query is positioned on an invalid record; an active
+    query must be navigated to a valid record (so that isValid()
+    returns TRUE) before values can be retrieved.
+
+    Navigating records is performed with the following functions:
+
+    \list
+    \i \c next()
+    \i \c prev()
+    \i \c first()
+    \i \c last()
+    \i \c \link TQSqlQuery::seek() seek\endlink(int)
+    \endlist
+
+    These functions allow the programmer to move forward, backward or
+    arbitrarily through the records returned by the query. If you only
+    need to move forward through the results, e.g. using next() or
+    using seek() with a positive offset, you can use setForwardOnly()
+    and save a significant amount of memory overhead. Once an active
+    query is positioned on a valid record, data can be retrieved using
+    value(). All data is transferred from the SQL backend using
+    TQVariants.
+
+    For example:
+
+    \code
+    TQSqlQuery query( "SELECT name FROM customer" );
+    while ( query.next() ) {
+	TQString name = query.value(0).toString();
+	doSomething( name );
+    }
+    \endcode
+
+    To access the data returned by a query, use the value() method.
+    Each field in the data returned by a SELECT statement is accessed
+    by passing the field's position in the statement, starting from 0.
+    Information about the fields can be obtained via TQSqlDatabase::record().
+    For the sake of efficiency there are no functions to access a field
+    by name. (The \l TQSqlCursor class provides a higher-level interface
+    with field access by name and automatic SQL generation.)
+
+    TQSqlQuery supports prepared query execution and the binding of
+    parameter values to placeholders. Some databases don't support
+    these features, so for them TQt emulates the retquired
+    functionality. For example, the Oracle and ODBC drivers have
+    proper prepared query support, and TQt makes use of it; but for
+    databases that don't have this support, TQt implements the feature
+    itself, e.g. by replacing placeholders with actual values when a
+    query is executed. The exception is positional binding using named
+    placeholders, which retquires that the database supports prepared
+    queries.
+
+    Oracle databases identify placeholders by using a colon-name
+    syntax, e.g \c{:name}. ODBC simply uses \c ? characters. TQt
+    supports both syntaxes (although you can't mix them in the same
+    query).
+
+    Below we present the same example using each of the four different
+    binding approaches.
+
+    <b>Named binding using named placeholders</b>
+    \code
+    TQSqlQuery query;
+    query.prepare( "INSERT INTO atable (id, forename, surname) "
+	           "VALUES (:id, :forename, :surname)" );
+    query.bindValue( ":id", 1001 );
+    query.bindValue( ":forename", "Bart" );
+    query.bindValue( ":surname", "Simpson" );
+    query.exec();
+    \endcode
+
+    <b>Positional binding using named placeholders</b>
+    \code
+    TQSqlQuery query;
+    query.prepare( "INSERT INTO atable (id, forename, surname) "
+		   "VALUES (:id, :forename, :surname)" );
+    query.bindValue( 0, 1001 );
+    query.bindValue( 1, "Bart" );
+    query.bindValue( 2, "Simpson" );
+    query.exec();
+    \endcode
+    <b>Note:</b> Using positional binding with named placeholders will
+    only work if the database supports prepared queries. This can be
+    checked with TQSqlDriver::hasFeature() using TQSqlDriver::PreparedQueries
+    as argument for driver feature.
+
+    <b>Binding values using positional placeholders #1</b>
+    \code
+    TQSqlQuery query;
+    query.prepare( "INSERT INTO atable (id, forename, surname) "
+		   "VALUES (?, ?, ?)" );
+    query.bindValue( 0, 1001 );
+    query.bindValue( 1, "Bart" );
+    query.bindValue( 2, "Simpson" );
+    query.exec();
+    \endcode
+
+    <b>Binding values using positional placeholders #2</b>
+    \code
+    query.prepare( "INSERT INTO atable (id, forename, surname) "
+		   "VALUES (?, ?, ?)" );
+    query.addBindValue( 1001 );
+    query.addBindValue( "Bart" );
+    query.addBindValue( "Simpson" );
+    query.exec();
+    \endcode
+
+    <b>Binding values to a stored procedure</b>
+    This code calls a stored procedure called \c AsciiToInt(), passing
+    it a character through its in parameter, and taking its result in
+    the out parameter.
+    \code
+    TQSqlQuery query;
+    query.prepare( "call AsciiToInt(?, ?)" );
+    query.bindValue( 0, "A" );
+    query.bindValue( 1, 0, TQSql::Out );
+    query.exec();
+    int i = query.boundValue( 1 ).toInt(); // i is 65.
+    \endcode
+
+    \sa TQSqlDatabase TQSqlCursor TQVariant
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Creates a TQSqlQuery object which uses the TQSqlResult \a r to
+    communicate with a database.
+*/
+
+TQSqlQuery::TQSqlQuery( TQSqlResult * r )
+{
+    d = new TQSqlResultShared( r );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+TQSqlQuery::~TQSqlQuery()
+{
+    if (d->deref()) {
+	delete d;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a copy of \a other.
+*/
+
+TQSqlQuery::TQSqlQuery( const TQSqlQuery& other )
+    : d(other.d)
+{
+    d->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Creates a TQSqlQuery object using the SQL \a query and the database
+    \a db. If \a db is 0, (the default), the application's default
+    database is used. If \a query is not a null string, it will be
+    executed.
+
+    \sa TQSqlDatabase
+*/
+TQSqlQuery::TQSqlQuery( const TQString& query, TQSqlDatabase* db )
+{
+    init( query, db );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Creates a TQSqlQuery object using the database \a db. If \a db is
+    0, the application's default database is used.
+
+    \sa TQSqlDatabase
+*/
+
+TQSqlQuery::TQSqlQuery( TQSqlDatabase* db )
+{
+    init( TQString::null, db );
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+
+void TQSqlQuery::init( const TQString& query, TQSqlDatabase* db )
+{
+    d = new TQSqlResultShared( 0 );
+    TQSqlDatabase* database = db;
+    if ( !database )
+	database = TQSqlDatabase::database( TQSqlDatabase::defaultConnection, FALSE );
+    if ( database )
+	*this = database->driver()->createQuery();
+    if ( !query.isNull() )
+	exec( query );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Assigns \a other to the query.
+*/
+
+TQSqlQuery& TQSqlQuery::operator=( const TQSqlQuery& other )
+{
+    other.d->ref();
+    deref();
+    d = other.d;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the query is active and positioned on a valid
+    record and the \a field is NULL; otherwise returns FALSE. Note
+    that for some drivers isNull() will not return accurate
+    information until after an attempt is made to retrieve data.
+
+    \sa isActive() isValid() value()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlQuery::isNull( int field ) const
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( d->sqlResult->isActive() && d->sqlResult->isValid() )
+	return d->sqlResult->isNull( field );
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Executes the SQL in \a query. Returns TRUE and sets the query
+    state to active if the query was successful; otherwise returns
+    FALSE and sets the query state to inactive. The \a query string
+    must use syntax appropriate for the SQL database being queried,
+    for example, standard SQL.
+
+    After the query is executed, the query is positioned on an \e
+    invalid record, and must be navigated to a valid record before
+    data values can be retrieved, e.g. using next().
+
+    Note that the last error for this query is reset when exec() is
+    called.
+
+    \sa isActive() isValid() next() prev() first() last() seek()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlQuery::exec ( const TQString& query )
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( d->sqlResult->extension() && driver()->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::PreparedQueries ) )
+	d->sqlResult->extension()->clear();
+    d->sqlResult->setActive( FALSE );
+    d->sqlResult->setLastError( TQSqlError() );
+    d->sqlResult->setAt( TQSql::BeforeFirst );
+    if ( !driver() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning("TQSqlQuery::exec: no driver" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( d->count > 1 )
+	*this = driver()->createQuery();
+    d->sqlResult->setQuery( query.stripWhiteSpace() );
+    d->executedQuery = d->sqlResult->lastQuery();
+    if ( !driver()->isOpen() || driver()->isOpenError() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning("TQSqlQuery::exec: database not open" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( query.isNull() || query.length() == 0 ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning("TQSqlQuery::exec: empty query" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+#ifdef QT_DEBUG_SQL
+    qDebug( "\n TQSqlQuery: " + query );
+#endif
+    return d->sqlResult->reset( query );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the value of the \a{i}-th field in the query (zero based).
+
+    The fields are numbered from left to right using the text of the
+    \c SELECT statement, e.g. in \c{SELECT forename, surname FROM people},
+    field 0 is \c forename and field 1 is \c surname. Using \c{SELECT *}
+    is not recommended because the order of the fields in the query is
+    undefined.
+
+    An invalid TQVariant is returned if field \a i does not exist, if
+    the query is inactive, or if the query is positioned on an invalid
+    record.
+
+    \sa prev() next() first() last() seek() isActive() isValid()
+*/
+
+TQVariant TQSqlQuery::value( int i ) const
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult )
+	return TQVariant();
+    if ( isActive() && isValid() && ( i > TQSql::BeforeFirst ) ) {
+	return d->sqlResult->data( i );
+    } else {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "TQSqlQuery::value: not positioned on a valid record" );
+#endif
+    }
+    return TQVariant();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current internal position of the query. The first
+    record is at position zero. If the position is invalid, a
+    TQSql::Location will be returned indicating the invalid position.
+
+    \sa prev() next() first() last() seek() isActive() isValid()
+*/
+
+int TQSqlQuery::at() const
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult )
+	return TQSql::BeforeFirst;
+    return d->sqlResult->at();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the text of the current query being used, or TQString::null
+    if there is no current query text.
+
+    \sa executedQuery()
+*/
+
+TQString TQSqlQuery::lastQuery() const
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult )
+	return TQString::null;
+    return d->sqlResult->lastQuery();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the database driver associated with the query.
+*/
+
+const TQSqlDriver* TQSqlQuery::driver() const
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult )
+	return 0;
+    return d->sqlResult->driver();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the result associated with the query.
+*/
+
+const TQSqlResult* TQSqlQuery::result() const
+{
+    return d->sqlResult;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Retrieves the record at position (offset) \a i, if available, and
+    positions the query on the retrieved record. The first record is
+    at position 0. Note that the query must be in an active state and
+    isSelect() must return TRUE before calling this function.
+
+    If \a relative is FALSE (the default), the following rules apply:
+
+    \list
+    \i If \a i is negative, the result is positioned before the
+    first record and FALSE is returned.
+    \i Otherwise, an attempt is made to move to the record at position
+    \a i. If the record at position \a i could not be retrieved, the
+    result is positioned after the last record and FALSE is returned. If
+    the record is successfully retrieved, TRUE is returned.
+    \endlist
+
+    If \a relative is TRUE, the following rules apply:
+
+    \list
+    \i If the result is currently positioned before the first
+    record or on the first record, and \a i is negative, there is no
+    change, and FALSE is returned.
+    \i If the result is currently located after the last record, and
+    \a i is positive, there is no change, and FALSE is returned.
+    \i If the result is currently located somewhere in the middle,
+    and the relative offset \a i moves the result below zero, the
+    result is positioned before the first record and FALSE is
+    returned.
+    \i Otherwise, an attempt is made to move to the record \a i
+    records ahead of the current record (or \a i records behind the
+    current record if \a i is negative). If the record at offset \a i
+    could not be retrieved, the result is positioned after the last
+    record if \a i >= 0, (or before the first record if \a i is
+    negative), and FALSE is returned. If the record is successfully
+    retrieved, TRUE is returned.
+    \endlist
+
+    \sa next() prev() first() last() at() isActive() isValid()
+*/
+bool TQSqlQuery::seek( int i, bool relative )
+{
+    if ( !isSelect() || !isActive() )
+	return FALSE;
+    beforeSeek();
+    checkDetach();
+    int actualIdx;
+    if ( !relative ) { // arbitrary seek
+	if ( i < 0 ) {
+	    d->sqlResult->setAt( TQSql::BeforeFirst );
+	    afterSeek();
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+	actualIdx = i;
+    } else {
+	switch ( at() ) { // relative seek
+	case TQSql::BeforeFirst:
+	    if ( i > 0 )
+		actualIdx = i;
+	    else {
+		afterSeek();
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	case TQSql::AfterLast:
+	    if ( i < 0 ) {
+		d->sqlResult->fetchLast();
+		actualIdx = at() + i;
+	    } else {
+		afterSeek();
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    if ( ( at() + i ) < 0  ) {
+		d->sqlResult->setAt( TQSql::BeforeFirst );
+		afterSeek();
+		return FALSE;
+	    }
+	    actualIdx = at() + i;
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+    // let drivers optimize
+    if ( isForwardOnly() && actualIdx < at() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning("TQSqlQuery::seek: cannot seek backwards in a forward only query" );
+#endif
+	afterSeek();
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( actualIdx == ( at() + 1 ) && at() != TQSql::BeforeFirst ) {
+	if ( !d->sqlResult->fetchNext() ) {
+	    d->sqlResult->setAt( TQSql::AfterLast );
+	    afterSeek();
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+	afterSeek();
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    if ( actualIdx == ( at() - 1 ) ) {
+	if ( !d->sqlResult->fetchPrev() ) {
+	    d->sqlResult->setAt( TQSql::BeforeFirst );
+	    afterSeek();
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+	afterSeek();
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    if ( !d->sqlResult->fetch( actualIdx ) ) {
+	d->sqlResult->setAt( TQSql::AfterLast );
+	afterSeek();
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    afterSeek();
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Retrieves the next record in the result, if available, and
+    positions the query on the retrieved record. Note that the result
+    must be in an active state and isSelect() must return TRUE before
+    calling this function or it will do nothing and return FALSE.
+
+    The following rules apply:
+
+    \list
+    \i If the result is currently located before the first
+    record, e.g. immediately after a query is executed, an attempt is
+    made to retrieve the first record.
+
+    \i If the result is currently located after the last record,
+    there is no change and FALSE is returned.
+
+    \i If the result is located somewhere in the middle, an attempt
+    is made to retrieve the next record.
+    \endlist
+
+    If the record could not be retrieved, the result is positioned after
+    the last record and FALSE is returned. If the record is successfully
+    retrieved, TRUE is returned.
+
+    \sa prev() first() last() seek() at() isActive() isValid()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlQuery::next()
+{
+    if ( !isSelect() || !isActive() )
+	return FALSE;
+    beforeSeek();
+    checkDetach();
+    bool b = FALSE;
+    switch ( at() ) {
+    case TQSql::BeforeFirst:
+	b = d->sqlResult->fetchFirst();
+	afterSeek();
+	return b;
+    case TQSql::AfterLast:
+	afterSeek();
+	return FALSE;
+    default:
+	if ( !d->sqlResult->fetchNext() ) {
+	    d->sqlResult->setAt( TQSql::AfterLast );
+	    afterSeek();
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+	afterSeek();
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Retrieves the previous record in the result, if available, and
+    positions the query on the retrieved record. Note that the result
+    must be in an active state and isSelect() must return TRUE before
+    calling this function or it will do nothing and return FALSE.
+
+    The following rules apply:
+
+    \list
+    \i If the result is currently located before the first record,
+    there is no change and FALSE is returned.
+
+    \i If the result is currently located after the last record, an
+    attempt is made to retrieve the last record.
+
+    \i If the result is somewhere in the middle, an attempt is made
+    to retrieve the previous record.
+    \endlist
+
+    If the record could not be retrieved, the result is positioned
+    before the first record and FALSE is returned. If the record is
+    successfully retrieved, TRUE is returned.
+
+    \sa next() first() last() seek() at() isActive() isValid()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlQuery::prev()
+{
+    if ( !isSelect() || !isActive() )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( isForwardOnly() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning("TQSqlQuery::seek: cannot seek backwards in a forward only query" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    beforeSeek();
+    checkDetach();
+    bool b = FALSE;
+    switch ( at() ) {
+    case TQSql::BeforeFirst:
+	afterSeek();
+	return FALSE;
+    case TQSql::AfterLast:
+	b = d->sqlResult->fetchLast();
+	afterSeek();
+	return b;
+    default:
+	if ( !d->sqlResult->fetchPrev() ) {
+	    d->sqlResult->setAt( TQSql::BeforeFirst );
+	    afterSeek();
+	    return FALSE;
+	}
+	afterSeek();
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Retrieves the first record in the result, if available, and
+    positions the query on the retrieved record. Note that the result
+    must be in an active state and isSelect() must return TRUE before
+    calling this function or it will do nothing and return FALSE.
+    Returns TRUE if successful. If unsuccessful the query position is
+    set to an invalid position and FALSE is returned.
+
+    \sa next() prev() last() seek() at() isActive() isValid()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlQuery::first()
+{
+    if ( !isSelect() || !isActive() )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( isForwardOnly() && at() > TQSql::BeforeFirst ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning("TQSqlQuery::seek: cannot seek backwards in a forward only query" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    beforeSeek();
+    checkDetach();
+    bool b = FALSE;
+    b = d->sqlResult->fetchFirst();
+    afterSeek();
+    return b;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Retrieves the last record in the result, if available, and
+    positions the query on the retrieved record. Note that the result
+    must be in an active state and isSelect() must return TRUE before
+    calling this function or it will do nothing and return FALSE.
+    Returns TRUE if successful. If unsuccessful the query position is
+    set to an invalid position and FALSE is returned.
+
+    \sa next() prev() first() seek() at() isActive() isValid()
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlQuery::last()
+{
+    if ( !isSelect() || !isActive() )
+	return FALSE;
+    beforeSeek();
+    checkDetach();
+    bool b = FALSE;
+    b = d->sqlResult->fetchLast();
+    afterSeek();
+    return b;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the size of the result, (number of rows returned), or -1
+    if the size cannot be determined or if the database does not
+    support reporting information about query sizes. Note that for
+    non-\c SELECT statements (isSelect() returns FALSE), size() will
+    return -1. If the query is not active (isActive() returns FALSE),
+    -1 is returned.
+
+    To determine the number of rows affected by a non-SELECT
+    statement, use numRowsAffected().
+
+    \sa isActive() numRowsAffected() TQSqlDriver::hasFeature()
+*/
+int TQSqlQuery::size() const
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult )
+	return -1;
+    if ( isActive() && d->sqlResult->driver()->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::QuerySize ) )
+	return d->sqlResult->size();
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of rows affected by the result's SQL statement,
+    or -1 if it cannot be determined. Note that for \c SELECT
+    statements, the value is undefined; see size() instead. If the
+    query is not active (isActive() returns FALSE), -1 is returned.
+
+    \sa size() TQSqlDriver::hasFeature()
+*/
+
+int TQSqlQuery::numRowsAffected() const
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult )
+	return -1;
+    if ( isActive() )
+	return d->sqlResult->numRowsAffected();
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns error information about the last error (if any) that
+    occurred.
+
+    \sa TQSqlError
+*/
+
+TQSqlError TQSqlQuery::lastError() const
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult )
+	return TQSqlError();
+    return d->sqlResult->lastError();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the query is currently positioned on a valid
+    record; otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlQuery::isValid() const
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult )
+	return FALSE;
+    return d->sqlResult->isValid();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the query is currently active; otherwise returns
+    FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlQuery::isActive() const
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult )
+	return FALSE;
+    return d->sqlResult->isActive();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the current query is a \c SELECT statement;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlQuery::isSelect() const
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult )
+	return FALSE;
+    return d->sqlResult->isSelect();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if you can only scroll \e forward through a result
+    set; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setForwardOnly()
+*/
+bool TQSqlQuery::isForwardOnly() const
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult )
+	return FALSE;
+    return d->sqlResult->isForwardOnly();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets forward only mode to \a forward. If forward is TRUE only
+    next(), and seek() with positive values, are allowed for
+    navigating the results. Forward only mode needs far less memory
+    since results do not need to be cached.
+
+    Forward only mode is off by default.
+
+    Forward only mode cannot be used with data aware widgets like
+    TQDataTable, since they must to be able to scroll backward as well
+    as forward.
+
+    \sa isForwardOnly(), next(), seek()
+*/
+void TQSqlQuery::setForwardOnly( bool forward )
+{
+    if ( d->sqlResult )
+	d->sqlResult->setForwardOnly( forward );
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+*/
+
+void TQSqlQuery::deref()
+{
+    if ( d->deref() ) {
+	delete d;
+	d = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+  \internal
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlQuery::checkDetach()
+{
+    if ( d->count > 1 && d->sqlResult ) {
+	TQString sql = d->sqlResult->lastQuery();
+	*this = driver()->createQuery();
+	exec( sql );
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Protected virtual function called before the internal record
+    pointer is moved to a new record. The default implementation does
+    nothing.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlQuery::beforeSeek()
+{
+
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Protected virtual function called after the internal record
+    pointer is moved to a new record. The default implementation does
+    nothing.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlQuery::afterSeek()
+{
+
+}
+
+// XXX: Hack to keep BCI - remove in 4.0. TQSqlExtension should be
+// removed, and the prepare(), exec() etc. fu's should be
+// made virtual members of TQSqlQuery/TQSqlResult
+
+/*!
+    Prepares the SQL query \a query for execution. The query may
+    contain placeholders for binding values. Both Oracle style
+    colon-name (e.g. \c{:surname}), and ODBC style (e.g. \c{?})
+    placeholders are supported; but they cannot be mixed in the same
+    query. See the \link #details Description\endlink for examples.
+
+    \sa exec(), bindValue(), addBindValue()
+*/
+bool TQSqlQuery::prepare( const TQString& query )
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult || !d->sqlResult->extension() )
+	return FALSE;
+    d->sqlResult->setActive( FALSE );
+    d->sqlResult->setLastError( TQSqlError() );
+    d->sqlResult->setAt( TQSql::BeforeFirst );
+    d->sqlResult->extension()->clear();
+    if ( !driver() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning("TQSqlQuery::prepare: no driver" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( d->count > 1 )
+	*this = driver()->createQuery();
+    d->sqlResult->setQuery( query.stripWhiteSpace() );
+    if ( !driver()->isOpen() || driver()->isOpenError() ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning("TQSqlQuery::prepare: database not open" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+    if ( query.isNull() || query.length() == 0 ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning("TQSqlQuery::prepare: empty query" );
+#endif
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+#ifdef QT_DEBUG_SQL
+    qDebug( "\n TQSqlQuery: " + query );
+#endif
+    TQString q = query;
+    TQRegExp rx(TQString::fromLatin1("'[^']*'|:([a-zA-Z0-9_]+)"));
+    if ( driver()->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::PreparedQueries ) ) {
+	// below we substitute Oracle placeholders with ODBC ones and
+	// vice versa to make this db independent
+	int i = 0, cnt = 0;
+	if ( driver()->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::NamedPlaceholders ) ) {
+	    TQRegExp rx(TQString::fromLatin1("'[^']*'|\\?"));
+	    while ( (i = rx.search( q, i )) != -1 ) {
+		if ( rx.cap(0) == "?" ) {
+		    q = q.replace( i, 1, ":f" + TQString::number(cnt) );
+		    cnt++;
+		}
+		i += rx.matchedLength();
+	    }
+	} else if ( driver()->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::PositionalPlaceholders ) ) {
+	    while ( (i = rx.search( q, i )) != -1 ) {
+		if ( rx.cap(1).isEmpty() ) {
+		    i += rx.matchedLength();
+		} else {
+		    // record the index of the placeholder - needed
+		    // for emulating named bindings with ODBC
+		    d->sqlResult->extension()->index[ cnt ]= rx.cap(0);
+		    q = q.replace( i, rx.matchedLength(), "?" );
+		    i++;
+		    cnt++;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	d->executedQuery = q;
+	return d->sqlResult->extension()->prepare( q );
+    } else {
+	int i = 0;
+	while ( (i = rx.search( q, i )) != -1 ) {
+	    if ( !rx.cap(1).isEmpty() )
+		d->sqlResult->extension()->holders.append( Holder( rx.cap(0), i ) );
+	    i += rx.matchedLength();
+	}
+	return TRUE; // fake prepares should always succeed
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Executes a previously prepared SQL query. Returns TRUE if the
+    query executed successfully; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa prepare(), bindValue(), addBindValue()
+*/
+bool TQSqlQuery::exec()
+{
+    bool ret;
+    if ( !d->sqlResult || !d->sqlResult->extension() )
+	return FALSE;
+    if ( driver()->hasFeature( TQSqlDriver::PreparedQueries ) ) {
+	ret = d->sqlResult->extension()->exec();
+    } else {
+	// fake preparation - just replace the placeholders..
+	TQString query = d->sqlResult->lastQuery();
+	if ( d->sqlResult->extension()->bindMethod() == TQSqlExtension::BindByName ) {
+	    int i;
+	    TQVariant val;
+	    TQString holder;
+	    for ( i = (int)d->sqlResult->extension()->holders.count() - 1; i >= 0; --i ) {
+		holder = d->sqlResult->extension()->holders[ (uint)i ].holderName;
+		val = d->sqlResult->extension()->values[ holder ].value;
+		TQSqlField f( "", val.type() );
+		if ( val.isNull() )
+		    f.setNull();
+		else
+		    f.setValue( val );
+		query = query.replace( (uint)d->sqlResult->extension()->holders[ (uint)i ].holderPos,
+			holder.length(), driver()->formatValue( &f ) );
+	    }
+	} else {
+	    TQMap<int, TQString>::ConstIterator it;
+	    TQString val;
+	    int i = 0;
+	    for ( it = d->sqlResult->extension()->index.begin();
+		  it != d->sqlResult->extension()->index.end(); ++it ) {
+		i = query.find( '?', i );
+		if ( i > -1 ) {
+		    TQSqlField f( "", d->sqlResult->extension()->values[ it.data() ].value.type() );
+		    if ( d->sqlResult->extension()->values[ it.data() ].value.isNull() )
+			f.setNull();
+		    else
+			f.setValue( d->sqlResult->extension()->values[ it.data() ].value );
+		    val = driver()->formatValue( &f );
+		    query = query.replace( i, 1, driver()->formatValue( &f ) );
+		    i += val.length();
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	// have to retain the original query w/placeholders..
+	TQString orig = d->sqlResult->lastQuery();
+	ret = exec( query );
+	d->executedQuery = query;
+	d->sqlResult->setQuery( orig );
+    }
+    d->sqlResult->extension()->resetBindCount();
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Set the placeholder \a placeholder to be bound to value \a val in
+    the prepared statement. Note that the placeholder mark (e.g \c{:})
+    must be included when specifying the placeholder name. If \a type
+    is \c TQSql::Out or \c TQSql::InOut, the placeholder will be
+    overwritten with data from the database after the exec() call.
+
+    \sa addBindValue(), prepare(), exec()
+*/
+void TQSqlQuery::bindValue( const TQString& placeholder, const TQVariant& val, TQSql::ParameterType type )
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult || !d->sqlResult->extension() )
+	return;
+    d->sqlResult->extension()->bindValue( placeholder, val, type );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Set the placeholder in position \a pos to be bound to value \a val
+    in the prepared statement. Field numbering starts at 0. If \a type
+    is \c TQSql::Out or \c TQSql::InOut, the placeholder will be
+    overwritten with data from the database after the exec() call.
+
+    \sa addBindValue(), prepare(), exec()
+*/
+void TQSqlQuery::bindValue( int pos, const TQVariant& val, TQSql::ParameterType type )
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult || !d->sqlResult->extension() )
+	return;
+    d->sqlResult->extension()->bindValue( pos, val, type );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Adds the value \a val to the list of values when using positional
+    value binding. The order of the addBindValue() calls determines
+    which placeholder a value will be bound to in the prepared query.
+    If \a type is \c TQSql::Out or \c TQSql::InOut, the placeholder will
+    be overwritten with data from the database after the exec() call.
+
+    \sa bindValue(), prepare(), exec()
+*/
+void TQSqlQuery::addBindValue( const TQVariant& val, TQSql::ParameterType type )
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult || !d->sqlResult->extension() )
+	return;
+    d->sqlResult->extension()->addBindValue( val, type );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Binds the placeholder with type \c TQSql::In.
+*/
+void TQSqlQuery::bindValue( const TQString& placeholder, const TQVariant& val )
+{
+    bindValue( placeholder, val, TQSql::In );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Binds the placeholder at position \a pos with type \c TQSql::In.
+*/
+void TQSqlQuery::bindValue( int pos, const TQVariant& val )
+{
+    bindValue( pos, val, TQSql::In );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Binds the placeholder with type \c TQSql::In.
+*/
+void TQSqlQuery::addBindValue( const TQVariant& val )
+{
+    addBindValue( val, TQSql::In );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the value for the \a placeholder.
+*/
+TQVariant TQSqlQuery::boundValue( const TQString& placeholder ) const
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult || !d->sqlResult->extension() )
+	return TQVariant();
+    return d->sqlResult->extension()->boundValue( placeholder );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the value for the placeholder at position \a pos.
+*/
+TQVariant TQSqlQuery::boundValue( int pos ) const
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult || !d->sqlResult->extension() )
+	return TQVariant();
+    return d->sqlResult->extension()->boundValue( pos );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a map of the bound values.
+
+    The bound values can be examined in the following way:
+    \code
+    TQSqlQuery query;
+    ...
+    // Examine the bound values - bound using named binding
+    TQMap<TQString, TQVariant>::ConstIterator it;
+    TQMap<TQString, TQVariant> vals = query.boundValues();
+    for ( it = vals.begin(); it != vals.end(); ++it )
+        qWarning( "Placeholder: " + it.key() + ", Value: " + (*it).toString() );
+    ...
+
+    // Examine the bound values - bound using positional binding
+    TQValueList<TQVariant>::ConstIterator it;
+    TQValueList<TQVariant> list = query.boundValues().values();
+    int i = 0;
+    for ( it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it )
+        qWarning( "Placeholder pos: %d, Value: " + (*it).toString(), i++ );
+    ...
+
+    \endcode
+*/
+TQMap<TQString,TQVariant> TQSqlQuery::boundValues() const
+{
+    if ( !d->sqlResult || !d->sqlResult->extension() )
+	return TQMap<TQString,TQVariant>();
+    return d->sqlResult->extension()->boundValues();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the last query that was executed.
+
+    In most cases this function returns the same as lastQuery(). If a
+    prepared query with placeholders is executed on a DBMS that does
+    not support it, the preparation of this query is emulated. The
+    placeholders in the original query are replaced with their bound
+    values to form a new query. This function returns the modified
+    query. Useful for debugging purposes.
+
+    \sa lastQuery()
+*/
+TQString TQSqlQuery::executedQuery() const
+{
+    return d->executedQuery;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlquery.h b/src/sql/qsqlquery.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bc4efa7d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlquery.h
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlQuery class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLTQUERY_H
+#define TQSQLTQUERY_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qobject.h"
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qvariant.h"
+#include "qvaluelist.h"
+#include "qsqlerror.h"
+#include "qsqlfield.h"
+#include "qsql.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+class TQSqlDriver;
+class TQSqlResult;
+class TQSqlDatabase;
+
+class Q_EXPORT TQSqlResultShared : public TQObject, public TQShared
+{
+    Q_OBJECT
+public:
+    TQSqlResultShared( TQSqlResult* result );
+    virtual ~TQSqlResultShared();
+    TQSqlResult* sqlResult;
+    TQString executedQuery;
+private slots:
+    void slotResultDestroyed();
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT TQSqlQuery
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlQuery( TQSqlResult * r );
+    TQSqlQuery( const TQString& query = TQString::null, TQSqlDatabase* db = 0 );
+    Q_EXPLICIT TQSqlQuery( TQSqlDatabase* db );
+    TQSqlQuery( const TQSqlQuery& other );
+    TQSqlQuery& operator=( const TQSqlQuery& other );
+    virtual ~TQSqlQuery();
+
+    bool                isValid() const;
+    bool                isActive() const;
+    bool	        isNull( int field ) const;
+    int                 at() const;
+    TQString             lastQuery() const;
+    int                 numRowsAffected() const;
+    TQSqlError	        lastError() const;
+    bool                isSelect() const;
+    int                 size() const;
+    const TQSqlDriver*   driver() const;
+    const TQSqlResult*   result() const;
+    bool		isForwardOnly() const;
+    void		setForwardOnly( bool forward );
+
+    virtual bool	exec ( const TQString& query );
+    virtual TQVariant    value( int i ) const;
+
+    virtual bool	seek( int i, bool relative = FALSE );
+    virtual bool        next();
+    virtual bool        prev();
+    virtual bool        first();
+    virtual bool        last();
+
+    // prepared query support
+    bool		exec();
+    bool		prepare( const TQString& query );
+    void		bindValue( const TQString& placeholder, const TQVariant& val );
+    void		bindValue( int pos, const TQVariant& val );
+    void		addBindValue( const TQVariant& val );
+    // remove these overloads in 4.0
+    void		bindValue( const TQString& placeholder, const TQVariant& val, TQSql::ParameterType type );
+    void		bindValue( int pos, const TQVariant& val, TQSql::ParameterType type );
+    void		addBindValue( const TQVariant& val, TQSql::ParameterType type );
+    TQVariant		boundValue( const TQString& placeholder ) const;
+    TQVariant		boundValue( int pos ) const;
+    TQMap<TQString, TQVariant> boundValues() const;
+    TQString             executedQuery() const;
+    
+protected:
+    virtual void        beforeSeek();
+    virtual void        afterSeek();
+
+private:
+    void 		init( const TQString& query, TQSqlDatabase* db );
+    void                deref();
+    bool                checkDetach();
+    TQSqlResultShared*   d;
+};
+
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlrecord.cpp b/src/sql/qsqlrecord.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3bbe2d045
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlrecord.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,774 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQSqlRecord class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqlrecord.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+#include "qregexp.h"
+#include "qvaluevector.h"
+#include "qshared.h"
+#include "qnamespace.h"
+
+class TQSqlRecordPrivate
+{
+public:
+    class info {
+    public:
+	info() : nogen(FALSE){}
+	~info() {}
+	info( const info& other )
+	    : field( other.field ), nogen( other.nogen )
+	{
+	}
+	info& operator=(const info& other)
+	{
+	    field = other.field;
+	    nogen = other.nogen;
+	    return *this;
+	}
+	bool isValid() const
+	{
+	    return !field.name().isNull();
+	}
+	Q_DUMMY_COMPARISON_OPERATOR(info)
+	TQSqlField field;
+	bool    nogen;
+    };
+
+    TQSqlRecordPrivate(): cnt(0) 
+    {
+    }
+    TQSqlRecordPrivate( const TQSqlRecordPrivate& other )
+    {
+	*this = other;
+    }
+    ~TQSqlRecordPrivate() {};
+    TQSqlRecordPrivate& operator=( const TQSqlRecordPrivate& other )
+    {
+	fi = other.fi;
+	cnt = other.cnt;
+	return *this;
+    }
+    void append( const TQSqlField& field )
+    {
+	info i;
+	i.field = field;
+	fi.append( i );
+	cnt++;
+    }
+    void insert( int pos, const TQSqlField& field )
+    {
+	info i;
+	i.field = field;
+	if ( pos == (int)fi.size() )
+	    append( field );
+	if ( pos > (int)fi.size() ) {
+	    fi.resize( pos + 1 );
+	    cnt++;
+	}
+	fi[ pos ] = i;
+    }
+    void remove( int i )
+    {
+	info inf;
+	if ( i >= (int)fi.count() )
+	    return;
+	if ( fi[ i ].isValid() )
+	    cnt--;
+	fi[ i ] = inf;
+	// clean up some memory
+	while ( fi.count() && !fi.back().isValid() )
+	    fi.pop_back();
+    }
+    void clear()
+    {
+	fi.clear();
+	cnt = 0;
+    }
+    bool isEmpty()
+    {
+	return cnt == 0;
+    }
+    info* fieldInfo( int i )
+    {
+	if ( i < (int)fi.count() )
+	    return &fi[i];
+	return 0;
+    }
+    uint count() const
+    {
+	return cnt;
+    }
+    bool contains( int i ) const
+    {
+	return i >= 0 && i < (int)fi.count() && fi[ i ].isValid();
+    }
+private:
+    TQValueVector< info > fi;
+    uint		 cnt;
+};
+
+TQSqlRecordShared::~TQSqlRecordShared()
+{
+    if ( d )
+	delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSqlRecord qsqlfield.h
+    \brief The TQSqlRecord class encapsulates a database record, i.e. a
+    set of database fields.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \module sql
+
+    The TQSqlRecord class encapsulates the functionality and
+    characteristics of a database record (usually a table or view within
+    the database). TQSqlRecords support adding and removing fields as
+    well as setting and retrieving field values.
+
+    TQSqlRecord is implicitly shared. This means you can make copies of
+    the record in time O(1). If multiple TQSqlRecord instances share
+    the same data and one is modifying the record's data then this
+    modifying instance makes a copy and modifies its private copy -
+    thus it does not affect other instances.
+
+    \sa TQSqlRecordInfo
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs an empty record.
+*/
+
+TQSqlRecord::TQSqlRecord()
+{
+    sh = new TQSqlRecordShared( new TQSqlRecordPrivate() );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a copy of \a other.
+*/
+
+TQSqlRecord::TQSqlRecord( const TQSqlRecord& other )
+    : sh( other.sh )
+{
+    sh->ref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the record equal to \a other.
+*/
+
+TQSqlRecord& TQSqlRecord::operator=( const TQSqlRecord& other )
+{
+    other.sh->ref();
+    deref();
+    sh = other.sh;
+    return *this;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+
+void TQSqlRecord::deref()
+{
+    if ( sh->deref() ) {
+	delete sh;
+	sh = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlRecord::checkDetach()
+{
+    if ( sh->count > 1 ) {
+	sh->deref();
+	sh = new TQSqlRecordShared( new TQSqlRecordPrivate( *sh->d ) );
+	return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+TQSqlRecord::~TQSqlRecord()
+{
+    deref();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the value of the field located at position \a i in the
+    record. If field \a i does not exist the resultant behaviour is
+    undefined.
+
+    This function should be used with \l{TQSqlQuery}s. When working
+    with a TQSqlCursor the \link TQSqlCursor::value() value(const
+    TQString&)\endlink overload which uses field names is more
+    appropriate.
+*/
+
+TQVariant TQSqlRecord::value( int i ) const
+{
+    const TQSqlField * f = field(i);
+
+    if( f )
+	return f->value();
+    return TQVariant();
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the value of the field called \a name in the record. If
+    field \a name does not exist the resultant behaviour is undefined.
+*/
+
+TQVariant  TQSqlRecord::value( const TQString& name ) const
+{
+    const TQSqlField * f = field( name );
+
+    if( f )
+	return f->value();
+    return TQVariant();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the name of the field at position \a i. If the field does
+    not exist, TQString::null is returned.
+*/
+
+TQString TQSqlRecord::fieldName( int i ) const
+{
+    const TQSqlField* f = field( i );
+    if ( f )
+	return f->name();
+    return TQString::null;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the position of the field called \a name within the
+    record, or -1 if it cannot be found. Field names are not
+    case-sensitive. If more than one field matches, the first one is
+    returned.
+*/
+
+int TQSqlRecord::position( const TQString& name ) const
+{
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < count(); ++i ) {
+	if ( fieldName(i).upper() == name.upper() )
+	    return i;
+    }
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+    qWarning( "TQSqlRecord::position: unable to find field %s", name.latin1() );
+#endif
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the field at position \a i within the record, or 0 if it
+    cannot be found.
+*/
+
+TQSqlField* TQSqlRecord::field( int i )
+{
+    checkDetach();
+    if ( !sh->d->contains( i ) ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "TQSqlRecord::field: index out of range: %d", i );
+#endif
+	return 0;
+    }
+    return &sh->d->fieldInfo( i )->field;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the field called \a name within the record, or 0 if it
+    cannot be found. Field names are not case-sensitive.
+*/
+
+TQSqlField* TQSqlRecord::field( const TQString& name )
+{
+    checkDetach();
+    if ( !sh->d->contains( position( name ) ) )
+	return 0;
+    return &sh->d->fieldInfo( position( name ) )->field;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+*/
+
+const TQSqlField* TQSqlRecord::field( int i ) const
+{
+    if ( !sh->d->contains( i ) ) {
+#ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	qWarning( "TQSqlRecord::field: index out of range: %d", i  );
+#endif // QT_CHECK_RANGE
+	return 0;
+    }
+    return &sh->d->fieldInfo( i )->field;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns the field called \a name within the record, or 0 if it
+    cannot be found. Field names are not case-sensitive.
+*/
+
+const TQSqlField* TQSqlRecord::field( const TQString& name ) const
+{
+    if( !sh->d->contains( position( name ) ) )
+	return 0;
+    return &sh->d->fieldInfo( position( name ) )->field;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Append a copy of field \a field to the end of the record.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlRecord::append( const TQSqlField& field )
+{
+    checkDetach();
+    sh->d->append( field );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Insert a copy of \a field at position \a pos. If a field already
+    exists at \a pos, it is removed.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlRecord::insert( int pos, const TQSqlField& field ) // ### 4.0: rename to ::replace
+{
+    checkDetach();
+    sh->d->insert( pos, field );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes the field at \a pos. If \a pos does not exist, nothing
+    happens.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlRecord::remove( int pos )
+{
+    checkDetach();
+    sh->d->remove( pos );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Removes all the record's fields.
+
+    \sa clearValues()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlRecord::clear()
+{
+    checkDetach();
+    sh->d->clear();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if there are no fields in the record; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlRecord::isEmpty() const
+{
+    return sh->d->isEmpty();
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if there is a field in the record called \a name;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlRecord::contains( const TQString& name ) const
+{
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < count(); ++i ) {
+	if ( fieldName(i).upper() == name.upper() )
+	    return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Clears the value of all fields in the record. If \a nullify is
+    TRUE, (the default is FALSE), each field is set to NULL.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlRecord::clearValues( bool nullify )
+{
+    checkDetach();
+    int cnt = (int)count();
+    int i;
+    for ( i = 0; i < cnt; ++i ) {
+	field( i )->clear( nullify );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the generated flag for the field called \a name to \a
+    generated. If the field does not exist, nothing happens. Only
+    fields that have \a generated set to TRUE are included in the SQL
+    that is generated, e.g. by TQSqlCursor.
+
+    \sa isGenerated()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlRecord::setGenerated( const TQString& name, bool generated )
+{
+    setGenerated( position( name ), generated );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the generated flag for the field \a i to \a generated.
+
+    \sa isGenerated()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlRecord::setGenerated( int i, bool generated )
+{
+    checkDetach();
+    if ( !field( i ) )
+	return;
+    sh->d->fieldInfo( i )->nogen = !generated;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \internal
+    ### Remove in 4.0
+*/
+bool TQSqlRecord::isNull( int i )
+{
+    checkDetach();
+    TQSqlField* f = field( i );
+    if ( f ) {
+	return f->isNull();
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*! 
+    \internal
+    ### Remove in 4.0
+*/
+bool TQSqlRecord::isNull( const TQString& name )
+{
+    return isNull( position( name ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns TRUE if the field \a i is NULL or if there is no field at
+    position \a i; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa fieldName()
+*/
+bool TQSqlRecord::isNull( int i ) const
+{
+    const TQSqlField* f = field( i );
+    if ( f ) {
+	return f->isNull();
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the field called \a name is NULL or if there is no
+    field called \a name; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa position()
+*/
+bool TQSqlRecord::isNull( const TQString& name ) const
+{
+    return isNull( position( name ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the value of field \a i to NULL. If the field does not exist,
+    nothing happens.
+*/
+void TQSqlRecord::setNull( int i )
+{
+    checkDetach();
+    TQSqlField* f = field( i );
+    if ( f ) {
+	f->setNull();
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the value of the field called \a name to NULL. If the field
+    does not exist, nothing happens.
+*/
+void TQSqlRecord::setNull( const TQString& name )
+{
+    setNull( position( name ) );
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the record has a field called \a name and this
+    field is to be generated (the default); otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setGenerated()
+*/
+bool TQSqlRecord::isGenerated( const TQString& name ) const
+{
+    return isGenerated( position( name ) );
+}
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Returns TRUE if the record has a field at position \a i and this
+    field is to be generated (the default); otherwise returns FALSE.
+
+    \sa setGenerated()
+*/
+bool TQSqlRecord::isGenerated( int i ) const
+{
+    if ( !field( i ) )
+	return FALSE;
+    return !sh->d->fieldInfo( i )->nogen;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of all the record's field names as a string
+    separated by \a sep.
+
+    Note that fields which are not generated are \e not included (see
+    \l{isGenerated()}). The returned string is suitable, for example, for
+    generating SQL SELECT statements. If a \a prefix is specified,
+    e.g. a table name, all fields are prefixed in the form:
+
+    "\a{prefix}.\<fieldname\>"
+*/
+
+TQString TQSqlRecord::toString( const TQString& prefix, const TQString& sep ) const
+{
+    TQString pflist;
+    bool comma = FALSE;
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < count(); ++i ){
+	if ( isGenerated( field(i)->name() ) ) {
+	    if( comma )
+		pflist += sep + " ";
+	    pflist += createField( i, prefix );
+	    comma = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+    return pflist;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a list of all the record's field names, each having the
+    prefix \a prefix.
+
+    Note that fields which have generated set to FALSE are \e not
+    included. (See \l{isGenerated()}). If \a prefix is supplied, e.g.
+    a table name, all fields are prefixed in the form:
+
+    "\a{prefix}.\<fieldname\>"
+*/
+
+TQStringList TQSqlRecord::toStringList( const TQString& prefix ) const
+{
+    TQStringList s;
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < count(); ++i ) {
+	if ( isGenerated( field(i)->name() ) )
+	    s += createField( i, prefix );
+    }
+    return s;
+}
+
+/*! \internal
+*/
+
+TQString TQSqlRecord::createField( int i, const TQString& prefix ) const
+{
+    TQString f;
+    if ( !prefix.isEmpty() )
+	f = prefix + ".";
+    f += field( i )->name();
+    return f;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of fields in the record.
+*/
+
+uint TQSqlRecord::count() const
+{
+    return sh->d->count();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the value of the field at position \a i to \a val. If the
+    field does not exist, nothing happens.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlRecord::setValue( int i, const TQVariant& val )
+{
+    checkDetach();
+    TQSqlField* f = field( i );
+    if ( f ) {
+	f->setValue( val );
+    }
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    \overload
+
+    Sets the value of the field called \a name to \a val. If the field
+    does not exist, nothing happens.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlRecord::setValue( const TQString& name, const TQVariant& val )
+{
+    setValue( position( name ), val );
+}
+
+
+/******************************************/
+/*******     TQSqlRecordInfo Impl     ******/
+/******************************************/
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSqlRecordInfo qsqlrecord.h
+    \brief The TQSqlRecordInfo class encapsulates a set of database field meta data.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \module sql
+
+    This class is a TQValueList that holds a set of database field meta
+    data. Use contains() to see if a given field name exists in the
+    record, and use find() to get a TQSqlFieldInfo record for a named
+    field.
+
+    \sa TQValueList, TQSqlFieldInfo
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a TQSqlRecordInfo object based on the fields in the
+    TQSqlRecord \a other.
+*/
+TQSqlRecordInfo::TQSqlRecordInfo( const TQSqlRecord& other )
+{
+    for ( uint i = 0; i < other.count(); ++i ) {
+	push_back( TQSqlFieldInfo( *(other.field( i )), other.isGenerated( i ) ) );
+    }
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the number of times a field called \a fieldName occurs in
+    the record. Returns 0 if no field by that name could be found.
+*/
+TQSqlRecordInfo::size_type TQSqlRecordInfo::contains( const TQString& fieldName ) const
+{
+   size_type i = 0;
+   TQString fName = fieldName.upper();
+   for( const_iterator it = begin(); it != end(); ++it ) {
+	if ( (*it).name().upper() == fName ) {
+	    ++i;
+	}
+    }
+    return i;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns a TQSqlFieldInfo object for the first field in the record
+    which has the field name \a fieldName. If no matching field is
+    found then an empty TQSqlFieldInfo object is returned.
+*/
+TQSqlFieldInfo TQSqlRecordInfo::find( const TQString& fieldName ) const
+{
+   TQString fName = fieldName.upper();
+   for( const_iterator it = begin(); it != end(); ++it ) {
+	if ( (*it).name().upper() == fName ) {
+	    return *it;
+	}
+    }
+    return TQSqlFieldInfo();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns an empty TQSqlRecord based on the field information
+    in this TQSqlRecordInfo.
+*/
+TQSqlRecord TQSqlRecordInfo::toRecord() const
+{
+   TQSqlRecord buf;
+   for( const_iterator it = begin(); it != end(); ++it ) {
+	buf.append( (*it).toField() );
+   }
+   return buf;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQSqlRecordInfo::TQSqlRecordInfo()
+
+    Constructs an empty record info object
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQSqlRecordInfo::TQSqlRecordInfo( const TQSqlFieldInfoList& other )
+
+    Constructs a copy of \a other.
+*/
+
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlrecord.h b/src/sql/qsqlrecord.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9fd499364
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlrecord.h
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlRecord class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLRECORD_H
+#define TQSQLRECORD_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qstringlist.h"
+#include "qvariant.h"
+#include "qsqlfield.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+class TQSqlRecordPrivate;
+
+class TQSqlRecordShared : public TQShared
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlRecordShared( TQSqlRecordPrivate* sqlRecordPrivate )
+    : d( sqlRecordPrivate )
+    {}
+    virtual ~TQSqlRecordShared();
+    TQSqlRecordPrivate* d;
+};
+
+class Q_EXPORT TQSqlRecord
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlRecord();
+    TQSqlRecord( const TQSqlRecord& other );
+    TQSqlRecord& operator=( const TQSqlRecord& other );
+    virtual ~TQSqlRecord();
+    virtual TQVariant     value( int i ) const;
+    virtual TQVariant     value( const TQString& name ) const;
+    virtual void         setValue( int i, const TQVariant& val );
+    virtual void         setValue( const TQString& name, const TQVariant& val );
+    bool                 isGenerated( int i ) const;
+    bool                 isGenerated( const TQString& name ) const;
+    virtual void         setGenerated( const TQString& name, bool generated );
+    virtual void         setGenerated( int i, bool generated );
+    virtual void         setNull( int i );
+    virtual void         setNull( const TQString& name );
+    bool                 isNull( int i ); // remove in 4.0
+    bool                 isNull( const TQString& name ); // remove in 4.0
+    bool                 isNull( int i ) const;
+    bool                 isNull( const TQString& name ) const;
+
+    int                  position( const TQString& name ) const;
+    TQString              fieldName( int i ) const;
+    TQSqlField*           field( int i );
+    TQSqlField*           field( const TQString& name );
+    const TQSqlField*     field( int i ) const;
+    const TQSqlField*     field( const TQString& name ) const;
+
+    virtual void         append( const TQSqlField& field );
+    virtual void         insert( int pos, const TQSqlField& field );
+    virtual void         remove( int pos );
+
+    bool                 isEmpty() const;
+    bool                 contains( const TQString& name ) const;
+    virtual void         clear();
+    virtual void         clearValues( bool nullify = FALSE );
+    uint                 count() const;
+    virtual TQString      toString( const TQString& prefix = TQString::null,
+				   const TQString& sep = "," ) const;
+    virtual TQStringList  toStringList( const TQString& prefix = TQString::null ) const;
+
+private:
+    TQString              createField( int i, const TQString& prefix ) const;
+    void                 deref();
+    bool                 checkDetach();
+    TQSqlRecordShared*    sh;
+};
+
+/******************************************/
+/*******     TQSqlRecordInfo Class    ******/
+/******************************************/
+
+#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL)
+// MOC_SKIP_BEGIN
+Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class Q_EXPORT TQValueList<TQSqlFieldInfo>;
+// MOC_SKIP_END
+#endif
+
+typedef TQValueList<TQSqlFieldInfo> TQSqlFieldInfoList;
+
+class Q_EXPORT TQSqlRecordInfo: public TQSqlFieldInfoList
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlRecordInfo(): TQSqlFieldInfoList() {}
+    TQSqlRecordInfo( const TQSqlFieldInfoList& other ): TQSqlFieldInfoList( other ) {}
+    TQSqlRecordInfo( const TQSqlRecord& other );
+
+    size_type contains( const TQString& fieldName ) const;
+    TQSqlFieldInfo find( const TQString& fieldName ) const;
+    TQSqlRecord toRecord() const;
+
+};
+
+
+#endif	// QT_NO_SQL
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlresult.cpp b/src/sql/qsqlresult.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6407064d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlresult.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Implementation of TQSqlResult class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqlresult.h"
+#include "private/qsqlextension_p.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+class TQSqlResultPrivate
+{
+public:
+    const TQSqlDriver*   sqldriver;
+    int             idx;
+    TQString         sql;
+    bool            active;
+    bool            isSel;
+    TQSqlError	    error;
+    TQSqlExtension * ext;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSqlResult
+    \brief The TQSqlResult class provides an abstract interface for
+    accessing data from SQL databases.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \module sql
+
+    Normally you would use TQSqlQuery instead of TQSqlResult since TQSqlQuery
+    provides a generic wrapper for database-specific implementations of
+    TQSqlResult.
+
+    \sa TQSql
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Protected constructor which creates a TQSqlResult using database \a
+    db. The object is initialized to an inactive state.
+*/
+
+TQSqlResult::TQSqlResult( const TQSqlDriver * db ): forwardOnly( FALSE )
+{
+    d = new TQSqlResultPrivate();
+    d->sqldriver = db;
+    d->idx = TQSql::BeforeFirst;
+    d->isSel = FALSE;
+    d->active = FALSE;
+    d->ext = new TQSqlExtension();
+}
+
+/*!
+    Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
+*/
+
+TQSqlResult::~TQSqlResult()
+{
+    if ( d->ext )
+	delete d->ext;
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets the current query for the result to \a query. The result must
+    be reset() in order to execute the query on the database.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlResult::setQuery( const TQString& query )
+{
+    d->sql = query;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current SQL query text, or TQString::null if there is none.
+*/
+
+TQString TQSqlResult::lastQuery() const
+{
+    return d->sql;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the current (zero-based) position of the result.
+*/
+
+int TQSqlResult::at() const
+{
+    return d->idx;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the result is positioned on a valid record (that
+    is, the result is not positioned before the first or after the
+    last record); otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlResult::isValid() const
+{
+    return ( d->idx != TQSql::BeforeFirst && \
+	    d->idx != TQSql::AfterLast ) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool TQSqlResult::isNull( int i )
+
+    Returns TRUE if the field at position \a i is NULL; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the result has records to be retrieved; otherwise
+    returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlResult::isActive() const
+{
+    return d->active;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Protected function provided for derived classes to set the
+    internal (zero-based) result index to \a at.
+
+    \sa at()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlResult::setAt( int at )
+{
+    d->idx = at;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Protected function provided for derived classes to indicate
+    whether or not the current statement is a SQL SELECT statement.
+    The \a s parameter should be TRUE if the statement is a SELECT
+    statement, or FALSE otherwise.
+*/
+
+void TQSqlResult::setSelect( bool s )
+{
+    d->isSel = s;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if the current result is from a SELECT statement;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlResult::isSelect() const
+{
+    return d->isSel;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns the driver associated with the result.
+*/
+
+const TQSqlDriver* TQSqlResult::driver() const
+{
+    return d->sqldriver;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Protected function provided for derived classes to set the
+    internal active state to the value of \a a.
+
+    \sa isActive()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlResult::setActive( bool a )
+{
+    d->active = a;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Protected function provided for derived classes to set the last
+    error to the value of \a e.
+
+    \sa lastError()
+*/
+
+void TQSqlResult::setLastError( const TQSqlError& e )
+{
+    d->error = e;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+    Returns the last error associated with the result.
+*/
+
+TQSqlError TQSqlResult::lastError() const
+{
+    return d->error;
+}
+
+/*!
+    \fn int TQSqlResult::size()
+
+    Returns the size of the result or -1 if it cannot be determined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn int TQSqlResult::numRowsAffected()
+
+    Returns the number of rows affected by the last query executed.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn TQVariant TQSqlResult::data( int i )
+
+    Returns the data for field \a i (zero-based) as a TQVariant. This
+    function is only called if the result is in an active state and is
+    positioned on a valid record and \a i is non-negative.
+    Derived classes must reimplement this function and return the value
+    of field \a i, or TQVariant() if it cannot be determined.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn  bool TQSqlResult::reset( const TQString& query )
+
+    Sets the result to use the SQL statement \a query for subsequent
+    data retrieval. Derived classes must reimplement this function and
+    apply the \a query to the database. This function is called only
+    after the result is set to an inactive state and is positioned
+    before the first record of the new result. Derived classes should
+    return TRUE if the query was successful and ready to be used,
+    or FALSE otherwise.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool TQSqlResult::fetch( int i )
+
+    Positions the result to an arbitrary (zero-based) index \a i. This
+    function is only called if the result is in an active state. Derived
+    classes must reimplement this function and position the result to the
+    index \a i, and call setAt() with an appropriate value. Return TRUE
+    to indicate success, or FALSE to signify failure.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool TQSqlResult::fetchFirst()
+
+    Positions the result to the first record in the result. This
+    function is only called if the result is in an active state.
+    Derived classes must reimplement this function and position the result
+    to the first record, and call setAt() with an appropriate value.
+    Return TRUE to indicate success, or FALSE to signify failure.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    \fn bool TQSqlResult::fetchLast()
+
+    Positions the result to the last record in the result. This
+    function is only called if the result is in an active state.
+    Derived classes must reimplement this function and position the result
+    to the last record, and call setAt() with an appropriate value.
+    Return TRUE to indicate success, or FALSE to signify failure.
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Positions the result to the next available record in the result.
+    This function is only called if the result is in an active state.
+    The default implementation calls fetch() with the next index.
+    Derived classes can reimplement this function and position the result
+    to the next record in some other way, and call setAt() with an
+    appropriate value. Return TRUE to indicate success, or FALSE to
+    signify failure.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlResult::fetchNext()
+{
+    return fetch( at() + 1 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Positions the result to the previous available record in the
+    result. This function is only called if the result is in an active
+    state. The default implementation calls fetch() with the previous
+    index. Derived classes can reimplement this function and position the
+    result to the next record in some other way, and call setAt() with
+    an appropriate value. Return TRUE to indicate success, or FALSE to
+    signify failure.
+*/
+
+bool TQSqlResult::fetchPrev()
+{
+    return fetch( at() - 1 );
+}
+
+/*!
+    Returns TRUE if you can only scroll forward through a result set;
+    otherwise returns FALSE.
+*/
+bool TQSqlResult::isForwardOnly() const
+{
+    return forwardOnly;
+}
+
+/*!
+    Sets forward only mode to \a forward. If forward is TRUE only
+    fetchNext() is allowed for navigating the results. Forward only
+    mode needs far less memory since results do not have to be cached.
+    forward only mode is off by default.
+
+    \sa fetchNext()
+*/
+void TQSqlResult::setForwardOnly( bool forward )
+{
+    forwardOnly = forward;
+}
+
+// XXX BCI HACK - remove in 4.0
+/*! \internal */
+void TQSqlResult::setExtension( TQSqlExtension * ext )
+{
+    if ( d->ext )
+	delete d->ext;
+    d->ext = ext;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+TQSqlExtension * TQSqlResult::extension()
+{
+    return d->ext;
+}
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlresult.h b/src/sql/qsqlresult.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..52874db56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlresult.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlResult class
+**
+** Created : 2000-11-03
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLRESULT_H
+#define TQSQLRESULT_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qstring.h"
+#include "qvariant.h"
+#include "qsqlerror.h"
+#include "qsqlfield.h"
+#include "qsql.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+class TQSqlDriver;
+class TQSql;
+class TQSqlResultPrivate;
+class TQSqlExtension;
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlResult
+{
+friend class TQSqlQuery;
+friend class TQSqlResultShared;
+public:
+    virtual ~TQSqlResult();
+    
+    // BCI HACK - remove in 4.0
+    void 	    setExtension( TQSqlExtension * ext );
+    TQSqlExtension * extension();
+
+protected:
+    TQSqlResult(const TQSqlDriver * db );
+    int		    at() const;
+    TQString         lastQuery() const;
+    TQSqlError       lastError() const;
+    bool            isValid() const;
+    bool            isActive() const;
+    bool            isSelect() const;
+    bool            isForwardOnly() const;
+    const TQSqlDriver* driver() const;
+    virtual void    setAt( int at );
+    virtual void    setActive( bool a );
+    virtual void    setLastError( const TQSqlError& e );
+    virtual void    setQuery( const TQString& query );
+    virtual void    setSelect( bool s );
+    virtual void    setForwardOnly( bool forward );
+
+    virtual TQVariant data( int i ) = 0;
+    virtual bool    isNull( int i ) = 0;
+    virtual bool    reset ( const TQString& sqlquery ) = 0;
+    virtual bool    fetch( int i ) = 0;
+    virtual bool    fetchNext();
+    virtual bool    fetchPrev();
+    virtual bool    fetchFirst() = 0;
+    virtual bool    fetchLast() = 0;
+    virtual int     size() = 0;
+    virtual int     numRowsAffected() = 0;
+private:
+    TQSqlResultPrivate* d;
+    bool forwardOnly;
+
+private:	// Disabled copy constructor and operator=
+#if defined(Q_DISABLE_COPY)
+    TQSqlResult( const TQSqlResult & );
+    TQSqlResult &operator=( const TQSqlResult & );
+#endif
+};
+
+#endif	// QT_NO_SQL
+#endif
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlselectcursor.cpp b/src/sql/qsqlselectcursor.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..037a79854
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlselectcursor.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlSelectCursor class
+**
+** Created : 2002-11-13
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#include "qsqlselectcursor.h"
+#include "qsqldriver.h"
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+class TQSqlSelectCursorPrivate
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlSelectCursorPrivate() : populated( FALSE ) {}
+    TQString query;
+    bool populated : 1;
+};
+
+/*!
+    \class TQSqlSelectCursor qsqlselectcursor.h
+    \brief The TQSqlSelectCursor class provides browsing of general SQL
+    SELECT statements.
+
+    \ingroup database
+    \module sql
+
+    TQSqlSelectCursor is a convenience class that makes it possible to
+    display result sets from general SQL \c SELECT statements in
+    data-aware TQt widgets. TQSqlSelectCursor is read-only and does not
+    support \c INSERT, \c UPDATE or \c DELETE operations.
+
+    Pass the query in at construction time, or use the
+    TQSqlSelectCursor::exec() function.
+
+    Example:
+    \code
+    ...
+    TQSqlSelectCursor* cur = new TQSqlSelectCursor( "SELECT id, firstname, lastname FROM author" );
+    TQDataTable* table = new TQDataTable( this );
+    table->setSqlCursor( cur, TRUE, TRUE );
+    table->refresh();
+    ...
+    cur->exec( "SELECT * FROM books" );
+    table->refresh();
+    ...
+    \endcode
+*/
+
+/*!
+    Constructs a read only cursor on database \a db using the query \a query.
+ */
+TQSqlSelectCursor::TQSqlSelectCursor( const TQString& query, TQSqlDatabase* db )
+    : TQSqlCursor( TQString::null, FALSE, db )
+{
+    d = new TQSqlSelectCursorPrivate;
+    d->query = query;
+    TQSqlCursor::setMode( ReadOnly );
+    if ( !query.isNull() )
+	exec( query );
+}
+
+/*! Constructs a copy of \a other */
+TQSqlSelectCursor::TQSqlSelectCursor( const TQSqlSelectCursor& other )
+    : TQSqlCursor( other )
+{
+    d = new TQSqlSelectCursorPrivate;
+    d->query = other.d->query;
+    d->populated = other.d->populated;
+}
+
+/*! Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources */
+TQSqlSelectCursor::~TQSqlSelectCursor()
+{
+    delete d;
+}
+
+/*! \reimp */
+bool TQSqlSelectCursor::exec( const TQString& query )
+{
+    d->query = query;
+    bool ret = TQSqlCursor::exec( query );
+    if ( ret ) {
+	TQSqlCursor::clear();
+	populateCursor();
+    }
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/*! \fn bool TQSqlSelectCursor::select()
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \reimp */
+bool TQSqlSelectCursor::select( const TQString&, const TQSqlIndex& )
+{
+    bool ret = TQSqlCursor::exec( d->query );
+    if ( ret && !d->populated )
+	populateCursor();
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/*! \internal */
+void TQSqlSelectCursor::populateCursor()
+{
+    TQSqlRecordInfo inf = driver()->recordInfo( *(TQSqlQuery*)this );
+    for ( TQSqlRecordInfo::const_iterator it = inf.begin(); it != inf.end(); ++it )
+	TQSqlCursor::append( *it );
+    d->populated = TRUE;
+}
+
+/*! \fn TQSqlIndex TQSqlSelectCursor::primaryIndex( bool ) const
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn TQSqlIndex TQSqlSelectCursor::index( const TQStringList& ) const
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn TQSqlIndex TQSqlSelectCursor::index( const TQString& ) const
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn TQSqlIndex TQSqlSelectCursor::index( const char* ) const
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void TQSqlSelectCursor::setPrimaryIndex( const TQSqlIndex& )
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void TQSqlSelectCursor::append( const TQSqlFieldInfo& )
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void TQSqlSelectCursor::insert( int, const TQSqlFieldInfo& )
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void TQSqlSelectCursor::remove( int )
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void TQSqlSelectCursor::clear()
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void TQSqlSelectCursor::setGenerated( const TQString&, bool )
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void TQSqlSelectCursor::setGenerated( int, bool )
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn TQSqlRecord* TQSqlSelectCursor::editBuffer( bool )
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn TQSqlRecord* TQSqlSelectCursor::primeInsert()
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn TQSqlRecord* TQSqlSelectCursor::primeUpdate()
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn TQSqlRecord* TQSqlSelectCursor::primeDelete()
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int TQSqlSelectCursor::insert( bool )
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int TQSqlSelectCursor::update( bool )
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn int TQSqlSelectCursor::del( bool )
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void TQSqlSelectCursor::setMode( int )
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void TQSqlSelectCursor::setSort( const TQSqlIndex& )
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn TQSqlIndex TQSqlSelectCursor::sort() const
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void TQSqlSelectCursor::setFilter( const TQString& )
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn TQString TQSqlSelectCursor::filter() const
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn void TQSqlSelectCursor::setName( const TQString&, bool )
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn TQString TQSqlSelectCursor::name() const
+    \reimp
+*/
+
+/*! \fn TQString TQSqlSelectCursor::toString( const TQString&, const TQString& ) const
+    \reimp
+*/
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
diff --git a/src/sql/qsqlselectcursor.h b/src/sql/qsqlselectcursor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f1c03611f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qsqlselectcursor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+**
+** Definition of TQSqlSelectCursor class
+**
+** Created : 2002-11-13
+**
+** Copyright (C) 2005-2008 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the sql module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General
+** Public License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free
+** Software Foundation and appearing in the files LICENSE.GPL2
+** and LICENSE.GPL3 included in the packaging of this file.
+** Alternatively you may (at your option) use any later version
+** of the GNU General Public License if such license has been
+** publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing retquirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSQLSELECTCURSOR_H
+#define TQSQLSELECTCURSOR_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "qsqlcursor.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if !defined( QT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL
+#else
+#define TQM_EXPORT_SQL Q_EXPORT
+#endif
+
+#ifndef QT_NO_SQL
+
+class TQSqlSelectCursorPrivate;
+
+class TQM_EXPORT_SQL TQSqlSelectCursor : public TQSqlCursor
+{
+public:
+    TQSqlSelectCursor( const TQString& query = TQString::null, TQSqlDatabase* db = 0 );
+    TQSqlSelectCursor( const TQSqlSelectCursor& other );
+    ~TQSqlSelectCursor();
+    bool exec( const TQString& query );
+    bool select() { return TQSqlCursor::select(); }
+    
+protected:
+    TQSqlIndex primaryIndex( bool = TRUE ) const { return TQSqlIndex(); }
+    TQSqlIndex index( const TQStringList& ) const { return TQSqlIndex(); }
+    TQSqlIndex index( const TQString& ) const { return TQSqlIndex(); }
+    TQSqlIndex index( const char* ) const { return TQSqlIndex(); }
+    void setPrimaryIndex( const TQSqlIndex& ) {}
+    void append( const TQSqlFieldInfo& ) {}
+    void insert( int, const TQSqlFieldInfo& ) {}
+    void remove( int ) {}
+    void clear() {}
+    void setGenerated( const TQString&, bool ) {}
+    void setGenerated( int, bool ) {}
+    TQSqlRecord*	editBuffer( bool = FALSE ) { return 0; }
+    TQSqlRecord*	primeInsert() { return 0; }
+    TQSqlRecord*	primeUpdate() { return 0; }
+    TQSqlRecord*	primeDelete() { return 0; }
+    int	insert( bool = TRUE ) { return 0; }
+    int	update( bool = TRUE ) { return 0; }
+    int	del( bool = TRUE ) { return 0; }
+    void setMode( int ) {}
+
+    void setSort( const TQSqlIndex& ) {}
+    TQSqlIndex sort() const { return TQSqlIndex(); }
+    void setFilter( const TQString& ) {}
+    TQString filter() const { return TQString::null; }
+    void setName( const TQString&, bool = TRUE ) {}
+    TQString name() const { return TQString::null; }
+    TQString toString( const TQString& = TQString::null, const TQString& = "," ) const { return TQString::null; }
+    bool select( const TQString &, const TQSqlIndex& = TQSqlIndex() );
+
+private:
+    void populateCursor();
+    
+    TQSqlSelectCursorPrivate * d;
+};
+
+#endif // QT_NO_SQL
+#endif // TQSQLSELECTCURSOR_H
diff --git a/src/sql/qt_sql.pri b/src/sql/qt_sql.pri
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5533c6fbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/src/sql/qt_sql.pri
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+# Qt sql module
+
+sql {
+
+	!table {
+		message(table must be enabled for sql support)
+		REQUIRES += table
+	}
+	
+	SQL_P	    = sql
+	HEADERS     += $$SQL_H/qsql.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qsqlquery.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qsqldatabase.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qsqlfield.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qsqlrecord.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qsqlcursor.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qsqlform.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qeditorfactory.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qsqleditorfactory.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qsqldriver.h \
+		    $$SQL_P/qsqldriverinterface_p.h \
+		    $$SQL_P/qsqlextension_p.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qsqldriverplugin.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qsqlerror.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qsqlresult.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qsqlindex.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qsqlpropertymap.h \
+		    $$SQL_P/qsqlmanager_p.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qdatatable.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qdataview.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qdatabrowser.h \
+		    $$SQL_H/qsqlselectcursor.h 
+
+	SOURCES     += $$SQL_CPP/qsqlquery.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qsqldatabase.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qsqlfield.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qsqlrecord.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qsqlform.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qsqlcursor.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qeditorfactory.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qsqleditorfactory.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qsqldriver.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qsqlextension_p.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qsqldriverplugin.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qsqlerror.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qsqlresult.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qsqlindex.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qsqlpropertymap.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qsqlmanager_p.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qdatatable.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qdataview.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qdatabrowser.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/qsqlselectcursor.cpp \
+		    $$SQL_CPP/drivers/cache/qsqlcachedresult.cpp
+
+	contains(sql-drivers, all ) {
+		sql-driver += psql mysql odbc oci tds db2 sqlite ibase
+	}			
+
+	contains(sql-drivers, psql) {
+		HEADERS += $$SQL_CPP/drivers/psql/qsql_psql.h
+		SOURCES += $$SQL_CPP/drivers/psql/qsql_psql.cpp
+		DEFINES += QT_SQL_POSTGRES
+		unix {
+			!contains( LIBS, .*pq.* ) {
+				LIBS *= -lpq
+			}
+		}
+		win32 {
+			!contains( LIBS, .*libpq.* ) {
+				LIBS *= libpqdll.lib
+			}
+#			win32-msvc: { 
+#				LIBS *= delayimp.lib
+#				QMAKE_LFLAGS += /DELAYLOAD:libpqdll.dll
+#			}
+#			win32-borland: {
+#				QMAKE_LFLAGS += /dlibpqdll.dll
+#			}		
+		}
+	}
+
+	contains(sql-drivers, mysql) {
+		HEADERS += $$SQL_CPP/drivers/mysql/qsql_mysql.h
+		SOURCES += $$SQL_CPP/drivers/mysql/qsql_mysql.cpp
+		DEFINES += QT_SQL_MYSQL
+		unix {
+			!contains( LIBS, .*mysql.* ) {
+				LIBS    *= -lmysqlclient
+			}
+		}
+		win32 {
+			!contains( LIBS, .*mysql.* ) {
+				LIBS    *= libmysql.lib
+			}
+#			win32-msvc: { 
+#				LIBS *= delayimp.lib
+#				QMAKE_LFLAGS += /DELAYLOAD:libmysql.dll
+#			}
+#			win32-borland: {
+#				QMAKE_LFLAGS += /dlibmysql.dll
+#			}
+		}
+	}
+	
+	contains(sql-drivers, odbc) {
+		HEADERS += $$SQL_CPP/drivers/odbc/qsql_odbc.h
+		SOURCES += $$SQL_CPP/drivers/odbc/qsql_odbc.cpp
+		DEFINES += QT_SQL_ODBC
+
+		mac {
+			!contains( LIBS, .*odbc.* ) {
+				LIBS        *= -liodbc
+			}
+		}
+
+		unix {
+			!contains( LIBS, .*odbc.* ) {
+				LIBS        *= -liodbc
+			}
+		}
+
+		win32 {
+			!win32-borland:LIBS     *= odbc32.lib
+			win32-borland:LIBS      *= $(BCB)/lib/PSDK/odbc32.lib
+		}
+
+	}
+
+	contains(sql-drivers, oci) {
+		HEADERS += $$SQL_CPP/drivers/oci/qsql_oci.h
+		SOURCES += $$SQL_CPP/drivers/oci/qsql_oci.cpp
+		DEFINES += QT_SQL_OCI
+		unix {
+			!contains( LIBS, .*clnts.* ) {
+			    LIBS += -lclntsh -lwtc8
+			}
+		}
+		win32 {
+			LIBS += oci.lib
+#			win32-msvc: { 
+#				LIBS *= delayimp.lib
+#				QMAKE_LFLAGS += /DELAYLOAD:oci.dll
+#			}
+#			win32-borland: {
+#				QMAKE_LFLAGS += /doci.dll
+#			}		
+		}
+	}
+
+	contains(sql-drivers, tds) {
+		HEADERS += $$SQL_CPP/drivers/tds/qsql_tds.h \
+			   $$SQL_CPP/drivers/shared/qsql_result.h
+		SOURCES += $$SQL_CPP/drivers/tds/qsql_tds.cpp \
+			   $$SQL_CPP/drivers/shared/qsql_result.cpp
+		DEFINES += QT_SQL_TDS
+		unix {
+			LIBS += -L$SYBASE/lib -lsybdb
+		}
+		win32 {
+			!win32-borland:LIBS += NTWDBLIB.LIB
+			win32-borland:LIBS += $(BCB)/lib/PSDK/NTWDBLIB.LIB
+#			win32-msvc: { 
+#				LIBS *= delayimp.lib
+#				QMAKE_LFLAGS += /DELAYLOAD:ntwdblib.dll
+#			}
+#			win32-borland: {
+#				QMAKE_LFLAGS += /dntwdblib.dll
+#			}		
+		}
+	}
+
+	contains(sql-drivers, db2) {
+		HEADERS += $$SQL_CPP/drivers/db2/qsql_db2.h
+		SOURCES += $$SQL_CPP/drivers/db2/qsql_db2.cpp
+		DEFINES += QT_SQL_DB2
+		unix {
+			LIBS += -ldb2
+		}
+		win32 {
+			!win32-borland:LIBS += db2cli.lib
+#			win32-borland:LIBS  += $(BCB)/lib/PSDK/db2cli.lib
+		}
+	}
+
+	contains(sql-drivers, ibase) {
+                HEADERS += $$SQL_CPP/drivers/ibase/qsql_ibase.h
+                SOURCES += $$SQL_CPP/drivers/ibase/qsql_ibase.cpp
+                DEFINES += QT_SQL_IBASE
+                unix {
+                        LIBS *= -lfbclient
+                }
+                win32 {
+			!win32-borland:LIBS *= gds32_ms.lib
+			win32-borland:LIBS  += gds32.lib
+                }
+	}
+
+        contains(sql-drivers, sqlite) {
+	    !contains( LIBS, .*sqlite.* ) {
+
+                INCLUDEPATH += $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/
+
+                HEADERS += $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/btree.h \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/config.h \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/hash.h \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/opcodes.h \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/os.h \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/pager.h \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/parse.h \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/sqlite.h \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/sqliteInt.h \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/vdbe.h \
+		$$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/vdbeInt.h
+
+                SOURCES += $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/attach.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/auth.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/btree.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/btree_rb.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/build.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/copy.c \
+		$$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/date.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/delete.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/expr.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/func.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/hash.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/insert.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/main.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/opcodes.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/os.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/pager.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/parse.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/pragma.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/printf.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/random.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/select.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/shell.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/table.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/tokenize.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/trigger.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/update.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/util.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/vacuum.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/vdbe.c \
+		$$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/vdbeaux.c \
+                $$SQL_CPP/../3rdparty/sqlite/where.c
+	    }
+
+            HEADERS += $$SQL_CPP/drivers/sqlite/qsql_sqlite.h
+            SOURCES += $$SQL_CPP/drivers/sqlite/qsql_sqlite.cpp
+            DEFINES += QT_SQL_SQLITE
+        }
+}
+